Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2007  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcli  ive.org/details/frencliprincipia01bretiala 

1 


The  French  Principia.—Part  I. 


FIRST  FRENCH  COURSE 


CONTAININO 


GRAMMAR,  DELECTUS,  AND  EXERCISE -BOOK, 
WITH  VOCABULARIES. 


ON  THE   PLAN   OF 


DR.  WILLIAM  SMITH'S  "  PRINCIPIA  LATTNA," 


NEW  YORK   •:•    CINCINNATI    •:•    CHICAGO 

AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY 


PREFACE. 


Thb  following  work  has  been  compiled  at  the  re- 
peated request  of  numerous  teachers  who,  finding  the 
"Principia  Latina"  the  easiest  book  for  beginners  in 
Latin,  are  anxious  to  obtain  an  equally  elementary 
French  work  on  the  same  plan. 

The  main  object  of  this  book,  as  of  the  "Principia 
Latina,"  is  to  enable  a  beginner  to  acquire  an  accurate 
knowledge  of  the  chief  grammatical  forms,  to  learn  their 
usage  by  constructing  simple  sentences  as  soon  as  he 
commences  the  study  of  the  language,  and  to  accumu- 
late gradually  a  stock  of  words  useful  in  conversation 
as  well  as  in  reading.  The  grammatical  forms  are 
printed  in  conspicuous  type  and  at  full  length,  as  no 
sound  knowledge  of  the  language  can  be  acquired  with- 
out the  pupil  being  thoroughly  familiar  with  these  forms. 
It  is  the  want  of  this  sound  grammatical  training  which 
is  the  chief  objection  to  the  systems  of  Ollendorff,  Ahn, 
and  similar  works.  But  at  the  same  time  it  is  important 
that  the  pupil  should  be  exercised  from  the  first  construc- 
tion of  sentences,  so  as  to  test  by  practical  application 
the  grammatical  forms.    The  present  work  thus  contains 


20S168G 


IV  PBKFACB. 

Grammar,  Delectus,  Exercise  -  book,  with  Vocabularies, 
and  consequently  presents  in  one  book  all  that  the  be- 
ginner will  require  for  some  time  in  his  study  of  the 
language. 

A  few  simple  rules  of  syntax  are  introduced,  as  they 
are  required  for  the  construction  of  sentences;  but  it  is 
proposed  to  give  the  chief  syntactical  rules  in  another 
book  in  the  series,  which  will  form  a  Practical  Introduce 
tion  to  French  Prose  Composition. 

The  compiler  has  consulted  most  of  the  books  used 
in  teaching  French  in  German  schools,  and  has  derived 
especial  assistance  from  Otto's  "  Franzosische  Conversa- 
tions-Gramraatik,"  from  which  many  of  the  examples  are 
taken,  as  well  as  from  the  elementary  works  of  Riedel 
and  Keller.  He  also  desires  to  express  his  great  obli- 
gations to  a  friend,  who  is  an  eminent  French  teacher 
in  one  of  our  great  Public  Schools,  and  who  has  taken 
unwearied  pains  in  the  correction  and  revision  of  the 
work,  thus  securing  it  against  those  inaccuracies  which  a 
foreigner  would  otherwise  be  in  danger  of  committing. 


CONTENTS. 


PAM 

I.  The  Axphabet,  Accents,  and  Other  Makes,  Parts 

OF  Speech 1 

n.  Pronunciation 2 

in.  The  Article      5 

rV.  The  Substantive     6 

1.  Formation  of  the  Plural     6 

2.  Formation  op  the  Genitive 9 

3.  Formation  op  the  Dative     10 

V.  The  Partitive  Article     12 

VI.  Proper  Names 14 

VII.  The  Verb  "Avoir" 15 

VIII.  The  Verb  "Etre" 32 

IX.  The  Adjective 29 

1.  qualificative  adjectives      29 

2.  Possessive  Adjectives       38 

3.  Demonstrative  Adjective      39 

4.  Interrogative  Adjective       39 

5.  Numeral  Adjectives 40 

6.  Indefinite  Adjectives      47 

X.  The  Verb     48 

XI.  First  Conjugation 49 

XII.  Second  Conjugation     52 

XIII.  Third  Conjugation 54 

XIV.  Fourth  Conjugation 57 

XV.  Verbs  Conjugated   Interrogatively,  Negative- 
ly, AND  Interrogatively  with  a  Negative    . .  60 

XVI.  Exercises  on  the  First  Conjugation      61 

XVII.  Exercises  on  the  Second  Conjugation 65 

XVril.  Exercises  on  the  Third  Conjugation     66 

XIX.  Exercises  on  the  Fourth  Conjugation 67 


n  CONTENTS. 

P4ft> 

XX.  The  Pronoun     68 

1.  Personal  Pronouns      . .    68 

2.  Demonstrative  Pronouns 74 

3.  Relative  Pronouns      75 

4.  Interrogative  Pronouns 77 

5.  Possessive  Pronouns    79 

6.  Indefinite  Pronouns 80 

XXI.  Passive  Verbs     83 

XXII.  Neuter  Verbs     85 

XXIII.  Reflective  Verbs 86 

XXIV.  Impersonal  Verbs . .  95 

XXV.  Adverbs 99 

1.  Adverbs  of  Place 101 

3.  Adverbs  op  Time 101 

3.  Adverbs  of  Number     101 

4.  Adverbs  of  Quality  and  Manner     . .    . .  103 

5.  Adverbs  of  Affirmation  and  Negation  . .  102 

6.  Adverbial  Expressions      102 

XXVT.  Prepositions 105 

I.  Simple  Prepositions     105 

n.  Compound  Prepositions      105 

XXVII.  Conjunctions 109 

XXVIII.  Interjections      110 

XXIX.  Formation  OP  Tenses     110 

XXX.  Irregular  Verbs      Ill 

I.  Irregular  Verbs  of  the  First  Conjuga- 
tion   Ill 

1.  Envoyer Ill 

a.  Aller       113 

3.  S'en  aller      113 

n.  Irregular  Verbs  op  the  Second  Conjuga- 
tion   119 

1.  Sentir      119 

3.  Mentir 119 

8.  Partir      119 

4.  Sortir      119 

5.  Se  repentir 119 

6.  Dormir 119 

7.  Servir      130 

8.  Courir     120 


CONTENTS.  Vn 

PAOB 

II.  Irbegtjlak  Verbs,  Second    Conjugation — 
contmued. 

9.  Mourir 121 

10.  Tenir      122 

11.  Venir      122 

12.  Ouvrir     123 

13.  Couvrir 123 

14.  Oflfrir      123 

15.  SouflErir 123 

16.  Fuir 128 

17.  Vgtir      124 

18.  Cueillir 124 

19.  Acqu6rir       124 

20.  Conqugrir     125 

21.  Bouillir 125 

22.  Tressaillir     125 

ni.  Irregtilaii  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjuga- 
tion   126 

1.  Falloir 126 

2.  Valoir     126 

3.  Prgvaloir      126 

4.  Vouloir 127 

5.  Pouvoir 127 

6.  Voir 128 

7.  Pourvoir       128 

8.  Savoir     128 

9.  Mouvoir 129 

10.  Pleuvoir       129 

11.  S'asseoir       130 

12.  D6choir 130 

18.  Echoir 130 

IV.  Irregular  Verbs  op  the  Fourth  Conjuga- 
tion   131 

1.  Dire 131 

2.  Suffire     131 

3.  Lire 132 

4.  Elire       132 

5.  Ecrire     133 

6.  Eire 133 

7.  Mettre 134 


▼fll  CONTENTS. 

PASS 
IV.  IBBBOUI.AR  VeBBS,   FoUBTH    CONJUGATION — 

continued. 

8.  Faire      135 

9.  Croire     136 

10.  Croitre 136 

11.  Boire 137 

12.  Vivre      137 

13.  Prendre 138 

14.  Connaitre      139 

15.  Paraitre 139 

16.  Paitre     139 

17.  Vaincre 139 

18.  Rgsoudre       140 

19.  Absoudre      140 

20.  Dissoudre      140 

21.  Plaindre 141 

22.  Joindre 141 

23.  Craindre 141 

24.  Ceindre 141 

25.  Peindre 141 

26.  Teindre 141 

27.  Conduire      142 

28.  Produire 142 

29.  S^duire 142 

30.  Introduire     142 

31.  Traduire 142 

32.  Instruire 142 

33.  Construire 142 

34.  Dgtruire 142 

35.  Cuire       142 

36.  Nuire      142 

37.  Luire      142 

38.  Suivre 143 

39.  Plaire     144 

40.  Taire       144 

41.  Nattre     144 

XXXI.  Alphabeticai.  List  of  Irreodlar  Verbs  . .    . .  146 

Vocabularies  to  the  Exercises 148 

Index  I. — French  Words 160 

Index  H. — English  Words     169 


A     FIRST 

FRENCH    COURSE. 


(f) 


I. — The  Alphabet.     Accents  and  Other  Marks. 
Parts  of  Speech. 

1.  Alphabet. — The  French  Alphabet  consists  of  26  let- 
ters, the  same  as  the  English. 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  I,  J,  K,  L,  M,  N,  O,  P, 
a,  b,  c,   d,   e,    f,  g,   h,  i,   j,  k,    1,  m,   n,   o,  p, 

Q,  R,   S,  T,  U,V,W,  X,  Y,  Z. 

q,    r,    s,    t,    u,  V,  w,   x,   y,   z. 

W  is  used  only  in  foreign  words. 

The  names  of  the  French  letters  are  given  on  p.  4. 
The  letters  are  divided  into  Vowels  and  Consonants. 
The  Vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  w,  y.     The  remaining  letters 
are  Consonants. 

2.  AcceiHs. — ^There  are  three  accents,  which  are  placed 
over  vowels:    / 

1.  The  acute  (^),  placed  only  over  e:  as  etc. 

2.  The  gram  (  *  ),  placed  over  a,  e,  u:  as,  Id,^  prds,  ffH. 

3.  The  circumflex  ( '• ),  placed  over  all  the  vowels  except  y: 

as,  dme,  reve,  lie,  oter,  mur. 

8.  Other  marks. 

(1.)  The  Apostrophe  ( ' ),  showing  that  a  vowel  has  been 
J  '  dropped :  as,  Vor  instead  of  Ze  or;  Vdme  instead  of 

/  la  dme;  Vhistoire  instead  of  la  histmre. 

(2.)  The  Cedilla,  a  sign  like  a  comma  placed  under  c  (before 
3  a,  0,  and  u),  thus  f ,  giving  c  the  sound  of  s,  as  repi. 

S  (3.)  The  Diwresis,oT  Trema  (  "  ),  placed  over  a  vowel,  show- 
ing that  this  vowel  must  be  pronounced  distinct 
from  the  preceding  vowel :  as,  Jialr,  noel. 

(4.)  The  Hyphen,  connecting  two  words :  as,  art4l. 

4.  Genders. — There  are  two  Genders,  Masculine  and 
JPhminine. 

A2 


2  PBONUNCIATION. 

5.  Numbers. — There  are  two  numbers,  Singular  and 
Plural. 

6.  Parts  of  Speech. — There  are  nine  parts  of  speech  in 
the  French  language  : 

1.  Article.  4.  Pronoun.       7.  Preposition. 

2.  Substantive,  or  Noun.      5.  Verb.  8.  Conjunction. 

3.  Adjective.  6.  Adverb.         9.  Interjection. 


II. — Pronunciation, 

The  Pronunciation  of  French  can  only  be  learned  prop- 
erly from  a  master,  but  a  few  rules  may  be  of  some  help.* 

Simple  Vowbls. 


Examples. 

English  SonndB. 

a  short 

la,  the 

like  a  in  arm. 

k  long 

&me,  soul 

broader  than  a  in  arm,  but  not  so  broad 
as  in  awe. 

e  short 

le,  the 

like  e  in  her. 

6  accented 

ete',  been 

somewhat  like  a  in  ale,  only  shorter. 

e  long 

etre,  to  be 

like  a  in  air. 

i,  y  short 

ici,  here;  y,  there 

somewhat  like  ee  in  sheep,  but  shorter. 

ilong 

gite,  a  home 

like  ee  in  sheep. 

0  short 

comma,  as 

between  o  and  u  in  bond  and  bun. 

6  long 

dome,  do:ne 

like  0  in  comb. 

n 

du,  of  the 

No  similar  sound  in  English.  Pro- 
nounce with  the  lips  forward,  but  not 
quite  closed,  and  the  tongue  kept 
away  from  the  teeth. 

■i 
an 

eaa 

ei 

en 

OBU 

on 
on,  am 


Compound  Vowels  and  Nasal  Sounds. 

falre,  to  do       like  ai  in  air. 

hau^t  high  )  ,.,  , 

'     .^     r  like  o  in  comb. 
eau,  water    ) 

reine,  queen     like  ai  in  air. 

heure,  hour  )  like  e  in  her,  the 


CBuf,  effff 
clou,  nail 
un,  a 


lips  more  apart, 
like  00  in  cool. 
no  similar  sound. 


Utter, with  a  greater  effort, 
the  sound  u,  from  the  pit 
of  the  stomach,  and  con- 
vey it  through  the  nose, 
taking  care  to  keep  the 
tongue  down,  in  order  to 
avoid  the  sound  of  the  n. 


•  The  Roles  for  pronanciation  are  from  Professor  Merlet's  "  Treatise  on  Pro- 
nnnciaiioD." 
t  The  consonants  in  French  words  printed  in  Italics  an  not  pronounced. 


PBONUNCIATION. 


JIndes,      In- 
dies 
main,  hand 


ien,  yen  I  bien,  well  1 
[moyen,  means  ) 
(  bon,  good  \ 
\  ombre,  shade  f 
1  an,  year  , 

\  ambre,  a/nficr  I 
<  en,  in  ^ 

j  membre, 
(  member 


on,  om 


an,  am, 
en,  em 


Utter  I  after  the  same 
manner  as  the  preceding 
sound. 

Utter  the  6  after  the  same 
manner  as  the  preceding 
sound. 

somewhat  like     Utter   a    after   the    same 

a  in  swan  manner  as  the  preceding 

sound. 


somewhat  like 
an  in  angry 

somewhat  like 
o  in  don^t 


Consonants. 

The  Consonants  not  given  below  have  the  same  or 
nearly  the  same  sound  as  in  English. 

Examples. 

,        .,  J     r    ^i"  before  a,  o,  u  capitale,  a  capital, 

c  has  the  sound  of  ^         ,,        '  -'  ^      .  ^        ^ 

{s  a,  I,  y 

With  a  cedilla  (9)  it  sounds  like  ss 

d  has  the  same  sound  as  in  English.     At 

the  end  of  words  followed  by  a  vowel, 

or  h  mute,  it  is  sounded  like  t 


g  is  hard  before  a,  o,  u 
soft         "      e,  i,  y 

ll  is  usually  silent,  but  is  pronounced  in  a 
few  words,  which  must  be  learned  by 
heart 

j  is  pronounced  likej'ce 

1  when  double  (//),  preceded  by  i,  is  pro- 
nounced nearly  as  y 

r  in  the  middle  of  a  word  is  sounded  more 

strongly  than  in  English 
'  8  at  the  beginning  of  words  has  the  same 
sound  as  in  English,  but  between  two 
vowels  it  has  the  soft  sound  of  z 

t  has  usually  the  same  sound  as  in  English, 
but  it  has  the  sound  of  s  in  many 
words  before  t,  followed  by  a,  e,  o 

z  is  sounded  like  ks  in 
"  "    5^2;  in 

"  "     ss  in 


ceci,  this. 

re9u,  received. 

vend-il,  does  he  sell?  (pro- 
nounce, vent-il). 

un  grand  homme,  a  great 
man  (pronounce,  ungrant- 
homme). 

gant,  glove. 

agir,  to  act. 


jour,  day. 

taille,  shap     (pronounced 

taiye). 
parler,  to  speak. 


oser,  to  dare. 


partiel,  partial. 
essentiel,  essential. 
nation,  nation. 
reflexion,  reflection. 
excKiice,  exercise. 
Briixelles,  Brussels. 
deuxieme,  second. 


Many  Consonants  at  the  end  of  words  are  not  pro* 
nounced,  as : 


plomi,  kad. 
chaucf,  warm. 


drap,  cloth. 
alors,  then. 


tou^,  all. 


PftOKUNClATlON. 

Pronunciation  of  the  Feench  Alphabet. 


Name 

Similar  Sounds  in  EngllBh. 

A 

& 

sounded 

like  a  in  ah ! 

B 

M 

" 

like  ba  in  bacon,  baker. 

C 

c^ 

(( 

like  5a  in  sage. 

D 

d^ 

(( 

like  rfa  in  dare. 

E 

e 

t( 

like  a  in  a/e. 

F 

effe 

C( 

like  the  English/. 

6 

g^ 

ti 

likeya,  and  articulated  lik« 
sin  pleasure. 

H 

ash 

(4 

like  ash  in  mash. 

I 

i 

(( 

like  ee  in  sheep. 

J 

ji 

(( 

(likejee,  and  articulated  like 
(    s  in  pleasure. 

K 

eft 

pronoanced 

cah. 

L 

elle 

" 

as  in  English. 

M 

emme 

n 

as  in  English. 

N 

enne 

" 

as  in  English. 

O 

6 

n 

AS  in  English. 

P 

P6 

(< 

like  pa  in  pace. 

Q 

ka 

sounded 

JUke  the  French  u  with  k 

\     before  it. 

B 

erre 

n 

like  air. 

8 

esse 

i( 

as  in  English. 

T 

t6 

(( 

like  ta  in  table. 

U 

u 

(t 

no  similar  sound. 

V 

\6 

(( 

like  va  in  vapor. 

X 

ixe 

" 

like  eeks  in  /eeA;s. 

Y 

i  Grec 

«( 

like  cc  in  sheep. 

Z 

zede 

{( 

as  in  English. 

Junction  op  Woeds. 

In  reading  French,  when  one  word  ends  with  a  con- 
sonant, and  the  following  word  begins  with  a  vowel,  or 
silent  A,  the  two  words  are  proiioiuiced  together,  as  if 
they  formed  only  one  word.  But  this  junction  does  not  * 
take  place  when  there  is  a  pause  in  the  sentence.  The  t 
in  the  word  et,  aficl,  is  never  pronounced  with  the  follow- 
ing words.  The  final  e,  preceded  by  a  consonant,  is  not 
pronounced  when  followed  by  a  word  beginning  with  a 
vowel:  elle  a=ell^a. 

Exercise  in  Reading. 

Le8'"homme8,  les^enfants.  des'^arbres,  nos'^ainis,  vos^habits, 
nous'^avons,  vous'"avez'"eu,  ils'~ont,  pas'~encore,  avec'"un'"enfant, 
668  plus  cruels^enneniis.  —  Songez^'a  vos'^afiFiiires.  —  Mon^oncle 
est^arriv^.  —  IPavait'^encore  beaucoup'^a  faire. — Un^homme'^et 
una  femme.  —  Cet'^habit^est'^a  moi.  —  Les'^Anglais  sont"indus- 
trieux. — Vous'"eii'"avez'"eu  assez. — .La  ville'"allait'~6tre  prise. 


THE    AETICLB. 


III. — The  Article  {V Article). 

There  are  three  Articles,  the  Defikitk  {T article  defini), 
the  Indefinite  {Particle  indejini),  and  the  Partitive 
{Particle  partitif). 

Singular  {Singulier).  Plokal  (Pluriel). 

Masculine  (Mascxdin).    Feminine  (F^minin). 
Definite:  le(r)  la  ( 1' )  les. 

Indefinite :  un  une  (no  plural), 

r  is  used  instead  of  le,  la,  before  a  vowel  or  h  mute. 

Examples. 
Singular. 


Plural. 

the  fathers, 
the  mothers, 
the  friends  (inasc.  y 


le  pfere,  the  father.  les  peres, 

Is  mere,  the  mother.  les  meres, 

I'ami,  the  friend  (?nasc.)     les'^amis, 

(instead  of  le  ami). 
I'amie,  the  friend  (fem.)      les'^amies,  the  friends  (fern.), 

(instead  of  la  amie) 
I'homme,  the  man.  les'^hommes,        the  men. 

un  pere,  a  father. 

nne  mere,  a  mother. 

un'^ami,  a  male  friend. 

une^amie,  a  female  friend. 

[The  Partitive  Article  is  given  on  p.  12.] 

Prese7it  Tense  of  the  Verb  '"''To  A«ye." 


Singular. 

Plural 

j'ai, 

I  have. 

nous^avons, 

we  have. 

tn  as, 

thou  hast. 

vous^avez, 

you  have. 

il-a, 
elle'^a, 

he  has. 
she  has. 

et, 

ils'^ont,      ) 
elles'^ont,  ) 
and. 

they  have. 

Exercise  I. 

1.  J'ai  la  rose.  2.  J'ai  une  rose.  3.  Le  pfere'^a  la  rose.  4.  La 
mfere'^a  une  rose.  5.  IPa  le  jardin.  6.  Le  pfere'^a  un  jardin. 
7.  L'enfant  a  la  pomme.  8.  Un'^enfant  a  une  pomme.  9.  Le 
pSre'^a  le  livre.  10.  L'enfant  a  un  livre.  11.  L'oncle'^a  un 
cheval.     12.  L'enfant  a  un'~'oncle'"et  une  tante. 

1.  I  have  the  book.  2.  We  have  a  father  and  a  mother.  3.  He 
has  the  rose.  4.  We  have  a  garden.  5.  He  has  the  apple.  6.  The 
mother  has  a  book.  7.  The  child  has  a  book.  8.  You  have  an 
uncle  and  an  aunt.  9.  We  have  a  horse.  10.  The  aunt  has  a 
garden.     11.  The  child  has  a  horse.     12.  You  have  a  garden. 

Present  Tense  of  the  Verb  "  To  have^''  used  Interrogatively. 

PlnraL 
avons-noTis,  have  wet 

avez-vous,  have  you) 

ont"^-il8, 
ont^-elles, 


Singular. 
ai-je,  have  If 

as-tn,  hast  thou* 

a-t^'-il,  has  he* 

a-f-elle,        has  she* 


y         have  they} 


6  THB    SUBSTANTIVE. 

Note. — In  Interrogative  sentences,  when  the  subject  is  a  substan- 
tive, the  noun  is  placed  first,  and  the  pronoun  is  also  used  after  the 
verb :  as, 

L'enfant  a-t^-tV.'    Has  the  child T     Lit.,  The  child,  has  het 

oni,  yes.  non,  no. 

EXKECISE   IL 

1.  Avez-vous^un  pfere'^t  une  mfere?  2.  A-f-elle'^un'^oncIe 
efune  tante  ?  3.  A-t""-il  un'^ami  ?  4.  A-f-elle  une'^amie  ? 
5.  Ont-ils'"un  jardin  ?  6.  Ai-je  la  rose  ?  7.  Avez-vous  le  livre  ? 
Oui,  j'ai   le  livre.     8.  Avez-vous'"un  livre?     Oui,  j'ai  un  livre. 

9.  L'enfant  a-f-iPune  rose?  Oui,  l'enfant  a  line  rose.  10.  Le 
pfere  a-t^-iPun  chien  ?  Non,  iPa  un  clieval.  11.  La  tante'^a- 
t^-elle^un  jardin  ?  Oui,  elle'^a  un  jardin.  12.  L'oncle''a-t''-iPun 
habit  ?     Oui,  iPa  un^habit. 

1.  Has  he  an  uncle  and  an  aunt?  2.  Have  they  a  father  and 
a  mother  ?  3.  Have  they  {masculine)  a  friend  (masc.)  ?  4.  Have 
they  {feminine)  a  friend  {fern.)  ?  5.  Has  she  the  rose  ?  6.  Have 
I  the  book  ?  7.  Have  you  the  rose  ?  Yes,  I  have  the  rose. 
8.  Have  you  a  garden  ?  Yes,  I  have  a  garden.  9.  Has  the  child 
a  coat  ?  («ay.  The  child,  has  he  a  coat  ?)     Yes,  he  has  a  coat. 

10.  Has  the  uncle  a  horse  ?  {say,  The  uncle,  has  he  a  horse  ?)  No, 
he  has  a  dog.  11.  Has  the  mother  the  book  ?  {say.  The  mother, 
has  she  the  book  ?)  Yes,  she  has  the  book.  12.  Has  the  father 
a  horse  ?  {say,  The  father,  has  he  a  horse  ?)    Yes,  he  has  a  horse. 


rV. — The  Substantive  {le  Substantif). 

1.  FoBMATioN  OF  THE  Plural  {Formation  du  Pluriet). 
General  Rule  {Rhgle  generale). 

The  Plural  is  formed  by  adding  s,  which  is  not  sounded. 


Examples. 


Singnlar. 


Plural. 


ie  roi, 

la  pomme, 

I'habit, 

the  king, 
the  apple, 
the  coat. 

les  rois, 
les  pommes, 
les^habits, 

the  kings, 
the  apples, 
the  coats. 

le  jardin, 
l'enfant. 

the  garden, 
the  child. 

les  jardins, 
les'^enfants. 

the  gardens, 
the  children. 

la  fleur, 
la  maison. 

the  flower, 
the  house. 

les  fleurs, 
les  maisons. 

Exceptions. 

the  flowers, 
the  houses. 

1.  Substantives  ending  in  s,  x,  or  z,  remain  unchanged 
in  the  Plural. 


THE    SUBSTANTIVE. 


Examples. 


Stngnlar. 

lefik, 

the  son. 

le  pays, 

the  country. 

le  bras, 

the  arm. 

la  noix. 

the  nut. 

le  nez, 

the  nose. 

Plural. 


les  fils, 

the  sons. 

les  pays. 

the  countries. 

les  bras, 

the  arms. 

les  noix, 

the  nuts. 

les  nez, , 

the  noses. 

2.  Substantives  ending  in  -au  or  -eau,  in  -eu  or  -CBUj 
take  X  in  the  Plural,  instead  of  s. 

Examples. 
Singular.  Plural, 

le  chapeau,   the  hat.  les  chapeaux,        the  hats. 

le  feu,  thejire.  les  feux,  the  fires. 

le  voeu,  the  vow,  wish.  les  voeux,  the  vows,  wishes. 

Note. — The  following  seven  words  ending  in  -ou  also 
take  I  in  the  Plural : 


Singu 

lar. 

Pli 

iraL 

le  bijou. 

the  jewel. 

les  bijoux. 

the  jewels. 

le  chou, 

the  cabbage. 

les  choux, 

the  cabbages. 

le  caillou. 

the  pebble. 

les  cailloux. 

the  pebbles. 

le  genou, 

the  knee. 

les  genoux, 

the  knees. 

le  hibou, 

the  owl. 

les  hiboux. 

the  owls. 

le  pou, 

the  louse. 

les  poux. 

the  lice. 

le  joujou, 

the  plaything. 

les  joujoux, 

the  playthings. 

All  the  other  words  in  -ou  follow  the  general  rule,  and 
have  the  Plural  in  s:  as, 


le  clou,  the  nail. 


les  clous,  the  nails. 


3.  Substantives  ending  in  -al  or  -ail  change  these  let- 
ters into  -aux  in  the  Plural. 


Singular. 
le  cheval,       the  horse. 
le  general,     the  general, 
I'animal,        the  animal. 
le  travail,      the  work. 


Examples. 

Plural 
les  chevaux,  the  horses. 

les  generaux,  the  generals. 
les^animaux,  the  animals. 
les  travaox,  the  works. 


Oba.  There  are  a  few  exceptions  to  this  rule:  as,  le  bal,  th»  bali;  I'^rentai^ 
tlie  fan,  etc.,  which  form  the  plural  bals,  eventaile,  etc. 

4.  The  following  are  irregular : 

Singular.  Plural 

le  ciel,  the  heaven.  les  cieux,  the  heavens. 

I'oeil,  the  eye.  les^yeux,  the  eyes. 

le  betail,        the  cattle.  les  bestiaux,  the  cattle. 


8  THE   SUBSTANTIVE. 

5.  Many  Substantives  are  used  only  in  the  Plural 

Examples. 
lea'^environs,       the  neighborhood. 
les  funerailles,     the  funeral. 

6.  Some  words  have  a  different  meaning  in  the  Singular 

and  Plural  _, 

Examples. 

SiDgnlar.  PluraL 

le  ciseaa,  the  chisel.  les  ciseaux,  the  scissors. 

le  fer  the  iron.  les  fers,  the  fetters. 

la  lanette,         the  telescope.  les  lunettes,  the  spectacles. 

deax,  two;  trois,  three;  vu,  seen. 

Exercise  IIL 
On  the  General  Mule  and  Exception  1 . 

1.  Nous^avons  deux  chiens.  2.  Vous^'avez  trois  chats.  3.  Hb'^ 
ont  les  lettres.  4.  Les  fils^'ont  les  lettres.  5.  Ont-elles'"une  fleur? 
Elles'^ont  deux  fleurs.  6.  Avez-vous  vu  les  palais  ?  Oui,  j'ai 
vu  les  palais.  7.  L'enfant  a'"-t-iPune  rose?  L'enfant  a  deux 
roses.  8.  Les'"enfants'"ont'"-ils'"une  pomme?  Les'^enfants'^ont 
trois  pommes.  9.  L'homme^a  deux  bras.  10.  L'oncle^a  deux 
jardins.  11.  Le  pSre^a-f-iPun  chien?  Oui,  iPa  trois  chiens. 
12.  La  mfere'^a-f-elle^un  canif  ?     Oui,  elle^a  trois  canifs. 

1 .  He  has  three  cats.  2.  She  has  three  dogs.  3.  You  have  the 
letter.  4.  The  children  have  the  letters.  5.  The  son  has  two 
dogs.  6.  The  sons  have  three  dogs.  7.  Have  you  seen  the  flow- 
ers ?  Yes,  I  have  seen  the  flowers.  8.  Have  the  children  seen  the 
palaces?  The  children  have  seen  the  palaces.  9.  Have  the  sons 
seen  the  palaces?  The  sons  have  seen  three  palaces.  10.  Have 
you  seen  the  gardens  ?  Yes,  I  have  seen  three  gardens.  11.  Have 
you  a  penknife  ?  Yes,  I  have  two  penknives.  12.  Has  the  fa- 
ther a  cat  ?  Yes,  he  has  two  cats  and  three  dogs, 
qaatre,  four ;  cinq,  five ;  aussi,  also. 

Exercise  IV. 
A. 

1.  La  reine'^a  les  bijoux.  2.  Le  gfingral^'a  trois  chevaux. 
3.  Avez-vous  vu  les  deux  ggngraux  ?  4.  Les ""  enfants  ■"  ont ""  les 
cailloux.  5.  Onf-ils'^aussi  les  joujoux  ?  Oui,  ils'^ont^aussi  les 
joujoux.  6.  J'ai  trois  noix,  quatre  pommes  et  cinq  cerises. 
7.  L'homme^a  deux^yeux.  8.  Avez-vous  vu  les  feux  ?  Oui,  j'ai 
vu  les  feux.  9.  Avez-vous  vu  les  funerailles?  10.  J'ai  vu  les 
palais^^et  les  chateaux.  11.  L'oncle^^a  quatre  chevaux.  12.  Ave^ 
vous  vu  les  lunettes  ?     Oui,  j'ai  vu  les  lunettes. 

1.  The  aunt  has  the  jewels.  2.  The  uncle  has  five  horses. 
3.  The  two  generals  have  four  horses.  4.  Have  you  seen  the 
spectacles  ?  5.  Have  the  children  the  nuts  ?  Yes,  they  have  four 
nuts  and  five  apples.     6.  Have  you  seen  the  hats  ?     7.  The  queen 


THE   SUB8TANTIVB.  9 

has  three  palaces  and  four  country-housss.  8.  Have  the  children 
seen  the  fires  ?  9.  Have  you  seen  the  playthings  ?  Yes,  I  have 
seen  the  playthings.  10.  The  child  has  two  eyes.  11.  Has  the 
queen  the  jewels  ?     12.  I  have  seen  the  funeral. 

B. 

1.  Ai-je  les  couteaux  ?  Oui,  j'ai  les  couteaux.  2.  As-tu  vu  les 
chameaux  ?  Oui,  j'ai  vu  les  chameaux'^et  les  chevaux.*  3.  Avez- 
vous'^aussi  vu  les  chateaux  ?    J'ai  vu  les  chSteaux^et  les  palais. 

4.  Avez-vous  les  bijoux  ?    La  tante'^a  les  bijoux'^et  les  coraux. 

5.  Lei'^enfants'^ont-ils  les'^habits^'ou  les  chapeaux?  Les  enfknts^ 
ont  les^'habits^et  les  chapeaux.  6.  Ont^-ils  vu  les  feux?  Oui, 
ils'^ont  vu  les  feux.  7.  La  tante'^a-t'^-elle  les  joujoux  ?  Non,  les^ 
enfants'^ont  les  joujoux.  8.  Avez-vous  les  tableaux  ?  Oui,  j'ai 
les  tableaux. 

''  1.  Has  he  the  knives?  Yes,  he  has  the  knives.  2.  Has  the 
child  seen  the  camels  ?  Yes,  he  has  seen  the  camels.  3.  Have  the 
children  seen  also  the  country-houses  ?  Yes,  they  have  seen  the 
country-houses  and  the  palaces.  4.  Have  you  also  seen  the  corals  ? 
Yes,  I  have  seen  the  corals  and  the  jewels.  5.  Have  they  also 
the  hats  ?  Yes,  they  have  the  hats  and  the  coats.  6.  Have  the 
children  seen  the  nres  ?  Yes,  they  have  seen  the  fires.  7.  Have 
you  the  playthings  ?  No,  the  child  has  the  playthings.  8.  Has 
the  uncle  seen  the  pictures  ?    Yes,  he  has  seen  the  pictures. 


2.  FoEMATiON  OF  THE  Genitive  (Genitif). 

The  preposition  of  is  expressed  in  French  by  de,  which 

is  thus  used  before  the  articles. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

D^nite  Article:  |  J°p  del'*}  *®'' 

Indefinite  Article :  d'un  d'ane. 

Du,  a  contraction  of  de  le,  is  used  before  a  consonant ; 
de  1'  before  a  vowel  and  h  mute.  Des  is  a  contraction 
of  de  les. 

Examples. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

da  pfere,          of  the  father. 

des  p^res. 

of  the  fathers. 

de  I'ami,         of  the  friend. 

des^amis. 

of  the  friend*. 

de  la  mere,     of  the  mother. 

des  m^res. 

of  the  mothers. 

de  I'amie,        of  the  friend 

dea'^amies. 

of  the  friends 

(fem.). 

(/em.). 

d'un  pere,       of  a  father. 

d'ane  mere,    of  a  mother. 

*  The  final  x  is  sounded  like  z  when  followed  bj  a  word  beginning  with  a 
Vowsl. 


10  THB   8UBSTANTIVB. 

on,  where?  est,  is;  sont,  are. 
EXEKCISB    V. 

1.  J'ai  vu  la  maison  du  voisin.  2.  J'ai  vu  la  maison  de  la 
voisine.  3.  IPa  vu  la  porte  des  voisin8.  4.  EUe'^a  vu  la  porte 
des  voisines.  5.  Nous'^avons  vu  la  porte  de  la  maison.  6.  Vous"" 
avez  vu  les  portes  des  maisons.  7.  Ils'^ont  vu  le  pfere  de  I'enfant. 
8.  Elles^'ont  vu  la  mfere  des^enfants.  9.  Avez-vous  vu  les  livres 
de  I'enfant?  10.  Oi  est  I'ami  du  pSre?  11.  Ou  sont  les""ainie8 
de  la  m^re  ? 

1.  We  have  seen  the  books  of  the  friend  {masc.).  3.  Have  you 
seen  the  books  of  the  friend  ?  {fem.)  3.  Where  is  the  door  of 
the  house  ?  4.  Where  are  the  doors  of  the  houses  ?  5.  Where  is 
the  house  of  the  neighbor  ?  (masc.)  6.  Where  are  the  houses  of 
the  neighbors  ?  (fem.)  7.  Where  is  the  uncle  of  the  child  ? 
8.  Where  is  the  aunt  of  the  children?  9.  Have  you  seen  the 
friend  {masc.)  of  the  uncle  ?  10.  Have  you  seen  the  friend  (fern.) 
of  the  aunt  ?  11.  He  has  seen  the  horse  of  the  general.  12.  You 
have  seen  the  horses  of  the  generals. 


3.  Formation  of  the  Dative  (Datif). 

The  preposition  to  is  expressed  in  French  by  f^  which 
is  thus  used  before  the  articles : 

Singular.  Plural. 

Hascnline.         Feminipe. 

Definite  Article:      \  iv  kV    \  *'^' 

Ind^nite  Article:       a  un  a  nne. 

An,  a  contraction  of  a  le,  is  used  before  a  consonant ; 
a  r  before  a  vowel  and  A  mute.  Aux  is  a  contraction 
of  a  les. 

Examples. 
Singnlar.  PlnraL 

aa  p^re,  to  the  father.  aux  p^res,  to  the  fathers. 

i  rami,  to  the  friend.  aux'^amis,         to  the  friends. 

i  la  m^re,         to  the  mother.  aux~meres,       to  the  mothers. 

a  I'amie,  to  the  friend  aux'^amies,       to  the  friends 

(fem.).  (fem.). 

a  un  p^re,         to  a  father, 
i,  tine  mere,      to  a  mother. 


je  donne, 

I  give. 

qui, 

who? 

a  qui, 

to  whom? 

THE    SUBSTANTIVB.  11 

mon  (raasc.)  > 
ma(fem.)       >       "'^ 
donnez-vous,  do  you  give  T 

Est,  is,  and  sont,  are,  when  used  with  d  and  a  substait 
tive  or  pronoun  signify  generally  belongs  and  belong:  as, 

le  livre^est'^k  mon  pere,    the  book  belongs  to  my  father. 

Exercise  VI. 

A. 

1.  Le  chapeau  esfS  mon  fr&re.  3.  A.  qui  est  la  canne  ?  3.  La 
canne^est^fi  mon  cousin.  4.  Les  livres  sont^aux^enfants.  5.  A 
qui  sont  les  chevaux  ?     6.  Les  chevaux   sonfaux  ggnSraux. 

7.  Je  donne  la  rose"~a  ma  sceur.  8.  Donnez-vous  la  poire'^a  ma 
tante  ?  9.  Oui,  je  donne  la  poire""^  ma  tante.  10.  Le  chien  esf" 
a  mon^ami.  11.  Les  chiens  sont^aux  g6n6raux.  13.  Le  jardin 
esf  aux  frferes'^et  aux  soeurs. 

^  1.  The  hat  belongs  to  my  father.  3.  To  whom  does  the  hat 
belong?  3.  The  hats  belong  to  my  brothers.  4.  The  cane  be- 
longs to  my  brother.  5.  To  whom  do  the  canes  belong  ?  6.  The 
canes  belong  to  my  cousins.     7.  I  give  the  book  to  the  child. 

8.  Do  you  give  the  books  to  the  children  ?  9.  Do  you  give  the 
roses  to  my  sister  ?  Yes,  I  give  the  roses  to  my  sisters.  10.  Do 
you  give  the  garden  to  the  brothers  and  the  sisters?  11.  I  give 
the  dogs  to  my  Mends. 

"^  voici,  here  is,  here  are. 

B. 

1.  Ai-je  le  livre  du  cousin?    Vous'^avez  le  livre  du  cousin. 

,  2.  Avez-vous  le  portrait  de  la  tante  ?     Oui,  j'ai  le  portrait  de  la 

tante.     3.  A-f-il  vu  le  jardin  du  roi  ?    Non,  iPa  vu  le  chateau 

du  roi.     4.  Qui  a  les  ciseaux  de  ma  sceur  ?    Voici  les  ciseaux  de 

votre   sceur.     5.  A  qui  sont  les  noix  ?     Elles   sont  ^  a  I'enfant. 

6.  A  qui  sont  les  poires?     Elles  sont"aux'"enfants  du  voisin. 

7.  A  qui  est  le  jardin  ?  IPesfau  roi  et  ^  la  reine.  8.  Avez-voUs 
vu  le  chien  de  I'oncle  ?     Voila  le  chien  de  I'oncle. 

C  1.  Have  you  the  books  of  the  neighbor?  Yes,  I  have  the 
books  of  the  neighbor.  2.  Have  you  the  likeness  of  the  sister  ? 
Yes,  I  have  the  likeness  of  the  sister.  3.  Has  she  seen  the  gar- 
dens of  the  king  ?  No,  she  has  seen  the  country-houses  of  the 
king.  4.  Who  has  the  scissors  of  my  aunt  ?  Here  are  the  scis- 
sors of  my  aunt.  5.  To  whom  do  the  nuts  belong  ?  ,They  belong 
to  my  sister.  6.  To  whom  do  the  pears  belong?  They  belong 
to  my  cousin.  7.  To  whom  do  the  gardens  belong?  They  be- 
long to  the  king  and  to  the  queen.  "8^  To  whom  do  the  dogs 
belong  ?     They  belong  to  the  generals. 


12  thb  pabtitive  aeticlb. 

Rbcapittilation  of  the  Declension  of  the 
Substantive. 
1.  A  noun  masculine. 

singular.  Plnral. 


Norn,    le  livre,         the  book. 
Gen.     du  livre,        of  the  book. 
Dat.     an  livre,       to  the  book. 


les  livres,         the  books. 
des  livres,         of  the  books. 
auz  livres,        to  the  books. 


2.  A  noun  feminine,  beginning  with  a  consonant. 

singular.  Plural. 


Norn,    la  table,         the  table. 
Gen.     de  la  table,   of  the  table. 
Dat.     {L  la  table,     to  the  table. 


les  tables,         the  tables. 
des  tables,        of  the  tables. 
aux  tables,        to  the  tables. 


3.  A  noun  masculine   or  feminine,  beginning  with  a 
vowel  or  h  mute. 

Singular.  Plnral. 


Nom.  rami,  the/riend. 

Gen.  de  rami,        of  the  friend. 

Bat.  i  rami,         to  the  friend. 

Nom.  rhomme,       the  man. 

Gen.  de  I'homme,  of  the  man. 

Dat.  a  I'homme,    to  the  7nan. 


les^amis,  the  friends. 

des'^amis,  of  the  friends. 

auz'~~amis,         to  the  friends. 

les^hommes,     the  men. 
des'^hommes,    of  the  men. 
aaz'~'hommes,   to  the  men. 


V.  The  Partittve  Article  {V Article  jpartitif). 

The  Partitive  Article,  some^  is  the  same  as  the  Genitive 
of  the  Definite  Article,  being  compounded  of  de  and  the 


Article 


Singular.  PlnraL 

Mascnline.       Feminine. 


da  de  la  ) 

de  1*  de  1'  before  a  vowel  or  A  mute  > 


des. 


1.  The  Partitive  Article  is  always  used  in  French  to 
express  the  part  of  a  thing,  though  it  is  often  omitted  in 
English :  as, 

j'ai  da  pain  et  de  la  viande,       /  have  some  bread  and  some  meat, 

or  /  have  bread  and  meat ; 
meaning,  "  I  have  a  part  of  the  bread  and  of  the  meat," 

EXEECISE   VIL 

1.  IPa  du  pain  et  de  la  viande.  2.  Avez-vous  des'^enfants, 
madame  ?     Oui.  j'ai  trois'^enfants.  un  fils'^et  deux  filles.     3.  Mon 


THE    PABTITIVB    ARTICLE.  13 

cousin  a  des  chevaiix  et  des  chiens.  4.  Le  roi  a  de  I'or'^et  de 
I'argent.  5.  La  reine'*~a  des  bijoux.  6.  Avez-vous  du  cafS  et  du 
th6  ?  7.  Emilie  a  du  papier  et  de  I'encre.  8.  A-f-elle^aussi  des 
pltimes  ?  9.  Elle'^a  des  plumes'^et  des  crayons.  10.  Avez-vous  du 
vin,  monsieur  ?  11.  Non,  j'ai  de  la  bifere!,  12.  Le'^marchand  a  du 
fromage'^et  du  beurre.     13.  IPa  du  pain,  du  beurre'^et  du  sel. 

Note. — In  translating  the  following  sentences,  insert 
the  partitive  article  before  the  nouns  which  are  not  in 
the  Nominative  case. 

1.  Have  you  bread  and  meat?  2.  I  have  bread  and  cheesa 
3.  Have  you  bread  and  butter?  4.  I  have  bread,  butter,  and 
cheese.  5.  I  have  gold,  silver,  and  jewels.  6.  He  has  horses  and 
dogs.  7.  She  has  paper  and  ink.  8.  She  has  pens  and  pencils. 
9.  The  merchant  has  wine  and  beer.  10.  The  merchant  has  wine 
and  salt.  11  The  children  have  coffee  and  tea.  12.  The  mer- 
chant has  coffee,  tea,  and  salt. 

2.  When  a  partitive  noun  is  in  the  Genitive  case,  the 
article  is  not  used,  only  de:  as,  une  bouteille  de  vin,  a 
bottle  of  icine. 

De  is  used  with  the  Genitive,  without  the  Article,  after 
adverbs  of  quantity : 


beaucoup, 

mitch,  many. 

moins, 

less. 

pen, 

little. 

assez. 

enough. 

Dins, 

more. 

combien? 

how  many? 

Exercise  VIII. 

1.  J'ai  une  livre  de  viande^et  deux  livres  de  pain.  2.  J'ai  un 
verre  de  vin.  3.  IPa  un  verre  de  bifere.  4.  Combien  de  cafS 
avez-vous  ?  5.  J'ai  beaucoup  de  cafg ;  j'ai  trois  livres  de  caflS. 
6.  Avez-vous^assez  de  sucre  ?  7.  Combien  de  pommes'^avez-vous  ? 
8.  J'ai  une  bouteille  de  vin.  9.  Nous^avons  trois  livres  de  sucre. 
10.  Nous'^avons  deux  livres  de  caf(g.  11.  La  reine^'a  beaucoup 
de  bijoux.  12.  Avez-vous'^assez  <^'argent?  13.  Ils'^ont  plus  de 
viande.  14.  Avez-vous'"assez  <?€  pain  ?  15.  Combien  <?€  personnes 
sonf^-elles  ?    Elles  sont  trois. 

1.  We  have  two  pounds  of  meat  and  three  pounds  of  bread. 
2. 1  have  a  bottle  of  beer.  3.  The  children  have  two  bottles  of 
wine.  4.  The  merchant  has  much  sugar.  5.  How  much  tea  have 
you  ?  6.  I  have  much  tea ;  I  have  four  pounds  of  tea.  7.  How 
much  sugar  have  you?  I  have  three  pounds  of  sugar.  8.  Have 
you  enough  sugar  ?  I  have  four  pounds  of  sugar.  9.  Have  you 
enough  jewels  ?  10.  Have  the  generals  enough  horses  ?  11.  The 
merchant  has  enough  wine  and  beer.  12. 1  have  two  bottles  of 
wine  and  three  bottles  of  beer. 


14  PROPER    NAMES. 


VI. — Proper  Names  {Noms  propres). 

1.  Names  of  Persons  in  French,  as  in  English,  are  used 
without  the  Article,  as,  Frederic,  Frederick. 

2.  Names  of  Towns  in  French,  as  in  English,  are  also 
without  the  Article:  as,  Londres,  Xo/it/on/  Bruxelles, 
Brussels y  except  some  few,  as  Le  Havre,  La  Rochelle. 

3.  On  the  contrary,  the  names  of  countries  and  parts 
af  the  world  have  the  Article  in  French :  as. 


I'Europe, 

Europe. 

rAIlemagne, 

GermaiOf. 

I'Asie, 

Asia. 

la  Russie, 

Russia. 

TAfrique, 

Africa. 

la  Prusse, 

Prussia. 

I'Amerique, 

America. 

la  Saxe, 

Saxony. 

la  France, 

France. 

la  Belgique, 

Belgium. 

I'Angleterre 

England. 

I'Espagne, 

Spain. 

Note. — 1.  In  and  to  a  country  are  expressed  by  en, 
without  the  article :  as, 

en  iVance,  in  or  to  France. 

en  Angleterre,  in  or  to  England. 

2.  In,  at,  or  to  a  town  are  expressed  by  t :  as, 

a  Paris,  in,  at,  or  to  Paris, 
h,  Londres,  in,  at,  or  to  London. 

Exercise  LX. 


1.  Charles  est  men  frfere.  2.  Emilie  est  ma  soeur.  3.  J'ai  les 
gants  de  Sophie.  4.  Oii  est  Monsieur  Pierre  ?  II  est'^S  Lon- 
dres. 5.  Ou  est  le  chapeau  de  Fr6d6ric  ?  Voici  le  chapeau  de 
Fr6d6ric.  6.  Avez-vous  vu  Madame  Johnson  ?  Oui,  j'ai  vu 
Madame  Johnson.  7.  Avez-vous  le  crayon  de  Jean  ?  '  Non,  j'ai 
le  crayon  de  Guillaume.  8.  Marie  est  la  fille  de  Madame  John- 
son. 9.  Est-elle'^ici  ?  Non,  elle'^est'^a  Paris.  10.  Oil  est  Mon- 
sieur Guillaume?  Il^est^fi  Londres.  11.  Mon  cousin  est^S 
Vienne.  12.  Oh.  sont  les^enfants  de  Madame  Johnson?  13.  A 
qui' est  le  chapeau?    II  est^a  Monsieur  Fr6d6ric. 

1.  William  is  my  brother.  2.  Mary  is  my  sister.  3.  I  have  the 
gloves  of  Miss  Emily.  4.  Where  is  Mr.  William  ?  He  is  in  Paris. 
5.  Where  is  Miss  Emily  ?  She  is  in  London.  6.  She  has  the 
gloves  of.  Miss  Sophy.  <  7.  Where  is  Mrs.  Johnson  ?  She  is  in 
London. .  8.  Have  you  William's  pencil  ?  No,  I  have  John's 
j)encil.  9.  Have  you  Peter's  hat  ?  Yes,  I  have  Peter's  hat. 
10.  Where  is  the  cousin  of  Mrs.  Johnson  ?     He  is  in  London 


THE    VERB  "AVOIR. 


15 


11.  To  whom  do  the  gloves  belong  ?    They  belong  to  Miss  Mary. 

12.  Have  you  seen  Mr.  Johnson  ?    Yes,  I  have  seen  Mr.  Johnson. 

B. 

1.  Les  parties  du  monde  sont  I'Europe,  I'Asie,  l'Am6rique'"et 
TAfrique.  2.  Londres  est  la  capitale  de  I'Angleterre.  3.  Mon 
cousin  est ""  en  "  Amgrique.  4.  Mon  pfere  ■"  est ""  en  ""  Angleterre. 
5.  Berlin  est  la  capitale  de  la  Prusse.  6.  Dresde'^est  la  capitale 
de  la  Saxe.  7.  Mon  frfere  ^  est ""  en ""  Afrique.  8.  Mon  fr&re,  oil 
esf-il  ?    II  esfen^Angleterre. 

1.  Europe  is  a  part  of  the  world.  2.  Asia  is  a  part  of  the 
world.  3.  Africa  is  a  part  of  the  world.  4.  America  is  a  part  of 
the  world.  5.  My  father  is  in  France.  6.  My  brother  is  in  Lon- 
don. 7.  My  cousin  is  in  Germany,  and  my  brother  is  in  Dresden. 
8.  Where  is  my  cousin  ?     He  is  in  Dresden. 


VII. — The  Verb  Avom,  to  have. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatif). 


Singular, 
j'ai,         ^  I  have. 

ta  as,  thou  hast. 

\l'~'ou  elle^a,         he  or  she  has. 


Present  Tense  (Present). 

PlnraL 

nous'^avons,  we  have. 

vous'^avez,  t/ou  have. 

ils^^oa  elles^ont,  they  have. 


j'avais, 
tu  avals, 
il'^avait, 


Imperfect  Tense  {Imparfait). 


^     I  had. 

thou  hadst. 
he  had. 


nous  avions, 

vous^aviez, 

ils^avaien^,* 


we  had. 
you  had. 
they  had. 


j'euB, 
tn  eos, 
il'^eut, 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Pass€  difini). 


I  had. 
thou  hadst. 
he  ha  I. 


nous  eumes, 

vous'^eutes, 

ils'^eureni,* 


we  had. 
you  had. 
they  had. 


j'anrai, 
tu  auras, 
il^^aura, 


FurrHJ!  Tense  (Futur). 


I  shoa  have, 
thou  wilt  have, 
he  will  have. 


nous  aurons, 

vous'^aurez, 

ils'^auront, 


we  shall  have, 
you  will  have, 
they  will  have 


'  Not  pronounced. 


16 


THE    VBRB  "AVOIR. 


j'ai  eu, 
ta  as^en, 
il'^a  en, 


COMPOUND  TENSES. 
eu,  had. 
Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Passi  indifim). 
Singular.  Plural. 

I  have  had.  nouB^avons^eu,        we  have  had. 

thou  hast  had.  vous  avez^eu,  you  have  had. 

he  has  had.  ils^^onfeu,  they  have  had. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-par/ait). 


j'aTaia  eo, 
ta  avais'^ea, 
il'^avaifeu, 


j'eas  en, 
tu  euB'^eu, 
il'"ent""eu, 


/  had  had. 
thou  hadst  had. 
he  had  had. 


nous  avioiiB  eu, 
vouB'~aviez'"eu, 
ilB'^avaient  eu, 


we  had  had, 
you  had  hadm 
they  had  had. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  {Pass€  ant^rieur). 


J  had  had. 
thou  hadst  had. 
he  had  had. 


nous  eumes  eu, 

vous^eutes'^eu, 

ils'^eurenfeu. 


we  had  had. 
you  had  had. 
they  had  had. 


j'aurai  en, 
tu  auras'^en, 
il"~aara  en, 


Future  Anterior  Tense  (Futur  ant€rieur). 

nous'^aurons'^eu,     we  she 
vons'^aurez'^eu,       you  wiu     ,- 
ils'^auronfen,         they  will  )  J 


J  shall  have  had. 
thou  wilt  have  had. 
he  will  have  had. 


hall    -)  i 
fill     >  « 


/ 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Canditimnd). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 


j'anrais,  I  should  have. 

tu  aurais,        thou  wouldst  have, 
il'^aorait,        he  would  have. 


nous  aunons, 

vous^auriez, 

il8"auraie«^ 


Past  Tense  {Passi) 
First  Form. 


we  should  have, 
you  would  have, 
they  would  have: 


j'anraiB'"eu,    I  should 
tn  aurais^eu,  thou  wouldst 
il^anraif^en,  he  would 


nou8'~aurion8  eu,  we  should  )  ]| 
vous'^auriez^eu,  you  would  >  » 
ils'^anraienfen,     they  would  )  J 


Second  Form. 


j'eu89e''en,  I  should  "^  *§ 
tu  euBsea  eu,  thou  wouldst  :-  "^ 
il'^eut^eu,      he  would        )  § 


nouB^euBsions^eu,  we  should  "^  "§ 
voua'^eussiez^eu,  you  would  -  « 
ils'^euBBent^eu,       they  would  )  « 


y^        IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatif). 


ue, 


hatMt  {thou). 


ayonB, 
ayes, 


let  us  have, 
have  (ye  or  you') 


THB   VBBB  "AVOIR. 


17 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Suijmctif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 
Singular. 
que  j'aie,  that  I  may  have. 

que  ta  aiea,^^     that  thou  mayst 

haie. 
qn'il'^ait,  that  he  may  have,  qu'lls'^aient, 


Plural. 
que  nons^ayons,  that  we  may  have. 
que  vous^ayez,    that  you  may  hav*. 


that   they   may 
have. 


que  j'easse, 
que  tu  eusses, 
qu'iPeut, 


Imperfect  Tense  (Impar/ait). 


that  J  might  have. 

that  thou  mightst 

have. 
that   he  might 

have. 


que  nous'^euasions,  that  we  might 
have. 

que  vous^euBsiez,  that  you  might 
have. 

qu'ils^enssent,  that  they  might 

have. 


Past  Tense  {Pass€). 


que  j'aie  en,  that  I  may  have 

had. 
que  tu  ales  eu,      that   thou   mayst 

have  had. 
qu'il  aifeu,  that  he  may  have 

had. 


que  nous'^ayons'^eu,  that  we  may 
have  had. 

que  vous'^ayez'^eu,  that  you  may 
have  had. 

qu'ils'^aient'^eu,  that  they  may 
have  had. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-par/ait). 


que  j'eusse^eu,     that  I  might  have 

had. 
que  tu  eusses  eu,  that  thou  mightst 

•  have  had. 
qu'il  eufeu,         that   he   might 

have  had. 


que  nons'^eussions^eu,    that  we 

might  have  had. 

que  vou8'"eus8iez''eu,      that  you 

might  have  had. 

qa'ils'^enssent'^eu,  that  they 

might  have  had 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  (Infinitif).  V 

Present  Tense  (^Pr^sent).  Past  Tense  (Pass^). 

ftTOir,  to  have.  I  avoir^'en,  to  have  had. 


PARTICIPLES  (Participe8). 

Present  (Pr^ent).  Past  (Passi). 

had. 
having  had. 


ayant, 


having. 


I  eu,  /.  eue, 
I  ayaat^eu, 


B 


18 


THR   VERB  "aVOIE.»» 


Avoir,  used  Interrogatively,  Negatively,  and 
Interrogatively  with  a  Negative. 

In  questions,  the  pronoun  is  placed  after  the  verb,  an<* 
the  two  are  united  by  a  hyphen. 

The  negative  in  French  is  expressed  by  two  words, 
ne,  pas,  of  which  ne  is  placed  before,  and  pas  after  th« 
verb.     When  ne  precedes  a  vowel,  the  e  is  elided,  a8 : 

je  v!ai  pas,  /  have  not, 

ENDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 

Interrogatively.        Negatively.         Interrog.  loith  a  Neg, 


have  It  etc. 
ai-je? 

88-tU? 

a-f^-il  ? 
avons-nons  ? 
avez-vous  1 
ont^-ils  I 


I  have  not,  etc. 
je  n'ai  pas. 
ta  n'as  pas. 
il  n'a  pas. 
nous  n'avons  pas. 
vous  n'avez  pas. 
lis  n'ont  paa 


have  I  not  f  etc. 
n' ai-je  pas? 
n'as-tn  pas? 
n'a-t^-il  pas? 
n'avons-nous  pas? 
n' avez-vous  pas? 
n'onf^-ils  pas? 


had  I?  etc. 
avais-je  ? 
avais-tu  ? 
avait~-il  ? 
avions-nous  ? 
aviez-vous  ? 
avaienf-ils? 


had  It  etc. 
eus-je  ? 
eas-tu  ? 
enf^-il  ? 
enmes-nons  ? 
•fites-vous  ? 
eurenf-ils  ? 


thall  I  have  T  etc. 
aurai-je  ? 
aoras-tu  ? 
aura-t""-il  ? 
aurons-nous  ? 
anrez-vous  ? 
auront"-il8  ? 


Imperfect  Tense  {Imparjait). 

I  had  not,  etc.  had  I  notT  etc 
je  n' avals  pas.  n' avais-je  pas? 
tu  n' avals  pas.  n'avals-tu  pas? 

II  n'avait  pas.  n'avalt^-ll  pas? 
nous  n'avlons  pas.  n'avlons-nous  pas? 
vous  n'avlez  pas.  n' aviez-vous  pas  ? 
Us  n'avalent  pas.  n'avalent'^-ils  pas? 

Past  Definite  Tense  {Pass^  difini). 


I  had  not,  etc. 
je  n'eus  pas. 
tu  n'eus  pas. 
U  n'eut  pas. 
nous  n'eumes  pas. 
Tous  n'eutes  pas. 
Us  n'enrent  pas. 

Future  Tense  (F«<«r). 

I  shall  not  have,  etc. 
je  n'aural  pas. 
tu  n' auras  pas. 

II  n'aura  pas. 
nous  n'aurons  pas. 
vous  n'aurez  pas. 
ils  n'auroBt  pas. 


had  I  not*  etc. 
n' eus-je  pas  ? 
n'eus-tu  pas  ? 
n'eut^-11  pas  ? 
n'eumes-nous  pas? 
n'eutes-vous  pas  ? 
n'eurent'~-lls  pas? 


shall  I  not  haveT  etc 
n'aural-je  pas  ? 
n'anras-tu  pas? 
n'aura<t"-il  pas  ? 
n' aurons-nous  pas  ? 
n'aurez-vous  pas? 
n'auront^-ils  pas? 


THE    VERB  "avoir. 


10 


Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Pass^  Tnd^Jint] 

have  I  had*  etc.  /  have  not  had,  etc.  have  I  not  had  ?  etc. 

ai-je"eu  ?  je  n'ai  pa8'~eu. 

as-tu  eu  ?  tu  n'aa  pas'^eu. 

a-Oil'^eu  1  il  n'a  pas^^eu. 

avons-nous'^eu  ?  nous  n'avons  pas^eu. 

avez-vou8'"eu  ?  vous  n'avez  pas  eu. 

ont'^-ils'^eu  ?  ils  n'ont  pas'^eu. 


n'ai-je  pas'^euT 
n' as-tu  pas'^eu  ? 
n'a-t~-il  pas'^eu  ? 
n'avons-nous  pas'^enf 
n'avez- vous  pas'^eu? 
n'onf^-ils  pas^^eu  ? 


Plupekfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


hckd  J  had?  etc. 
avai8-je"eu  ? 
avais-tu  eu  ? 
avait'^-il'^eu  ? 
avions  nous'^eu  ? 
aviez-vou8'~^eu  ? 
avaient-ils^'eu  ? 


/  had  not  had  ?  etc. 
je  n'avais  pas'^ea. 
tu  n'avais  pas'^eu. 
il  n'avait  pas'^eu. 
nous  n' avions  pas'^eu. 
vous  n'aviez  pas'^eu. 
ils  n'avaient  pas^eu. 


had  I  not  had  f  etc. 
n'avais-je  pas'^eu  ? 
n' avais-tu  pas'^eu? 
n'avait"-il  pas^eu? 
n'avions-nous  pas'^eu  ? 
n'aviez-vous  pas'^eu  ? 
n'avaient~-il8  pas^^ea! 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (^Pass^  antMeur). 

had  I  had?  etc.  /  had  not  had,  etc.  had  I  not  had  ?  etc, 

eus-je"eu  ?  je  n'eus  pas'^eu. 

eus-tu  eu  ?  tu  n'eus  pas^eu. 

eut'"-iPeu !  il  n'eut  pas^eu. 

eumes-nous^eu  ?  nous  n'eumes  pas'^eu. 

eutes-vous'^eu  ?  vous  n'eutes  pas^eu. 

eurenf-ils^eu  ?  ils  n'eurent  pas^eu. 


n'eus-je  pas'^eu? 
n' eus-tu  pas^eu? 
n'eut^-il  pas"eu? 
n'eume£-nou8  pas'^eaf 
n'eutes-vous  pas'^eu? 
n'eurent-ils  pas'^eu  ? 


Future 
thall  I  have  had?  etc. 
aurai-je'^eu  ? 
auras-tu  eu  ? 
aura-t^-iPeu  ? 
aurons-nous^eu  ? 
aurez-vous"~eu  ? 
auronf'-ils^eu  ? 


Anterior  Tense  (Futur 
I  shall  not  have  had,  etc. 
je  n'aurai  pas'^eu. 
tu  n' auras  pas^eu. 
il  n'aura  pas'^eu. 
nous  n'aurons  pas'~'eu. 
vous  n'aurez  pas^eu. 
ils  n'auront  pas^^eu. 


ant^rieur). 

shall  I  not  have  had  f 
n'aurai-je  pas^eu  1 
n' auras-tu  pas'^eu  ? 
n'aura-t'^-il  pas'^eu? 
n'aurons-nous  pas'^eu! 
n'aurez-vous  pas'^eu? 
n'auront"^-il8  pas^eu? 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  {Cmditimnd). 
Present  Tense  (Present), 
should  I  have?  etc.      I  should  not  have,  etc.  should  I  not  have  ?  etc 

aurais-je?  je  n'aurais  pas. 

aurais-tu?  tu  n'aurais  pas. 

auraif^-il  1  il  n'aurait  pas. 

aurions-DOUs  ?  nous  n'aurions  pas. 

auriez-vous  ?  vous  n'auriez  pas. 

aoraient^-ils  ?  ils  n'auraient  pas. 


n'aurais-je  pas? 
n' aurais-tu  pas? 
n'auraif^-il  pas  ? 
n'aurions-nous  pas? 
n' auriez-vous  pas  ? 
n'auraienf^-ils  pas! 


should  I  have  had? 
aurais-je"eu  ? 
aurais-tu  eu  ? 
aurait'^-il'^eu  ? 


Past  Tense  (Pass€). 
I  should  not  have  had,  etc- 
je  n'aurais  pas'^en. 
tu  n'aurais  pas^eu. 
il  n'aurait  pas^eu. 


should  I  not  have  hadi 
n'aurais-je  pas^eu? 
n' aurais-tu  pas'^eu  ? 
n'aurait"-il  pas^eu? 


20 


THB   VBBB  "aVOIB 


aurions-QoaB'^ea  ?      noas  n'aorions  pas'^en. 
auriez-vous'^eu  ?        vous  n'auriez  paa'^eu. 
auraienf-ils^-eu  ?    ils  n'auraient  pas'^eu. 


n'aarions-noas  pas'^en  ? 
n'aariez>voas  pas^eu  ? 
ii'aaraient~-ils  pas^eul 


eusees-tn  eu  ? 

eussions-nous^'ea  ? 
eusEiez-voas  ea  ? 
eu88ent"-il8"~eu  ? 


je  n'ea88e  pa8'~'ea. 
ta  ii'eu88es  pas'^ea. 
il  n'eut  pa8'"eu. 
noas  n'ea8sions  pas^ea. 
vous  n'eussiez  pas^'eu. 
il8  n'eussent  pas^ea. 


n'easse-je  pas^eu  ? 
ii'ea8se8-ta  pa8'~'eu  ? 
n'eut'"-il  pas'eu? 
n'eassions-noas  pas^'eu? 
n'eussiez-vous  pa8^ea? 
ii'eu8sent"-il8  pas^^eu  ? 


n'aie  pas, 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  {Imperatif). 

Negatively. 

n'ayon8  pas,  let  us  not  have. 

n'ayez  pas,  have  not  (ye). 


have  not  {thou). 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
Present  Tense  (Present). 
that  I  may  not  have,  etc. 
que  je  n'aie  pas. 
que  ta  n'aies  pas. 
qu'il  n'ait  pas. 
que  noas  n'ayons  pas. 
que  voas  n'ayez  pas. 
qu'ils  n'aient  pas. 


MOOD  (Suijmctif). 

Impesfect  Tense  (^Imparfait). 
that  I  might  not  have,  etc. 
que  je  n'easse  pas. 
que  ta  n'easses  pas. 
qu'il  n'eut  pas. 
que  nous  n'eussions  pas. 
que  vous  n'eussiez  pas. 
qu'ils  n'eussent  pas. 


Past  Trnse  (^Pa$s(). 

that  I  may  not  have  had,  etc. 

que  je  n'aie  pas^eu. 

que  tn  n'aies  pas^'eu. 

£[u'il  n'ait  pas^eu. 

que  nous  n'ayons  pas'^ea. 

que  vous  n'ayez  pa8'~'eu. 

qu'ils  n'aient  pas'^eu. 


PLnPEBFECT  Tense  (Plus-qu» 
parfait). 
that  I  might  not  have  had,  etc. 
que  je  n'eusse  pas'~'eu. 
que  tu  n'eusses  pas'^eu. 
qu'il  n'eut  pas'^eu. 
que  nous  n'eussions  pas^eu. 
que  vous  n'eussiez  pas^'eu. 
qu'ils  n'eussent  pas^eu. 


iw 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {InfinUif). 
Present  Tense  {Present).  Past  Tense  {Pass<). 

pas  av  ir,  or       ^^^  ^^  have.         n'avoir  pas^eu,    not  to  have  had. 
1  avoir  pas,       )  I 


PARTICIPLES  (Partieipes). 
Present  (Present).  Past  {Pass€). 

a'ayant  pas,       not  having.  \  n'ayant  pas'^eo,  not  having  had. 


THB  VERB  "aVOIB."  21 

Exercise  X. 
Simple  Tenses. 

A. 

1.  J'ai  un  livre.     2.  Tu  as'^un  crayon.     3.  II  "^  a  une  plume. 

4.  EUe'^a  une'^amie.  5.  Nous'^avons  deux  chevaux.  6.  Avez- 
vous^un  frfere  ?  Gui,  Monsieur,  j'ai  deux  frferes,  7.  J'avais'~"aussi 
une  soeur.  8.  Les'"6coliers'"avaient  beaucoup  de  cerises.  9.  Aviez- 
vous  des'^amis?  Oul,  nous'^avious  dee'^amis.  10.  J'aurai  une 
montre  d'argent.  11.  Charles  aura  une  montre  d'or.  12.  Les"^ 
enfauts"~auront  du  pain  et  du  beurre.  13.  Nous'^aurons'^assez 
d'argent.  14.  Qui  aurait  du  th6  ?  15,  Les""6coliers'"auraient  vu 
les'^oiseaux. 

1.  I  have  two  horses.  2.  He  has  three  pens.  3.  She  has  two 
books.    4.  Have  you  a  sister?    Yes,  Madam,  I  have  three  sisters. 

5.  Had  you  a  brother?  Yes,  sir,  I  had  two  brothers.  6.  The 
scholars  had  many  pencils.  7.  The  children  had  many  pens, 
8.  Had  you  a  gold  watch  ?  No,  sir,  I  had  a  silver  watch.  9.  I 
shall  have  three  horses.  10,  We  shall  have  bread  and  butter. 
11.  You  will  have  tea  and  coffee.  12.  They  will  have  two  bot- 
tles of  beer,  and  three  bottles  of  wine. 

Compound  Tenses. 

B. 

1.  J'ai  eu  une  maison.  2.  Tu  as'^eu  une  plume.  3.  IPa  eu  un 
livre.    4.  Elle""a  eu  une  robe  de  sole.    5.  Nous'^avons'^eu  du  vin. 

6.  Vous^avez^eu  du  th6.  7.  Ils'^onfeu  du  sucre.  8.  Elles'^onfeu 
du  caf6.  9.  As-tu  eu  une  poire  ?  10.  L'6colier  a-f^-il  eu  un  crayon? 
Oui,  iPa  eu  deux  crayons.  11.  Les  maitres  ont'"-ils'"eu  beaucoup 
d'6coliers?  12.  iPauraifeu  des  cerises.  13.  Aurions-nous^'eu  du 
plaisir  ?     14.  Vous^auriez'^eu  beaucoup  de  plaisir. 

1.  I  have  had  a  horse.  2.  She  has  had  two  horses.  3.  We 
have  had  tea  and  coflFee.  4.  You  have  had  coffee  and  sugar. 
5.  They  {fem.)  have  had  two  silk  dresses.  6.  Has  the  pupil  had 
a  pen  ?  Yes,  sir,  he  has  had  two  pens.  7.  Has  the  girl  had  a 
pencil?  Yes,  madam,  she  has  had  three  pencils.  8.  Has  the 
master  had  many  pupils?  9.  Has  the  girl  had  many  cherries? 
10.  Will  you  have  had  pleasure?  11.  I  shall  have  had  much 
pleasure,     12.  The  children  will  have  had  much  pleasure. 


32 


THE    VEKB  "kike 


VIII.  —  The  Veeb  Eire,  to  he. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  {Indicatif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Je  sois,                 I  ant. 
tu  es,                     thou  art. 
il'"oa  elle'^est,     he  or  she  is. 

noas  sommes, 

vous^etes, 

ils  ou  elles  sont, 

we  are. 
you  are. 
they  are. 

Imperfect  Tense  (Impar/ait). 


j'^tais, 

I  was. 

nous'^etions, 

we  were. 

tu  ^tais, 

thou  wast. 

vous'^^tiez, 

you  were. 

U'^etait, 

he  was. 

iltTittdent, 

they  were. 

Past  Definite  Tense  (Pass€  d€fini). 


jefas, 

I  was. 

nous  fumes, 

we  were. 

tu  fns, 

thou  wast. 

vous  futes, 

you  were. 

Ufut, 

he  was. 

ils  {ment, 

they  were. 

Fdtuhe  Tense  (^Futur). 


je  serai, 
tu  seras, 
il  sera. 

I  shall  be. 
thou  wilt  he. 
he  will  be. 

nous  serous, 
vous  serez, 
ils  seront. 

we  shall  he. 
you  will  be. 
they  will  be. 

COMPOUND  TENSES. 

6t6,  been. 

Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Pass€  Ind^fini). 

f  ai  6t6, 
tu  a8'"6t6, 
il^a6t6, 

I  have  been, 
thou  hast  been, 
he  has  been. 

non8'~avons'~6t6, 

vous^avez^eti, 

ils"ont"et6. 

we  have  been, 
you  have  been, 
they  have  been. 

j'avais^et6, 
tu  avais^ete, 
U'~aTait'"4te, 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


I  had  been, 
thou  hadst  been, 
he  had  been. 


nou8'^avion8'"6t6,  we  had  been, 
vous'^aviez'^^te,  you  had  hpen. 
ils'^avaient^ete,      they  had  been. 


THE    VERB  "ETRE. 


23 


tu  eus'^ete, 
yeat^ete, 


Past  Anteriok  Tense  {Passi  ant€rieur). 
Singular.  Plural. 


/  had  been, 
thou  hadst  been, 
he  had  been. 


nous'^eumes^ete,     we  had  been. 
vous'^eutes^ete,       you  had  been. 
ils'^eurent^ete,        they  had  been. 


Future  Anterior  Tense  {Futur  anterieur). 


j'aura^  ete,         I  shall  have  been. 

ta  aura8^et6,     thou  wilt  have 

been. 
il'^aara  6te,        he  will  have  been. 


iious'~^aurons'"ete,  we  shall  have 
been. 

vous^aurez'^ete,  you  will  have 
been. 

ils'^anront'^ete,  they  will  have 
been. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Canditimnel). 
Present  Tense  (^Present). 


je  serais, 

/should  be. 

nous  serious, 

we  should  be. 

tu  serais, 

thou  wouldst  be. 

vous  seriez, 

you  would  be. 

11  serait, 

he  would  be. 

ils  seraien^, 

they  would  be. 

Past  Tense  (^Passtf). 
First  Form. 


j'anrais'^^te,      /  should  have 

been. 
tu  aurais^ete,     thou  wouldst  have 

been. 
U'^aurait'^^te,    he  would  have 

been. 


nous^aurions'^ete,  we  should  have 
been. 

vous'^auriez'^ete,  you  would  have 
been. 

ila^auraienlP^te,  they  would  have 
been. 


Second  Form. 

j'eusse  et6,         /  should  have 

been. 
tu'^eusses  ete,     thou  wouldst  have 

been. 
il^©ut^6t6,         he  would  have 

been. 


nous^enssions'^ete,  we  should  have 
been. 

vous'^eussiez'^ete,    you  would  have 
been. 

ils'^euBsent'^fite,       they  would  have 
been. 


BUS, 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatif). 

I  soyons,  let  us  be. 


be  (thou). 


soyez, 


be  (ye  or  you). 


que  je  sois, 
que  tu  sois, 
qu'il  soit, 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  {Subjmctif). 
Present  Tense  {Present). 

that  I  may  be. 
that  thou  mayst  be 
that  he  may  be. 


que  nous  soyons, 
que  vous  soyez, 
qu'ils  soien^. 


^ 


that  we  may  be. 
that  you  may  be, 
that  they  may  be.  C 


24 


THE   VBBB  ":^BE." 


que  je  fusse, 
que  ta  fusses, 

qa'il  fat, 


que  j'aie  6t6, 
que  tu  ales  ^te, 
qu'il'"ait'"6t6, 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait). 

Singular.  PlaraL 


that  J  might  be. 
that  thou  might st 

be. 
that  he  might  be. 


que  nous  fussions,  thai  we  might  bt. 
que  vous  fussiez,     that    you    might 

be. 
qu'ils  fu88€nr,  that  they  might 

be. 


Past  Tense  (Pass€). 

that  I  may  have 

been, 
that  thou   mayst 

havj  been, 
that  he  may  have 

been. 


que  nous^ayon8'"6te,  that  we  may 
liave  been. 

que  V0US^aye«'"6t6,  that  you  may 
have  been. 

qu'lls^aienfit^,  that  they  may 
have  been. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (^Plus-que-par/ait). 


que  j'eu88e'^6t6,     that  Imight  have 

been. 
que  tu  eusses  ^te,  that  thou  mightst 

have  been. 
qu'il'"eut''6t6,         that   he   might 

have  been. 


que  nous'^eussions^ete,  that  we 

might  have  been. 

que  vous^euBsiez^ete,     that  you 

might  have  been. 

qu'il8'^eU88eilt""et6,  that  they 

might  have  been. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  (Infinitif). 
Present  {Present).  Past  (Pass(). 

(tre,  to  be.  |  avoir'^etd,  to  have  been. 


itant, 


PARTICIPLES  (PaHidpes). 

Present  (Present).  Past  (Pass^). 

I  6te,  been. 

I  ayanfet^,  having  been. 


being. 


Etse  used  Interrogatively,  Negatively,  Ain) 
Interrogatively  with  a  Negative. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indkatif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 

Interrogatively.       Negatively.  Interrog.  with  a  Neg. 


am  If  etc. 
8uis-je? 
es-tu? 
e8t~-il  ? 
sommeB-nous  ? 
£tes-vou8  ? 
sont^-ils  ? 


/  am  not,  etc. 

je  ne  stiis  pas. 

tu  n'es  pas. 

il  n'est  pas. 

nous  ne  sommes  pas. 

vous  n'etes  pas. 

ils  ne  sont  paa. 


am  I  not  f  etc. 
ne  suis-je  pas  ? 
n' es-tu  pas  ? 
n'est'-il  pas  ? 
ne  sommes-nous  pas  ? 
n'etes-vous  pas  ? 
ne  sont  "-ils  pas  ? 


THE    VERB  "ETBE. 


25 


was  If  etc. 
6tais^e  ? 
etais-tu  ? 
^taif^-il  ? 
etions-nous  ? 
etiez-vous  ? 
etaient"-il8  ? 


was  I?  etc. 
fas-je? 
fos-tn? 
fuf^-il  ? 
fumes-nous  ? 
futes-vous  ? 
furenf^-ils  ? 


shall  I  be  ?  etc. 
serai-je  ? 
seras-tu  ? 
sera-f^-il  ? 
serons-nous  ? 
serez-vous  ? 
seront'^-ils  ? 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait). 
I  was  not,  etc.  was  I  not  ?  etc. 


je  n'etais  pas. 
tu  n'etais  pas. 
11  n'etait  pas. 
nous  n'etions  pas. 
yous  n'etiez  pas. 
lis  n'etaient  pas. 


n'etais-je  pas? 
n' etais-tu  pas? 
n'etaif-ils  pas? 
n' etions-nous  pas! 
n' etiez-vous  pas  ? 
n'etaient""-il8  pasV 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Pass^  d^ni). 


I  was  not,  etc. 
je  ne  fus  pas. 
tu  ne  fus  pas. 
il  ne  fut  pas. 
nous  ne  fumes  pas. 
vous  ne  futes  pas. 
ils  ne  furent  pas. 


was  I  not  f  etc, 
ne  fus-je  pas  ? 
ne  fus-tu  pas  ? 
ne  f uf'-il  pas  ? 
ne  fumes-nuus  pas  ? 
ne  futes-vous  pas  ? 
ne  furent"^-ils  pas  ? 


FcTDRE  Tense  (^Futur). 
I  shall  not  be,  etc.  shall  I  not  be  ?  etc. 


je  ne  serai  pas. 
tu  ne  seras  pas. 
il  ne  sera  pas. 
nous  ne  serous  pas. 
vous  ne  serez  pas. 
ils  ne  seront  pas. 


ne  serai-je  pas  ? 
ne  seras-tu  pas  ? 
ne  sera-f^-il  pas  ? 
ne  serons-nous  pas  ? 
ne  serez-vous  pas  ? 
ne  seront'^-ils  pas  ? 


Past  Indefinite  Tense  {Passi  indefini). 

have  I  been?  etc.  I  have  not  been,  etc.  have  I  not  been  f  etc. 

ai-je'^ete  ?  je  n'ai  pas^6t6. 

as-tu  ete  ?  tu  n'as  pas'^ete. 

a-t^-iPete  ?  il  n'a  pas'"et6. 

avons-nous'"6te  ?  nous  n'avons  pas^^t^ 

avez-vous^ete  ?  vous  n'avez  pas'^et^. 

ont'~"-il8'"6te  ?  ils  n'ont  pas'ete. 


n'ai-je  pas^ete  ? 
n' as-tu  pas'^ete? 
n'a-f-il  pas^et^? 
n'avons-nous  pas'^'ete  ? 
n'avez-vous  pas  ""ete  ? 
n'onf-ils  pas^ete  ? 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-par/aity 

had  I  been  f  etc.  I  had  not  been,  etc.  had  I  not  been  ?  etc 

avais-je^ete  ?  je  n'avais  pa8^6t6. 

avais-tu  ete  ?  tu  n'avais  pas""et6. 

avaif-iPete  1  il  n'avait  pas'^ete. 

avions-nous'^ete  ?  nous  n'avions  pas^6t6 

aviez-vous'~"ete  ?  vous  n'aviez  pas^^te. 

avaienf-ils^'ete  ?  ils  n'avaient  pas^ete. 


n'avais-je  pas^6te  ? 
n' avais-tu  pas'^ete? 
n'avait"-il  pas^ete  ? 
n'avions-nous  pas'^ete  ? 
n'aviez"~-vou8  pas'^ete  ? 
n'avaient  "-ils  pas^eti  I 


Past  Anterior  Tense  {Pass€  antirieur). 
had  I  been  t  etc.         /  had  not  been,  etc.  had  I  not  been  ?  etc 

eus-je"et6  ?  je  m'eus  pas^ete. 

eus-tu  6te?  tu  n'eus  pas^ete. 

eut'"-il"et6  ?  il  n'eut  pas^ete. 

eumes-nous'^ete  1        nous  n'eumes  pas"6te. 
eutes-vous'^ete  ?         vous  n'eutes  pas  ete. 
eurent~-il8'"et6  ?        ils  n'eurent  pas^^te. 

B2 


n'eus-je  pas'^et^? 
n'eus-tn  pas'^ete? 
n'eut'^-il  pas'^ete  ? 
n'eumes-nous  pa8"6t6  '•■ 
n'eutes-vous  pas^ete  i 
n'eurent"-ils  pas'ete  ? 


26 


THK    VERB  "  ETRB. 


Fdtdre  Antkkiok  Tense  (Fatur  ant€rieur). 
shall  I  have  been?  etc.  I  shall  not  have  been,  etc.  shall  J  not  have  been?  etc 


aurai-je"ete  ? 
anras-tu  et6? 
aura-f^-iPete  ? 
aaron8-noas^et6  ? 
aarez-voa8'~et6  ? 
aiiront~-il8'"ete  ? 


je  n'aurai  pas'^et^. 
tu  n' auras  pas^^te. 
il  n'aura  pas'^te. 
nous  n'aurons  pas^ete. 
V0U8  n'aurez  paa^ete. 
ils  n'auront  pas^ete. 


n'aurai-je  pas^^t^  ? 
n'auras-tu  pas^ete  ? 
n'aura-t"-il  pas~et6? 
n'aurons-nous  pas^et^t 
n'aurez-vous  pas^ete? 
n'auront^ •lis  pas'^etit 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  {Cmditvmml). 
Prksent  Tense  (Present). 


should  I  be  f  etc. 
serais-je  T 
serais-tu  ? 
serait^-il  ? 
Berions-nous  ? 
seriez-vouB  ? 
seraient^-ils  ? 


should  I  have  been  f 

etc. 
anrais-je^ete  ? 
aurais-tu  et6? 
aurait^-iPete  ? 
aurions-nous^^t^  ? 
anriez-vou8"ete  ? 
auraieiit'"-il8'"ete  ? 


/  should  not  be,  etc. 
je  ne  serais  pas. 
tu  ne  serais  pas. 
il  ne  serait  pas. 
nous  ne  serions  pas. 
vous  ne  seriez  pas. 
ils  ne  seraient  pas. 

Past  Tense  (Pass^). 
J  should  not  have  been, 

etc. 
je  n'aurais  pas'"6t6. 
tu  n'aurais  pas"'et6. 
il  n'aurait  pas^ete. 
nous  n'aurions  pas^ete. 
vous  n'auriez  pas'^ete. 
ils  n'auraient  pas'^ete. 


should  I  not  he  f  etc 
ne  serais-je  pas? 
ne  serais-tu  pas  ? 
ne  serait "^-il  pas? 
ne  serions-nous  pas  ? 
ne  seriez-vous  pas  ? 
ne  seraient^-ils  pas  1 


should  I  not  have  been  t 

etc. 
n'aurais-je  paB''6t6T 
n'aarais-tu  pas"et6  ? 
n'aurait-il  pa8"et6? 
n'aurions-nous  pas^^te? 
n'auriez-vous  pas^ete? 
n'auraient^-ils  pas^eti? 


euss^-je^etd  ? 
eusses-tu  6te? 
euf-iPete  ? 
eussions-nous^ete  ? 
eussiez-vous^^ete  ? 
eus8ent^-il8'"6t6  ? 


je  n'eusse  pas^'et^. 
tu  n'eusses  pas^6te. 
il  n'eut  pas^ete. 
nous  n'eussions  pas'^ete. 
vous  n'eussiez  pas^ete. 
ils  n'eussent  pas'^^te. 


n'euss6-je  pas^6t6  ? 
n' eusses-tu  pas^et6? 
n'eut  ""-il  pas"ete? 
n'eussions-nous  pas'^^t^' 
n'eussiez-vous  pa8"et6  ? 
n'eussenf^-ils  pas^ete ! 


ne  sols  pas,        be  not  (thou). 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatif). 
Negatively. 

I  ne  soyons  pas,         let  us  not  be. 
I  ne  soyez  pas,  be  not  Q/e). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  {Subjmdif). 
Present  Tense  (Present).     Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfatty 

that  I  might  not  be,  etc. 


that  I  may  not  be,  etc. 
que  je  ne  sois  pas. 
que  tu  ne  sois  pat. 
qu'il  ne  soit  pas. 
que  nous  ne  soyons  pas. 
que  vous  nr  soyez  pas. 
qu'ils  ne  soient  pas. 


que  je  ne  fusse  pas. 
que  tu  ne  fusses  pas. 
qu'il  ne  fut  pas. 
que  nous  ne  fussions  pas. 
que  vous  ne  fussiez  pas. 
qu'ils  ne  fassent  pas. 


THE    VERB  "eTRE."  27 

Past  Tense  (Pass^).     Plupekfect  Tense  (Plus-qtte-parfait). 

that  I  may  not  have  been,  etc.  that  I  might  not  have  been,  etc. 

que  je  n'aie  pas'^ete.  que  je  n'eusse  pas'^ete. 

que  tu  n'aies  pas^^ete.  que  tu  n'eusses  pas'^ete. 

qu'il  n'ait  pas^ete.  qu'il  n'eut  pas"ete. 

que  nous  n'ayons  pas^ete.  que  nous  n'eussions  pas^ete. 

que  vous  n'ayez  pas^ete.  que  vous  n'eussiez  pas^ete, 

qu'ils  n'aient  pas^ete.  qu'ils  n'eussent  pas^ete. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD  (InJiniUf). 
Present  Tense  (^Pr^sent).  Past  Tense  (P<iss€). 

Jk*^c.  «oe'        't  «o<  to  be.  n'avoir  pa8^6t6,    not  to  have  been, 

PARTICIPLES  {Participes). 
Present  (Present).  Past  (Pass^). 

n'^tant,  not  being.  \  n'ayant  pas'^et6,  not  having  been. 


dans,  in ;  k,  at,  in,  and  to. 

Exercise  XL 

Simple  Tenses. 

A. 

1.  Je  suis  riche.  2.  Tu  es  pauvre.  3.  Etes-vous  malade,  Mon- 
sieur?    Oui,  je  suis  malade.     4.  Mon  fils^'fitaifaussi  malade. 

5.  Oh.  sont  les  cousins  de  Monsieur  Johnson  ?  6.  Etais-tu  fi  Ber- 
lin ?  Non,  j'gtais^S  Paris.  7.  Oii  6tiez-vous,  Charles  ?  J'6tais 
dans   ma   chambre.     8.  Nous  serons ""  a   la   maison  {at  home). 

9.  J'gtais^au  spectacle.  10.  Nous  fitions^au  spectacle.  11.  Nous 
sommes^a  Londres.     12.  A  qui  est  le  chapeau  ? 

1.  I  am  ill.  2.  Thou  art  rich.  3.  He  is  poor.  4.  Where  are 
the   children  ?     5.  Where  were  the  children   of  Mr.  Johnson  ? 

6.  I  shall  be  in  my  room.  7.  He  will  be  in  my  room.  8.  Were 
you  in  London  ?    No,  I  was  in  Berlin.    9.  They  were  at  the  play. 

10.  Shall  you  be  at  home?  11.  To  whom  belong  the  horses? 
12.  Will  you  be  in  my  room  ? 

Compound  Tenses. 
B. 

1.  Oil  avez-vous'^6tg,  Monsieur  ?  2.  J'ai  6t6  fi  Londres.  3.  As- 
tu  6t6  malade?  4.  Oui,  j'ai  €t6  malade.  5.  La  servante  a  6t6 
faible ;  elle'""aura  6t6  malade.  6.  J'aurai3'"6t6  triste.  7.  Auriez- 
vous  "■  aussi  6t6  triste  ?  8.  Louise  "~  a  6t6  an  spectacle.  9.  Le 
maitre  "  avait "^  6t6  juste.     10.  Le  maitre'^a  toujours '"  €t6  juste. 

11.  Le  domestique'"a-t-iP6t€  fiddle?  12.  Oui,  iPa  toujours^^t^ 
fidfele.     13.  J'avais'~6t6  a  la  poste. 


.  28  THE   YEBB  "  BT EB.  * 

/■ 

1.  Where  has  he  been?  2.  He  has  been  to  Paris.  3.  Has  he 
been  ill  ?  4.  Yes,  he  has  been  ill.  5.  Has  the  servant  been  faith- 
ful ?  6.  Will  the  servant  have  been  faithful  ?  7.  Have  you  been 
to  the  post  ?  8.  Has  Emily  been  to  the  play  ?  9.  Will  the  mas- 
ter have  been  just?  10.  Would  they  have  been  sad?  11.  The 
master  has  been  just.     12.  The  servant  will  have  been  faithful. 

^  y  hiv,  yesterday.  votre,  your.  d,  if. 


1.  Avez-vous  ma  canne  ?  Non,  je  n'ai  pas  votre  canne.  3.  Ete»- 
vous  malade  ?  Non,  je  ne  suis  pas  malade.  3.  Le  maitre  n'avait 
pas  le  teihps  hier.  4.  Monsieur  Johnson  n'^tait  pas  content. 
5.  Avez-vous'"6t6  si  Paris  ?  Non,  je  n'ai  pas'"6t6  fi  Paris.  6.  Le 
thfeme  ne  serait  pas  difficile,  si  j'avais  le  temps.  7.  Ne  soyez  pas 
triste.  8.  Votre  pfere'"esf"-il  riche  ?  Non,  Madame,  il  n'est  pas 
riche. 

1.  Have  you  my  horse?  No,  I  have  not  your  horse.  3.  Are 
you  rich  ?  No,  I  am  not  rich.  3.  The  master  had  not  the  time 
yesterday.  4.  Has  your  master  been  just  ?  No,  he  has  not  been 
always  just.  5.  Is  your  sister  ill  ?  No,  she  is  not  ill.  6.  Has 
your  brother  been  poor?  No,  he  has  not  been  poor.  7.  He 
would  not  be  rich  if  he  had  the  house.  8.  Shall  you  be  in 
London  ?     No,  I  shall  not  be  in  London. 

avoir  raison,  to  have  reason ;  avoir  tort,  to  have  wron;/ ; 

means  to  be  right.  means  to  be  wrong. 

pas  encore,  not  yet.  fait,  done.  poarqaoi,  why  ? 


1.  N'ai-je  pas'^un  frfere?  3.  N'as-tu  pas'^une  soeur  ?  3.  N'ai-je 
pas'^eu  raison  ?  4.  Non,  vous  n'avez  pas'~'eu  raison :  vous  avez^eu 
tort.  5.  N'avez-vous  pas'^eu  votre  dejeuner?  Non,  je  n'ai  pas'^eu 
mon  d6jeuner.  6.  Pourquoi  n'avez-vous  pas  fait  votre  thSme; 
n'aviez-vous  pas  le  temps?  Non,  je  n'avais  pas  le  temps,  je 
n'6taiS  pas'^S  la  maison.  7.  N'aurais-je  pas'^eu  de  plaisir? 
8.  N'auriez-vous  pas'^gtS  content?  9.  Louis  n'est  "-il  pas'^en- 
core'^a  la  maison  ?  10.  Seraif-il  content,  s'iPavait  de  Targent  ? 
Non,  il  ne  serait  pas  content. 

1.  Has  he  not  a  brother  ?  2.  Has  she  not  a  sister  ?  3.  Was  I 
not  right  ?  4.  No,  you  were  not  right ;  you  were  wrong.  5.  Was 
I  not  wrong  ?     6.  No,  you  were  not  wrong ;  you  were  right. 

7.  Have  I  had  my  dinner  ?    No,  you  have  not  had  your  dinner. 

8.  Why  have  you  not  done  your  exercise  ?    I  had  not  the  time. 

9.  Shall  we  not  have  had  pleasure  ?     10.  Would  you  be  content 
if  you  had  money  ?     No,  I  should  not  be  content. 


ADJBCnVKS.  29 

IX. — The  Adjective  (J^ Adjectif). 
There  are  six  classes  oi  Adi^eclvfes^qualijicative^  possess- 
ive,  demonstrative,  interrogative,  numeral,  and  indefinite. 

1.  Qualificative  Adjectives  {Adjectifs  qualificatifs). 

Qualificative  Adjectives  express  a  quality  of  persons 
or  things,  as : 

un  grand  homrae,  a  great  man.  un  bon  livre,  a  good  book, 

A.  Formation  of  the  Feminine  of  Adjectives. 

General  Rule  {R^gle  g^n^rale). — The  Feminine  is 
formed  by  adding  e  to  the  Masculine,  as : 

Examples.  ^ 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

petit,  petite,  small. 

grand,  grande,  great. 

haut,  haute,  high. 

vrai,  vraie,  true, 

appliqu^,  appliqnee,  diligent. 

joli,  jolie,  pretty. 

Exceptions. 

1.  When  the  masculine  ends  in  e  mute,  the  feminine  is 
the  same,  as : 

Mascniine.  Feminine, 

riche,  riche,  rich. 

pau^Te,  pauvre,  poor. 

2.  Adjectives  in  el,  eil,  n,  s,  t,  double  the  final  consonant 
in  the  feminine  before  e,  as : 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

cruel,  cruelle,  crvel. 

pareiL  pareille,  like. 

bcj?;  bonne,  good. 

gras,  grasse,  fat. 

sot,  sotte,  stupid. 

3.  Adjectives  in  f  change  the /into  ve  in  the  feminine, 
as: 

Mascnllne.  Feminine, 

vif,  vive,  livefy. 

actif  active,  active. 

nsnf,  neuve,  new. 


30 


ADJECTIVES. 


4.  Adjectives  in  x  change  the  x  into  se  in  the  feminine; 
if  monosyllables,  into  sse,  as : 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

heureux,  heureuse,  happy. 

jaloux,  jalouse,  jealous, 

faux,  fausse,  false. 

5.  Adjectives  in  er  and  et  take  e  in  the  feminine,  and 
have  a  grave  accent  upon  the  last  syllable  but  one,  as: 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

leger,  l^gdre,  light. 

cHer,  chdre,  '  dear. 

discret,  discrete,  discreet. 

complet,  con^lete,  co7nplete. 

'^    .       .         . 

6.  Adjectives  in  c,  of  which  there  are  only  a  few,  change 

the  c  into  che  in  the  feminine,  as : 


[ascnline. 

Feminine. 

blanc, 

blanche, 

white. 

franc, 

franche, 

frank. 

sec. 

seche, 

dry. 

Other  Adjectives  in  c  change  the  c  into  que,  as : 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

public,  publique,  public. 

tnrc,  turque,  Turkish. 

Except  Grec,  Greek,  which  makes  Grecque. 

7.  The  following  Adjectives  differ  slightly  in  the  Fem 
inine  from  the  above  rules : 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

long, 

longue, 

long. 

aign. 

aigue, 

sharp. 

frais. 

fraiche, 

fresh. 

doux, 

douce, 

sweet. 

muet, 

muette. 

dumb. 

epais, 

epaisse, 

thick. 

benin, 

b^nigne, 

kind. 

malin, 

maligne, 

mischievon' 

sujet, 
8.  The  following 

sujette. 

subject. 

are  irregular : 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

beau. 

belle, 

beaut\fu! 

nouvean, 

nouvelle, 

new. 

mou, 

moUe, 

soft. 

fou, 

foUe, 

foolish 

vieux, 

vieille, 

old. 

ADJECTIVES.  31 

Obs.  These  five  Adjectives  have  kept  also  the  Masculine  old  forms:  bel,  nouvel, 
mol,  fol,  and  vieil,  which  are  used  only  before  Masculine  Nouns  beginning 
with  a  vowel  or  h  mute,  as : 

an  bel  arbre,  a  beautiful  tree. 

an  fol  espoir,  afoolinh  hope. 

uu  bel  homme,       a  fine  man. 

9.  Adjectives  in  eur  mostly  form  their  feminine  in  ense; 
those  in  teur  form  their  feminine  in  trice,  as : 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

trompeur,  trompeuse,  deceitful. 

protecteur,  protectrice,  protecting. 

Some  others  change  eur  into  eresse: 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

pecheur,  pecheresse,  sinner. 

vengeur,  vengeresse,  avenger. 

/'     Obs.  Most  of  the  words  in  eur  are  properly  substantives. 

B.  Formation  of  the  Plural  of  Adjectives.     ' 

General  Rule. — The  Plural  of  Adjectives,  both  Ma^s- 
culine  and  Feminine,  is  formed,  like  that  of  Substantiveg, 
by  adding  s  to  the  Singular,  as: 


great. 

V    diligent. 

good. 

Exceptions. 

1.  Adjectives   in  8   and   x  remain  unchanged  in  the 
Plural  Masculine,  as : 

Singular.  Plnral. 

gras,  gras,  fat. 

heureux,  heureux,  happy. 

2.  Adjectives  in  au  add  x  in  the  Plural  Masculine,  as: 

beau,  beaux,  beautiful. 

nouveau,  nouveaux,  new. 

.   3.  Adjectives  in  al  generally  change  al  into  aux  in  the 
Plural  Masculine,  as; 

<gal,  egaux,  equal. 

royaJ,  royaux,  rojjal. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

grand. 

grands, 

\ 

Feni. 

grande, 

grandes, 

; 

Masc. 

applique, 

applique's. 

) 

Fern. 

appliquee, 

applique'es, 

r 

Masc. 

bon, 

bons, 

I 

Fern. 

bonne, 

bonnes, 

i 

32  ADJECriVBS. 

C.  Ageebmbnt  of  Adjectives  and  Substantives. 
Adjectives   agree  with  their  Substantives  in  gender 
and  number,  whether  they  are  placed  before  or  after  the 
Substantives,  as : 

la  grande  maison,  the  large  house. 

la  maison  est  grande,  the  house  is  large. 

les  grandes  maisons,  the  large  houses. 

les  maisons  sont  grandes,     the  houses  are  large. 

Exercise  XII. 
A. 

1.  Le  jardin  de  men  p^re  e^t  grand.  2.  Ma  maison  est  petite. 
3.  La  maison  du  gSngral  est  grande.  4.  La  m&re  de  I'enfant  est 
trfes  -  pauvre.  5.  Ma  fortune  6tait  -  elle  grande  ?  6.  Non,  elle 
n'6tait  pas  grande ;  elle  6tait  petite.  7.  Les  ficoliers  sont  ap- 
pliqu6s ;  les  gcoli^res  sont  aussi  appliqufies.  8.  La  nouvelle  est- 
elle  vraie  ?  Non,  elle  n'est  pas  vraie.  9.  Mes  enfants  sont  trfes- 
heureux,  ils  ont  beaucoup  de  joujoux.  10.  Avez-vous  vu  les  beaux 
arbres  dans  le  jardin?  11.  Non,  je  n'ai  pas  encore  6t6  dans  le 
jardin.     12.  La  fiUe  du  voisin  est  muette. 

1.  My  garden  is  small.     2.  The  house  of  my  brother  is  great. 

3.  The  house  of  the  cousin  is  small.  4.  The  general  is  very  (tres) 
poor.  5.  The  children  of  the  general  are  very  poor.  6.  Is  the 
fortune  of  my  mother  great  ?    No,  it  is  not  great ;  it  is  small. 

7.  The  trees  of  the  garden  are  beautiful.  8.  The  scholar  {masc.) 
is  diligent ;  the  scholar  (fern.)  is  also  diligent.  9.  The  son  of 
the  neighbor  is  dumb.  10,  The  daughters  of  the  general  are 
also  dumb.  11.  Have  you  seen  the  great  house  of  the  general? 
12.  No,  I  have  not  yet  seen  the  great  house  of  the  general 

B. 

1.  Le  roi  est  bon ;  la  reine  est  bonne  aussi  2.  La  femme  n'est 
pas  sotte.  3.  La  fille  est  tr&s-vive ;  la  mfere  est  trfes-active.  4.  Le 
chapeau  est-il  neuf  ?  Non,  il  n'est  pas  neuf  5.  Mon  oncle  a  une 
jolie  maison  et  un  grand  jardin.  6.  Le  lait  est  frais ;  Teau  n'est 
pas  fraiche.     7.  La  plume  est  trop  molle,  elle  n'est  pas  bonne. 

8.  Mon  grand-pfere  est  vieux.  9.  Ma  grand'mfere  est  aussi  trfes- 
vieille.  10.  Quel  Sge  a-t-elle  ?  Elle  a  quatre-vingt-deux  ans. 
11.  Caroline  est  tr&s-paresseuse.  12.  Les  filles  ne  sont  pas  heu- 
reuses ;  elles  sont  trfes-malheureuses. 

1.  The  kings  are  good ;  the  queens  are  also  good.  2.  The 
women   are   not  foolish.     3.  The    daughters   are  very  active. 

4.  Are  the  hats  new  ?  No,  they  are  not  new.  5.  My  father  has 
a  great  house  and  a  pretty  garden.  6.  The  pens  are  too  soft; 
they  are  not  good.  7.  Is  the  milk  fresh  ?  8.  How  old  is  he  ? 
(«ay,What  age  has  he?)  He  is  three  years  old  (sat/,  He  has  three 
years).  9.  Frederick  is  idle.  10.  The  girls  are  very  (tres)  idle. 
11.  My  grandmother  is  not  happy ;  she  is  very  unhappy.  12.  My 
grandfather  is  not  happy;  he  is  very  unhappy. 


AOJSCTIVBS.  33 

C. 

1.  La  m6decine  n'fitait  pas  bonne ;  elle  gtait  trSs-amSre.  2.  Nous 
ne  sommes  pas  malheureux,  nous  ne  sommes  pas  malades.  3.  Vous 
seriez  aimables,  si  {if)  vous  6tiez  appliqu6es.  4.  Voici  une  jolie 
maison,  elle  est  encore  neuve.  5.  L'6glise  est  vieille.  6.  Les  che- 
vaux  sont  vieux.  7.  Les  chateaux  sont  trfes-beaux.  8.  La  fiUe  du 
ggn^ral  est  muette.  9.  lis  ne  sont  pas  obSissants.  10.  La  robe  est- 
elle  vieille  ou  {or)  neuve  ?  Elle  n'est  pas  vieille  ;  elle  est  neuve. 
^  1.  The  medicine  is  not  good;  it  is  very  bitter.  2.  The  girls 
are  not  unhappy ;  they  are  not  ill.  3.  The  girl  would  be  amiable 
if  she  were  diligent.  4.  Here  is  {void)  a  great  house ;  it  is  still 
new.  5.  The  churches  are  old.  6.  The  houses  are  very  beautifiil. 
7.  The  daughters  of  the  general  are  dumb.  8.  The  girls  are  not 
obedient.  9.  The  girls  are  very  idle.  10.  Are  the  dresses  old  or 
new  ?    They  are  not  old  ;  they  are  new. 

■^  D.  Position  of  the  Adjective. 

Most  Adjectives  in  French  are  placed  after  their  Sub- 
stantives, as : 

un  homme  actif,     an  active  man. 
une  table  ronde,     a  round  table.- 

^      But  the  following  Adjectives  are  placed  before  their 
Substantives : 


beau  or  bel,  belle,  beautiful. 


bon,  bonne, 

-.  good. 

grand,  e,  ^    ^ 

"  gredt. 

gros,  grosse,  . 

,  big. 

haut,  e,    - 

\  high. 

jeune, 

.  young. 

joli,  e,   . 

pretty. 

mauvais,  e,    ^    ,    .  Jbad. 
mechant,  e,  ,^  wicked, 

meilleur,  e,    ^     ,   ,  -  'better. 
petit,  e,   ■<     .     »    -    .  <  small. 
vieux,  or  vieil,  vieille,  old. 
vrai,  e,  .  .  true. 


Note  1. — When  an  Adjective  is  placed  before  a  noun, 
used  in  a  pai'titive  sense,  it  takes  only  de,  as : 

j'ai  de  bon  vin,  /  have  good  wine. 

j'ai  de  bonne  biere,  /  have  good  beer. 

j'ai  de  bonnes  pommes,  /  have  good  apples. 

that  is,  '*  I  have  a  part  or  portion  of  good  wine,"  etc. 

But  if  the  Adjective  is  placed  after  the  noun,  then  the 
Article  is  used,  as : 

j'ai  dn  vin  rouge,  /  have  red  wine. 

j'ai  de  la  biere  forte,  I  have  strong  beer. 

j'ai  des   pommes  mdres,  /  have  ripe  apples. 

Note  2. — Cher  has  a  different  meaning  when  placed  be- 
fore or  after  its  Substantive.     Such  is  also  the  case  with 


34  ADJECTIVES. 

grand   when   placed   before    or    after   the    Substantive 
homme,  as : 

un  cher  ami,    "  -•  a  dear  friend. 

un  habit  cher,  •  »   a  dear  coat. 

an  grand  liomme,-  -a  great,  i.  e.  distinguished  man, 

un  homme  grand,-  .a  big  man. 

Exercise  XIII. 
j'aime,        /  love,  I  like.  |      aimez-vous !    |  j^  J^^  /J^^  "J 

A. 

1.  J'aime  le  bon  vin  et  la  bonne  bifere.  2.  Je  n'aime  pas  la 
mauvaise  bifere.  3.  J'ai  un  beau  cheval.  4.  Nous  avons  vu  hier 
une  belle  montre  d'or.  5.  Les  roses  sont  cle  jolies  fleurs.  6.  Le 
petit  Charles  est  un  ni6chant  gar9on.  7.  La  voisine  est  trfes- 
m6chante.  8.  J'ai  de  meilleur  papier  et  de  meilleure  encre. 
9.  Nous  avons  vu  un  vieux  chateau  et  une  vieille  6glise.  10.  Mon 
voisin  a  un  habit  bleu  et  un  chapeau  gris.  11.  Ma  mfere  a  une 
robe  noire.  12.  Avez-vous  du  papier  bleu?  Oui,  Monsieur,  j'ai 
du  papier  bleu  et  du  papier  rouge. 

1.  I  do  not  like  bad  beer.  2.  I  have  two  beautiful  horses.  3.  1 
have  seen,  yesterday,  two  beautiful  gold  watches.  4.  Do  you  see 
the  beautiful  flowers  ?  5.  The  merchant  has  beautiful  country- 
houses  and  beautiful  gardens.    6.  The  little  Emily  is  very  wicked. 

7.  The  father  has  wicked  children.  8.  Have  you  better  paper 
and  better  ink  ?  9.  I  have  seen  an  old  church.  10.  My  uncle 
has  a  gray  coat  and  a  white  hat.  11.  The  paper  is  white,  and  the 
ink  is  black.  12.  Have  you,  Madam,  black  dresses?  13.  Have 
you  black  ink  ?    Yes,  sir,  I  have  black  ink  and  red  ink. 

B. 

1.  J'ai  des  raisins  doux.     2.  Les  jeunes  gens  sont  k  Londres. 

8.  La  couleur  verte  est  la  couleur  de  la  nature.  4.  Le  voisin  a  un 
habit  bleu.  5.  J'ai  une  table  ronde ;  elle  est  tr&s-belle,  mais  elle 
est  chfere.  6.  Nous  avons  pour  demain  un  thSme  difficile;  hier 
nous  eflmes  un  thfeme  facile.  7.  Monsieur  Johnson  est  un  homme 
actif ;  mais  son  {his)  frfere  est  un  homme  paresseux.  8.  Avez- 
vous  de  bonne  encre  ?  9.  J'aime  la  langue  franyaise.  10.  J'aime 
aussi  {also)  la  musique  italienne. 

1.  Have  you  sweet  grapes?  Yes,  sir,  I  have  sweet  grapes. 
2.  The  young  girl  is  in  London.  3.  My  neighbor  has  a  green 
coat  and  a  gray  hat.  4.  We  have  two  round  tables;  they  are 
very  beautiful,  but  they  are  dear.  5.  Emily  is  an  idle  girl.  6.  The 
children  are  idle.  7.  I  like  the  Italian  music.  8.  I  like  also  the 
French  language.     9.  Have  you  good  paper  and  good  ink  ? 

C. 
1.  Avez-vous  des  mflres  ?     Elles  ne  sont  pas  encore  mflres. 
2.  Quand  {when?)  seront-elles  mfires  ?    Dang  trois  jours.    3.  Aimez- 
vous  la  musique  allemande  ?    J'aime  la  musique  italienne.    4.  Le 
marchand  a-t-il  do  bon  beurrc  ?     Son  {his)  beurre  u'est  pas  fraia. 


COMPARISON   OF   ADJECTIVES.  36 

5.  X  qui  est  le  livre  amusant?    II  est  a  mon  oncle.     6.  A  qui 
sont  les  gants  noirs  ?    lis  sont  £i  M.  Guillaume. 

1.  Have  you  ripe  cherries?  {cerise,  f.  p.).  They  are  not  yet  ripe. 
2.  When  will  they  be  ripe  ?  In  two  days.  3.  Do  you  like  the 
Italian  music  ?  I  like  the  German  music.  4.  Has  the  merchant 
good  beer  ?  His  (so)  beer  is  not  good.  5.  To  whom  belongs 
(est)  this  gray  coat  ?  It  belongs  to  my  father.  6.  To  whom  do 
these  white  gloves  belong  ?     They  belong  to  my  grandfather. 

E.  Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

Adjectives  have  three  forms,  called  the  Positive,  Com- 
parative, and  Superlative  degrees,  as: 

Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

haut,  high.  plus  haut,  higher.  le  plas  haut,  the  highest. 

There  are  three  Comparatives:  the  comparative  o^ supe- 
riority^ the  comparative  oi  equality,  and  the  comparative 
oi  inferiority.  There  are  two  Superlatives:  one  called  ah' 
solute  and  the  other  relative,  and  the  .superlative  relative 
is  divided  into  superlatives  of  superiority  and  inferiority.* 

1.  The  Comparative  of  superiority  is  formed  by  pre- 
fixing to  the  Positive  plus,  more,  and  the  Superlative  rel- 
ative by  prefixing  to  the  Positive  le  plus,  fern,  la  plus,  the 
most,  as : 

Positive  (Positif).  Comparative  (Coviparatif).  Superlative  (Superlatif). 

Masc.  haut  -    '  \^  h'  h  P'"^  hsMt  le  plus  haut 

Fern,    haute  -   ')  '  *^  "  plus  haute  la  plus  haute 

Masc.  beau          )  ,        -f  ,  plus  beau  le  plus  beau 

Fern,    belle          )  oeautijui.  piyg  belle  la  plus  belle 

Masc.  attentif     \  tt    f'  P^"^  attentif  le  plus  attentif 

Fern,    attentive  >  "  *    •  piyg  attentive  la  plus  attentive 

The  Superlative  absolute  is  formed  by  prefixing  to  the 
Positive  tres,  very ;  beaucoup,  much;  fort,  very ;  extreme- 
ment,  extreinely  ;  as,  tr^s-haut,  tr^s-beau,  fort  attentif. 

2.  The  Comparison  of  infei'iority  is  formed  by  prefixing 
to  the  Positive  moins,  less,  and  the  Superlative  relative  of 
inferiority  by  prefixing  to  the  Positive  le  moins,  la  moins, 
th^  least,  as : 

Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

Masc.  cruel      )  >  moins  cruel  le  moins  cruel 

Fern,    cruelle  )  '  moins  cruelle  la  moins  cruelle 

•  The  superlative  absolute  expresses  tiie  quality  in  the  highest  or  lowest  degree, 
but  without  mentioning  any  object  with  which  it  is  compared,  while  the  superla- 
tive relative  implies  a  comparison,  as :  Paris  est  une  tres-ijra7ide  ville ;  c'est  la  phu 
grande  ville  de  France :  Paris  is  a  very  large  town ;  it  is  the  largest  town  in  Franca 


36  COMPABISON   OP   ADJBCnVBS. 

3.  The  Comparative  of  equality  is  formed  by  prefixing 
to  the  Positive  aussi,  as:  aussi  cruel,  aussi  beau.  Ob- 
serve that  all  the  Comparatives  are  followed  by  que^ 
than — as,  plus  haut  que,  moins  haut  q^^e,  aussi  haut  que. 

4.  The  following  Adjectives  form  their  Comparative 
of  superiority  irregularly : 

Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

Masc.hon  >         .  meilleur  >   i.^^. 

Fern,  bonne      /  ^      '  meilleure) 

iiiuao. .  .«,u..v  o   [    i_j  pjj.g  worse. 


,,  .     r  bad. 

tern,  mauvaise) 

Masc.  petit        )      little 

Fern,  petite      )  or  small. 


.  J      >    less  or 
°'«'°^'"«  I  smaller. 


ie  meilleur  \_    ,    , 
la  meilleure  j 

t   ^-  y  the  worst. 

la  pi  re         > 

le  moindre  \  the  least  or 

lamoindre  )  the  smallest. 


N.  B. — Mauvais  and  Petit  have  also  a  regular  com- 
parative of  superiority,  and  a  superlative  relative,  as : 

Masc.  mauvais  plus  mauvais  le  plus  mauvais 

Fern,   mauvaise  plus  mauvaise  la  plus  mauvaise 

Masc.  petit  plus  petit  le  plus  petit 

Fern,  petite  plus  petite  la  plus  petite 

But  PLUS  BON,  and  le  plus  bon  are  not  French. 

The  Comparatives  of  inferiority  and  equality,  as  well 
as  the  superlative  absolute  of  these  three  Adjectives,  are 
formed  in  a  regular  manner,  as: 

Comparative  of  inferiority:  moins  bon,  moins  mauvais, 
moins  petit. 

Comparative  of  equality :  aussi  bon,  aussi  mauvais, 
av^si  petit. 

Superlative  absolute :  tr^s-hon,  fort  mauvais,  <r^-petit. 

The  comparison  of  these  three  Adjectives  must  not  be 
confounded  with  that  of  the  following  Adverbs : 

bien,  well.        mieux,  better,      le  mieux,  the  best. 

mal,  badly.      piS,  or  plus  mal,  worse,      le  pis,  or  le  plus  mal,  the  toorst, 
pen,   little.       moins,  less.         le  moins,  the  least. 

Comparatives  of  inferiority  and  equality :  moins  bien, 
moins  mal ;  aussi  bien,  aussi  mal,  aussi  peu.  Superla- 
tives absolute :  tr^s-bien,  tr5s-mal,  tr^s-peu. 

Exercise  XIV. 

que,  than,     que,  as,  after  "aussi." 

A. 

1.  Le  jardin  de  men  pfere  est  plus  grand  que  le  jardin  du  g6n6- 
raL     2.  Je  suis  plus  fort  que  Charles;  mais  je  suis  moins  fort  que 


COMPABISON   OP   ADJECnVBS.  87 

Guillaume.  3.  Qui  {who)  est  le  plus  fort  ?  Mon  frfere  est  le  plus 
fort.  4.  La  rose  est  plus  belle  que  la  violette ;  elle  est  la  plus  belle 
fleur.  5.  Louise  est  attentive ;  Marie  est  plus  attentive ;  et  Caroline 
est  la  fille  la  plus  attentive.  6.  La  lune  est  plus  petite  que  la  terre, 
et  la  terre  est  plus  petite  que  le  soleil.  7.  Avez-vous  une  bonne 
plume  ?  Oui,  elle  est  meilleure  que  I'autre ;  e'est  {it  is)  la  meil- 
leure  plume.  8.  Le  chocolat  est  aussi  bon  que  le  caf6.  9.  II  est 
aussi  savant  que  vous.  10.  Les  pommes  sont  meilleures  que  lea 
poires.  11.  Mes  poires  sont  les  meilleures.  12.  La  France  est 
plus  petite  que  la  Russie ;  mais  elle  est  plus  grande  que  Fltalie. 

1.  The  house  of  my  uncle  is  greater  than  the  house  of  the  gen- 
eral. 2.  The  gardens  of  my  uncle  are  greater  than  the  gardens  of 
the  neighbor.  3.  William  is  stronger  than  Charles ;  but  he  is  less 
strong  than  Peter.  4.  Who  is  the  most  attentive  ?  My  brother 
is  the  most  attentive.  5.  My  brother  is  stronger  than  you. 
6.  Louisa  and  Mary  are  the  most  attentive  girls.  7.  The  sun  is 
greater  than  the  earth,  and  the  earth  is  greater  than  the  moon. 
8.  Have  you  a  good  coat  ?  Yes,  it  is  better  than  the  other ;  it  is 
my  best  coat.  9.  The  beer  is  as  good  as  the  wine.  10.  She  is  as 
learned  as  you.  11.  The  girl  is  less  learned  than  you.  12.  En- 
gland is  smaller  than  France,  but  it  is  greater  than  Belgium. 

Note. — The  metals  in  French  have  the  Definite  Arti- 
cle, as: 

ror,  gold. 

B. 

1.  L'Europe  est  plus  petite  que  TAsie.  2.  L'^Jlemagne  est  plua 
fertile  que  la  Hollande.  3.  Le  sage  est  plus  lieureux  que  le  fou. 
4.  L'or  est  le  m^tal  le  plus  pesant.  5.  Ma  robe  est  nioins  belle  que 
la  robe  de  ma  soeur.  6.  L'enfant  est  moins  agrigable.  7.  Le  cheval 
est  moins  haut  que  le  chameau.  8.  Les  chBfgont  moins  fidfeles 
que  les  chiens.  9.  La  tante  est  plus  labori^^qiw  la  fille.  10.. La 
ville  de  Dresde  est  mpins  peupl6e  que  la  viHc  <1c  'Berlin.  11.  Lon- 
dres  et  Paris  sont  les  villes  les  plus  grandes  vi  Ls  plus  peupl6es 
del'Europe.  12.  Mademoiselle  M&rie,  gtes-vous  heureuse?  Oui,je 
suis  trfes-heureuse,  plus  heureuse  que  ma  soeur  Juiie.  13.  Le  voisin 
est-il  malheureux  ?    II  est  moins  malheureux  que  son  (fits)  frfere. 

1.  England  is  more  fertile  than  Germany.  2.  The  wise  {meti) 
are  more  happy  than  the  fools.  3.  The  daughter  is  as  happy  as 
her  {sa)  mother.  4.  The  dresses  are  less  beautiful  than  the  dresses 
of  the  sisters.  5.  The  camel  is  higher  than  the  horse.  6.  The 
dogs  are  more  faithful  than  the  cats.  7.  The  aunts  are  less 
laborious  than  the  daughters.  8.  The  son  is  not  so  laborious  as 
the  father.  9.  The  city  of  London  is  more  populous  than  the 
city  of  Paris.  10.  London  is  the  greatest  and  most  populous  city 
in  {my  of)  Europe.  11.  Is  he  happy?  Yes,  he  is  very  happy, 
more  happy  than  his  {son)  brother.  12.  Is  the  girl  unhappy? 
She  is  less  unhappy  than  her  (sa)  sister. 


38  POSSESSIVE    ADJECTIVKS. 

2.  Possessive  Adjectives  {Adjectifs  possessifs). 
The  Possessive  Adjectives  are : 


Masc. 

Singalai 

Pem. 

Plural. 
Masc  aud  Fem. 

mon, 
ton, 
son, 

ma, 
ta, 
sa, 

mes, 
tes, 
ses, 

my. 

thy. 

his,  her,  its. 

notxe, 

notre, 

no8, 

our. 

votre, 
leur, 

votre, 
leur. 

vos, 
leors, 

your, 
their. 

1.  Mon,  ton,  son  are  used  before  Substantives  feminine 
beginning  with  a  vowel  or  h  mute,  instead  of  ma,  ta,  sa,  in 
order  to  avoid  an  hiatus,  as : 

mon  amie  (instead  of  ma  amie),  my  friend  (fem.). 

ton  epouse  (instead  of  ta  e'pouse),  thy  wife. 

son  humilite'  (instead  of  sa  humilite),      his  humility. 

2.  Possessive  Adjectives  agree  with  their  Substantives 
in  gender  and  number.  In  English,  the  Possessive  Ad- 
jective agrees  with  the  subject  of  the  sentence;  but  this 
is  not  the  case  in  French,  as : 

le  p^re  aime  son  fils  et  sa  fille,  the  father  loves  his  son  and 

Ms  daughter, 

la  m^re  aime  son  fils  et  sa  fille,  the  mother  loves  her  son  and 

her  daughter. 

les  parents  aiment  leur  enfant,  the  parents  love  their  child. 

les  parents  aiment  leurs  enfants,  the  parents  love  their  children. 

3.  Possessive  Adjectives  are  repeated  in  French  with 
every  Substantive  to  which  they-  refer,  though  in  English 
one  Possessive  i^^ective  only  is  used,  and  the  others  are 
understood,  as: 

mon  p^re,  ma  m^re,  et  mes  frferes   )    my  father,  mother,  and  brothers 
Bont  k  Londres,  )        are  in  London. 

Exercise  XV. 

1.  Mon  ami  est  malade.  2.  Ton  pfere  est  a  Berlin.  3.  Ta  tant© 
demeure-t-elle  (lives)  ici?  Oui,  elle  demeure  lei;  mais  elle  n'est 
pa3  ^  la  maison  maintenant.  4.  L'oncle  aime  son  neveu,  la  tante 
aime  aussi  son  neveu.  5.  Elle  airae  aussi  sa  nifece.  6.  Notre  pfere 
est  bon.  7.  Oft  est  votre  cahier  ?  Voici  mon  cahier.  8.  Oh.  sont 
vos  cahiers  ?  Voici  nos  cahiers.  9.  Caroline  est  mon  amie ; 
est-elle  aussi  ton  amie  ?  10.  Les  6coliers  aiment  leurs  maitres. 
11.  Avez-vous  vu  moti  pfere?  Non,  Mademoiselle,  je  n'ai  pas  vu 
Monsieur  votre  pfere ;  il  n'6tait  pas  ici.  12.  Voici  le  chapeau  de 
Madame  votre  m6re. 
.     1.  My  aunt  is  ill.     2.  Thy  mother  is  in  London.     3.  Does  my 


DEMON  STRATIVB  AND   INTEEROGATIVE  ADJECTIVES.     39 

uncle  live  here  ?  Yes,  he  lives  here ;  but  he  is  not  in  the  house 
at  present.  4.  The  uncle  loves  his  nephew  and  his  niece.  5.  The 
aunt  loves  her  nephew  and  her  niece.     6.  Our  mother  is  good. 

7.  Have  you  seen  my  copy-book  ?    Here  is  (void)  your  copy-book. 

8.  Have  you  seen  my  friend  {fern.)  ?  Yes,  I  have  seen  your  friend 
{fern.).  9.  My  father,  my  mother,  and  my  sisters  were  in  Lon- 
don. 10.  The  aunts  love  their  nephew.  V.  The  amots  Ib^e  tt^eir 
neptea^s.     1^.  I  have  seen  your  two  horses. 


3.  Demonstrative  Adjective  {Adjeetif  d'emonstratif). 
The  Demonstrative  Adjective  is : 

Singular.  Plnral. 

Masc.        Fem.  Masc  and  Fem. 

ce, 
cet, 


9       )  I 

1    >-    cette,  this  or  that.  ces,  these  or  those. 


Ce  is  used  before  a  Substantive  masculine  beginning 
with  a  consonant ;  cet  before  a  vowel  and  h  mute. 

Examples. 
Singular.  Plnral. 


ce  chapeau,  this  hat. 

cet  arbre,  this  tree. 

cet  habit,  this  coat. 

uette  femme,  this  woman. 


ces  chapeaux,  these  hats. 

ces  arbres,  these  trees, 

ces  habits,  these  coats. 

ces  femmes,  these  women. 


Ci  {here)  and  la  {there)  are  often  joined  by  a  hypheo 
to  the  Substantive,  to  give  greater  emphasis. 


Examples. 


ce  gar<;on-ci,      this  boy  (here). 
ce  gar9on-la,       that  hoy  (there). 
cette  feiECie-ci,  this  woman  (here). 


cette  femme-lk,  that  woman  {there), 
ces  arbres-ci,      these  trees  (here). 
ces  arbres-la,       those  trees  (there). 


4.  Interrogative  Adjective  {Adjeetif  Literrogatif). 

The  Interrogative  Adjective  is : 

Singular.  Plnral. 

Masc  Fem.  Masc  Fem. 

quel,  quelle,  quels,  quelles,        which  f  or  what  f 

Examples. 

quel  livre?  which  book  f  I  quels  livres  ?        which  books  f 

quelle  maison?  which  house  T  |  quelles  maisons?  which  houses  f 

Quel  is  also  used  in  exclamations,  as: 

quel  beau  livre!  what  a  beautiful  hook!* 

*  N.  B.— Tb«  English  Indefinite  Article  is  not  expressed  in  Frsncb. 


40  NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 

Note. — Quel  may  be  separated  from  its  Substantive 
by  the  verb  "etre,"  but  it  agrees  with  the  Substantive 
just  the  same,  as : 

quel  est  votre  nom  ?       what  is  your  name  ? 
quelle  est  cette  fleur  ?     what  is  thatjlower  ? 

Exercise  XVI. 

1.  Cette  boite  est  grande.  2.  Ces  enfants  sont  pauvres.  3.  J'ai 
vu  le  frSre  de  ce  gar9on.  4.  J'ai  deux  livres  de  ce  caf6.  5.  Je 
donne  (/  give)  ces  poires  a  cette  fille-ci.     6.  J'ai  vu  ces  chiens-lS. 

7.  Quels  chiens  avez-vous  vus  ?  8.  Quel  beau  cbeval !  9.  Quel  est 
celivre?  10.  Le  fils  de  cet  homme-la  est  trfes-grand.  11.  Quelle 
heure  (what  o'clock,  lit.  what  hour)  est-il  ?  II  est  trois  heures.  II 
est  une  heure.     12.  Quelle  fleur  a-t-elle  ?    Elle  a  une  rose. 

1,  These  boxes  are  great.  2.  That  child  is  poor.  3.  Have  you 
seen  the  sister  of  this  boy  ?  4.  The  merchant  has  three  pounds 
of  this  tea.  5.  I  give  these  apples  to  that  boy  (there).  6.  We 
have  seen  those  horses  (there).     7.  What  horses  have  you  seen  ? 

8.  What  a  beautiful  house !  S.  What  a  beautiful  flowerl  10.  The 
son  of  that  man  (there)  is  good.  11.  What  o'clock  is  it  ?  It  is 
one  o'clock.  It  is  two  o'clock.  It  is  three  o'clock.  It  is  fout 
o'clock.     12.  What  is  that  letter  (lettre,  fern.)  ? 


5.  Numeral  Adjectives  {Adjectifs  numeraux). 

A.  Cardinal.  Numerals  {Nombres  cardinatix). 

Cardinal  Numerals  denote  numbers  simply  or  abso 
•ately,  as : 

an,  une,  one ;  deux,  two ;  trois,  three. 


Cardinal  Nchebals. 


1  Un,  tn,  une,  /. 

2  Deux. 

3  Trois. 

4  Qiiatre. 

5  Cinq. 

6  Six. 

7  Sept. 

8  Huit. 

9  Neuf. 
lODiic 


11  Onze. 

12  Donze. 

13  Treize. 

14  Quatorze. 

15  Quinze. 

16  Seize. 

17  Dix-sept. 

18  Dix-huit. 

19  Dix-neuf. 

20  Vlngt. 


NUMEBAL   ADJECTIVES. 


41 


A,  (Vingt-un. 
^^IVingtetun.* 

72 

73 

22  Vingt-deux. 

74 

23  Vingt-trois. 

75 

24  Vingt-quatre. 

76 

25  Vingt-cinq. 

77 

26  Vingt-six. 

78 

27  Vingt-sept. 

79 

28  Vingt-huit. 

80 

29  Vingt-neuf. 

81 

30  Trente. 

82 

31  Trente  et  un.* 

83 

32  Trente-deux. 

84 

33  Trente-trois. 

85 

34  Trente-quatre. 

86 

35  Trente-cinq. 

87 

36  Trente-six. 

88 

37  Trente-sept. 

89 

38  Trente-huit. 

90 

39  Trente-neuf. 

91 

40  Quarante. 

92 

41  Quarante  et  un.* 

93 

42  Quarante-deux. 

94 

43  Quarante-trois. 

95 

44  Quarante-quatre. 

96 

45  Quarante-cinq. 

97 

46  Quarante-six. 

98 

47  Quarante-sept. 

99 

48  Quarante-huit. 

100 

49  Quarante-neuf. 

101 

60  CMnquante. 

102 

61   Cinquante  et  un.* 

120 

62  Cinquante-deux. 

121 

63  C'inquante-trois. 

130 

54  Cinquante-quatre. 

200 

55  (!inquante-cinq. 

210 

56  Cinquante-six. 

300 

67  Cinquante-sept. 

400 

58  Cinquante-huit. 

500 

59  Cinquante-neuf. 

600 

60  Soixante. 

700 

61  Soixante  et  un.* 

800 

62  Soixante-deux. 

900 

63  Soixante-trois. 

1000 

64  Soixante-quatre. 

2000 

65  Soixante-cinq. 

3000 

66  Soixante-six. 

4000 

67  Soixante-sept. 

5000 

68  Soixante-huit. 

10,000 

69  Soixante-neuf. 

20,000 

70  Soixante-dix. 

30,000 

71   Soixante  et  onze.* 

40,000 

Soixante-douze. 

Soixante-treize. 

Soixante-quatorz*. 

Soixante-quinzc 

Soixante-seize.  " 

Soixante-dix-sept. 

Soixante-dix-liuit. 

Soixante  dix-neuf. 

Quatre-vingts. 

Quatre-vingt-un . 

Quatre-vingt-deux. 

Quatre- vingt-trois. 

Quatre-vingt-quatre. 

Quatre- vingt-cinq. 

Quatre-vingt-six. 

Quatre- vingt-sept. 

Quatre-vingt-huit. 

Quatre-vingt-neuf. 

Quatre- vingt-dix. 

Quatre-vingt-onze. 

Quatre- vingt-douze. 

Quatre- vingt-treize. 

Quatre-vingt-quatorza 

Quatre-vingt-quinze. 

Quatre- vingt- seize. 

Quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 

Quatre- vingt-dix-huit. 

Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf 

Cent,  v" 

Cent  un. 

(-ent  deux. 

Cent  vingt. 

Cent  vingt  et  un,  eta 

Cent  trente. 

Deux  cents. 

Deux  cent  dix. 

Trois  cents. 

Quatre  cents. 

Cinq  cents. 

Six  cents. 

Sept  cents. 

Huit  cents. 

Neuf  cents. 

Mille. 

Deux  mille. 

Trois  mille. 

Quatre  mille. 

Cinq  mille,  etc. 

Dix  mille. 

Vingt  mille. 

Trente  mille. 

Quarante  mille. 


*  In  the  uumbera  marked  thus  ( *)  the  et  may  or  may  not  be  used. 

c 


42  NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 


60,000  Cinquante  mille. 
100,000  Cent  mille. 
200,000  Deux  cent  mille. 
600,000  Cinq  cent  mille. 


1,000,000  Un  million. 
2,000,000  Deux  millions,  etc 
100,000,000  Cent  millions,  etc. 


Examples. 

cinq  enfants,  five  (5)  children. 

trente-six  chevaux,  thirty-six  (3(;)  horses, 

trois  cent  quatre-vingt-qoinze  >    three  hundred  and  ninety-five 

soldats,  )        (395)  soldiers. 

Remabks. 

1.  The  Numerals  remain  unchanged  with  their  Sub- 
stantives, except  cent  and  quatre-vingt. 

Cent  takes  s  when  multiplied  by  a  numeral,  and  not 
toUowed  by  another  numeral,  as: 

trois  cents  hommes,         three  hundred  men ; 
but,  trois  cent  dix  hummes,  three  hundred  and  ten  men. 

Ving^  takes  s  when  multiplied  by  the  numeral  quatn^ 
four  {quatre-vingts),  and  not  followed  by  another  nu- 
meral, as : 

quatre-vingts  ecoliers,  80  pupils; 

but,  quatre-vingt-deux  ecoliers,     82  pupils. 

2.  Mille,  thousand,  never  takes  s,  as : 

trois  mille  chevaux,     3000  horses. 

3.  Mil  is  used  instead  of  mUle  in  dates,  as : 

I'an  mil  huit  cent  cinquante-un,    the  year  1851. 

an  mil  huit  cent  quarante-huit,    in  1848,  omitting  the  word  yecar. 

4.  II  y  a  is  used  in  reference  to  past  time  in  such  ex- 
pressions as  the  following: 

il  y  a  trente  ans,     30  years  ago. 
il  y  a  une  heure,     an  hour  ago. 

6.  In  speaking  of  a  person's  age,  the  verb  "  to  have"  is 
used  in  French,  and  not  the  verb  "to  be,"  as  in  English; 
as: 

J'ai  huit  ans,  /  am  eight  years  old  (lit.  /  have  eight  year*). 

J'ai  dix  ans,  I  am  ten  years  old. 

Fr^d^ric  a  vingt  ans,      Fredericlc  is  twenty  years  old. 


NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES.  43 

So  in  like  manner: 

Quel  ^ge  avez-vous?     How  old  are  youf  Qit.What  age  have  youf) 
Quel  age  a-t-elle?         How  old  is  she?  (lit.  What  age  has  shef^ 

6.  In  multiplication,  fois,  time,  is  used,  as : 


une  fois, 

once. 

sept  fois,      seven  times. 

deux  fois, 

twice. 

huit  fois,      eight  times. 

trois  fois. 

three  times. 

neuf  fois,     nine  times. 

quatre  fois, 

four  times. 

dix  fois,       ten  times. 

cinq  fois, 

five  times. 

cent  fois,     a  hundred  times. 

six  fois. 

six  times. 

achete, 

bought. 

font,     make. 

Exercise  XVIL 

1.  J'ai  deux  chiens.  2.  Ma  tante  a  trois  chats.  3.  Notre 
roisine  a  cinq  enfants,  quatre  filles  et  un  fila  4.  Une  ann6e  a 
douze  mois,  ou  trois  cent  soixante-cinq  jours.  5.  Quel  Sge  avez- 
vous,  Fr6d6ric  ?  J'ai  onze  ans  et  mon  fr^re  a  treize  ans.  6.  Quel 
Sge  a  votre  nifece  ?  Elle  a  quinze  ans.  7.  Et  votre  neveu  quel  Sge 
a-t-il  ?  II  a  dix-huit  ans.  8,  Combien  font  huit  et  douze  ?  Huit 
et  douze  font  vingt.  9.  Combien  font  trente  et  quarante-sept 'i 
Trente  et  quarante-sept  font  soixante-dix-sept.  10.  Quatre  fois 
douze  font  quarante-huit.  11.  J'ai  achetfi  ma  maison  il  y  a  dix 
ans.  12.  J'ai  vu  le  gar9on  il  y  a  deux  heures.  13.  En  mil  sept 
cent  quatre-vingt-neuf     14.  Le  g6n6ral  a  quatre-vingts  chevaux. 

1.  My  father  has  two  horses.  2.  Your  mother  has  four  cats. 
3.  Your  friend  (fem.)  has  six  children,  four  sons  and  two  daugh- 
ters. 4,  A  year  has  three  hundred  and  sixty-five  days  and  six 
hours.  5.  My  nephew  is  nineteen  years  old.  6.  Your  niece  is 
twenty  -  two  years  old.  7.  How  old  is  your  nephew  ?  He  is 
thirty-one  years  old.  8.  And  your  aunt,  how  old  is  she?  She  is 
forty-two  years  old.  9.  How  much  do  five  and  geven  make  ?  Five 
and  seven  make  twelve.  10.  How  much  do  twenty,  thirty-five, 
and  forty-five  make  ?  Twenty,  thirty-five,  and  forty-five  make 
one  hundred.  11.  How  much  do  six  times  eight  make?  Six 
times  eight  make  forty-eight.  12.  We  bought  this  house  eighteen 
years  ago.  13.  We  saw  the  girl  four  hours  ago.  14.  In  (the  year) 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-four.  — — 

B.  Ordinal  Numerals  {Nbmbres  ordinaux). 

Ordinal  numerals  denote  numbers  as  forming  part  of  a 
series  or  order,  as : 


Ist  (le)  premier  (la)  premiere,  uni- 

eme.* 
2d    "    second  (la)  seconde,  deaxi- 

eme. 


3d  (le)  troisi^rae. 
4th    "    quatrieme. 
5th    "    cinquieme. 
Gth    "    sixieme. 


'  OhUme  is  only  as«d  in  compoond  nambers,  ai^  vingt  et  unieme. 


44 


NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 


7th  Oe) 

septi^me. 

42d 

Cle)  quarante-deuxifeme. 

8th    " 

huitieme. 

50th 

cinquantieme. 

9th    " 

neuvieme. 

51st 

cinquante  et  unjeme. 

10th    " 

dixifeme. 

52d 

cinquante-deuxieme, 

11th    " 

onzi^me. 

etc. 

12th    " 

douzieme. 

60th 

soixantieme. 

13th    " 

treizieme. 

6l8t 

soixante  et  unieme. 

14th    " 

quatorzieme. 

62d 

soixante-deuxieme. 

15th    " 

quinzieme. 

70th 

soixante-dixieme. 

16th    " 

seizi^me. 

71st 

soixante  et  ouzieme.etc. 

17th    " 

dix-septieme. 

80th 

quatre-vingtieme. 

18th    " 

dix-huitieme. 

81st 

quatre-vingt-unieme. 

19th    " 

dix-neuvieme. 

82d 

quatre-vingt-deuxiemQ 

20th    " 

vingtieme. 

etc. 

2l8t      " 

vingt  et  uni^me. 

90th 

quatre-vingt-dixi^me. 

22d     " 

vingt-deuxi^me,  etc. 

9l8t 

quatre-vingt-onzi^me, 

80th    " 

trenti^me. 

etc. 

31st    " 

trente  et  unieme. 

100th 

centieme. 

32d     " 

trente-deuxieme,  etc. 

lOlst 

cent  unieme. 

40th    " 

quaranti^me. 

102d 

cent  deuxieme,  etc. 

4l8t      " 

quarante  et  unieme. 

1000th 

millieme,  etc. 

C.  Fkactional  Numbers. 

demi,  m. 

[            half. 

un  cinquiJ^me,     one  fifth. 

demie,  / 

un  six! 

^me,         one  sixth. 

la  moitie 

the  half. 

un  septieme,       one   seventh,  and 

le  tiers, 

the  third  part. 

so  on,  like  the 

le  quart, 

thefmirth. 

Ordinal    num- 

les deux  tiers,       two  thirds. 

bers. 

les  trois 

quarts,     three  fourths. 

un  vingtieme,     one  twentieth,  etc. 

Note. — The  Indefinite  Article  is  not  used  before  demi, 
half.,  in  French,  when  following  a  Substantive,  as  it  is  in 
English;  as: 

one  livre  et  demie,     a  pound  and  a  half. 

Remarks. 

1.  In  speaking  of  the  days  of  the  month,  the  Jirst  day 
of  the  month  is  expressed  in  French  by  the  Ordinal  nu- 
meral le  premier ;  but  all  the  other  days  by  the  Cardinal 
numerals,  and  the  preposition  of\9,  not  translated,  as: 

ie  premier  Mai,  the  first  of  May .      I  le  trois  Aofit,  the  third  of  August, 
le  deux  Juin,      the  second  of  June.  \  etc. 

2.  So,  in  speaking  of  kings,  the  first  of  the  name  is  ex- 
pressed by  premier  (without  the  Article) ;  but  the  others 
of  the  name  by  the  Cardinal  numerals,  as: 

Pierre  (I.)  premier,  Peter  the  First. 

Henri  (IV.)  quatre,  Henry  the  Fourth. 

Louis  (XIV.)  quatorze,  Louis  the  Fourteenth. 

Charles  (XII.)  douze,  Charles  the  Twelfth. 


NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 


46 


3.  The  hours  of  the  day  are  thus  expressed : 


quelle  heure  est-il  ? 

il  est  line  heure, 

11  est  deux  heures, 

il  est  trois  heures, 

11  est  trois  heures  et  demie, 

11  est  midi, 

11  est  minuit, 

il  est  midi  et  demi, 

il  est  midi  un  quart. 


what  o  clock  is  it?  lit.  what  hour  isitf 

it  is  one  o'clock,  lit.  it  is  one  hour. 

it  is  two  o'clock. 

it  is  three  o'clock. 

it  is  half-past  three. 

it  is  twelve  o'clock  (noon), 

it  is  twelve  (jxt  night). 

it  is  half-past  twelve. 

it  is  a  quarter-past  twelve. 


il  est  deux  heures  moins  un  quart,  it  is  a  quarter  to  two. 
il  est  deux  heures  moins  dix,  it  is  ten  minutes  to  two. 

il  est  deux  heures  moins  cinq,  it  is  Jive  minutes  to  two. 

il  est  deux  heures  et  cinq  minutes,  it  is  Jive  minutes  past  two. 
il  est  deux  heures  et  dix  minutes,  it  is  ten  minutes  past  two. 
il  est  deux  heures  et  un  quart,*       it  is  a  quarter-past  two. 

Note. — Observe  that  in  these  examples  moins,  less,  is 
used  to  indicate  the  time  wanted  to  complete  an  hour, 
the  word  minutes  being  understood,  thus : 

11  est  deux  heures  moins  dix,  lit.  it  is  two  hours  less  ten  (rwinw^e*); 
that  is,  it  is  ten  minutes  to  two. 


NAMES  OF  THE  MONTHS. 


Les  Mois. 

The  Months. 

Les  Mois. 

The  Months. 

Janvier, 

January. 

Juillet, 

July. 

Fevrier, 

February. 

Aoat, 

August. 

Mars, 

March. 

Septembre, 

September. 

Avril, 

April. 

Pctobre, 

October. 

Mai, 

May, 

Jovembre, 

November. 

Juin, 

June. 

Be'cembre, 

December. 

NAMES  OF  THE  DAYS  OF  THE  WEEK. 

Les  Jours  de  la  Semaine.  The  Days  of  the  Week. 

Dimanche,  Sunday. 

iLiundi,                 _  Monday. 

^ifardi,  Tuesday. 

Mercredi,  Wednesday. 

ieudi,  Thursday. 

^^endredi,  Friday. 

'^amedi,  Saturday. 

^                     EXEECISE  XVIII. 


1.  Avril  est  le  quatrifeme  mois  de  I'annge.    2.  Je  suis  le  huitifeme 
de  ma  classe.     Men  frfere  est  let  onziSme.    Charles  est  le  dernier. 

•  It  can  be  said  also :  11  est  deux  heures  cinq,  deux  henres  dix,  deux  heures  un  quart 
t  Before  ome  or  otizieme,  a  vowel  is  never  elided. 


#-■ 


46  NXTMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 

3.  Un  mois  est  la  douzifeme  partie  de  I'annfie.  4.  Le  mois  de 
F6vrier  a  vingt-huit  jours ;  Juin  a  trente  jours.  5.  Janvier  est 
le  premier,  Mars  le  troisiferae,  Juillet  le  septifeme,  et  Dgcenibre  le 
dernier  mois  de  l'ann6e.  6.  La  cinquifeme  fengtre  du  second 
6tage  est  belle.  7.  Charles  douze  6tait  roi  de  Sufede.  8.  La 
semaine  est  la  cinquante-deuxifeme  partie  de  I'ann^e.  9.  Quelle 
heure  est-il  ?  II  est  cinq  heures.  10.  Quelle  heure  est-il  ?  II  est 
cinq  heures  et  demie.  11.  Quelle  heure  est-il?  II  est  cinq  heures 
moins  un  quart.  12.  Quelle  heure  est-il  ?  II  est  six  heures  moins 
dix  minutes.  13.  Quelle  heure  est-il?  II  est  midi  moins  un 
quart.     14.  Quelle  heure  est-il  ?     II  est  midi  un  quart. 

1.  February  is  the  second  month  of  the  year.  2.  I  am  the 
tenth  in  my  class.  My  cousin  is  the  thirteenth,  and  Frederick 
is  the  last.  3.  Sunday  is  the  first,  Monday  the  second,  Tuesday 
the  third,  and  Saturday  the  last  day  of  the  week.  4.  The  month 
of  July  has  thirty-one  days.  5.  August  is  the  eighth,  and  No- 
vember the  eleventh  month  of  the  year.  6.  The  sixth  -window 
of  the  third  floor  is  beautiful.  7;- Louis  the  Fifteenth  was  king 
of  France.  8.  Charles  the  First  was  king  of  England.  9.  What 
o'clock  is  it?  It  is  four  o'clock.  10.  What  o'clock  is  it?  It  is 
half-past  four.  11.  What  o'clock  is  it?  It  is  a  quarter  to  one. 
12.  What  o'clock  is  it?  It  is  a  quarter -past  one.  13.  What 
o'clock  is  it  ?  It  is  ten  minutes  past  three.  14.  What  o'clock  is 
it  ?    It  is  five  minutes  past  twelve. 


■/ 


B. 


1.  Ma  soeur  est  n6e  le  vingt-huit  Juillet,  mil  huit  cent  trente- 
cinq.  2.  Quelle  place  as-tu  ^  Je  suis  le  vingtifeme.  3.  Quelle 
place  a  ton  frfere  ?  II  est  le  dix-septifeme  de  la  classe.  4.  Dans 
quelle  classe  est  Richard?  II  est  en  seconde.  5.  Quand  avez- 
vous  vu  votre  mfere  ?  Hier  soir,  a  cinq  heures.  6.  Quel  fige 
a-t-elle?  EUe  a  quinze  ans.  7.  Dans  quelle  ann6e  est-elle  n6e? 
Elle  est  nge  en  mil  huit  cent  quarante-cinq.  Dans  quel  mois? 
Au  mois  d'Octobre.  Quel  jour  ?  Le  onze.  8.  Quelle  heure  est- 
il?  II  est  sept  heures  et  demie.  9.  Combien  de  beurre  avez- 
vous?  J'ai  une  livre  et  demie  de  beurre  et  deux  livres  et  un 
quart  de  fromage.  10.  Est-il  trois  heures  maintenant  ?  Non, 
Mademoiselle,  il  est  deux  heures  et  demie. 

1.  My  niece  was  bom  on  the  nineteenth  of  August,  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  sixty-eight.  2.  When  did  you  see  your  sister? 
Yesterday,  at  half-past  four.  3.  How  old  is  she  ?  She  is  sixteen. 
4.  In  what  year  was  she  born  ?  She  was  born  in  1856.  5.  In  what 
month  ?  In  the  (au)  month  of  April.  6.  What  o'clock  is  it  ?  It 
is  half-past  two.  7.  What  place  has  the  Ijoy  ?  He  is  the  tenth  in 
the  class.  8.  What  place  has  the  girl  ?  She  is  the  thirteenth  in 
the  class.  9.  How  much  cheese  have  you  ?  I  have  a  pound  and 
a  half  of  cheese,  and  two  jjounds  and  a  quarter  of  butter.  10.  It 
it  four  o'clock  now  ?     No,  Madam ;  it  is  half-past  three. 


INDEFINITE    ADJECTIVES.  4? 

6.  Indefinite  Adjectives  {Adjecti/s  indefinis). 
The  Indefinite  Adjectives  are : 

chaque,  m.  and^.      each.  maint,y.  mainte,  many,    many    a 
tout,y".  toute,             every,  all.  one. 

aucun  /.  aucuae,  )  ^^  ^^^  quelqne  «y.  I  ,,,„,  „ther 

nul,/.  nulle,         )  '  quelques, /</.     >  ' 

certain,  yjCertaine,  certain,  some  one.  plusieurs, />/.        several,  many. 

Examples. 
chaqne  enfant,  each  child.  quelque  temps,     some  time. 

toute  ville,  every  town.  quelqiies  fleurs,    some /lowers. 

aucun  moyen,  no  means.  certains  mots,       certain  words. 

nulle  regie,  no  rule.  plusieurs  soldats,  several  soldiers. 

maint  homme,  many  a  man. 

Remarks. 

1.  When  tout  means  aU  or  the  whole,  the  Definite  Ar- 
ticle or  the  Possessive  Adjective  is  always  used  with  the 
Substantive,  as : 

tonte  la  ville,  the  whole  town.       toutes  les  lettres,  all  the  letters. 

tons  les  hommes,     all  the  men,  or      tons  ses  enfans,    all  his  children, 
all  men. 

2.  Aucun  and  nul  require  the  negative  ne,  as : 

je  ne  connais  aucnn  de  ses  amis,     /  know  none  of  kis  friends. 

Exercise  XIX, 

1.  Chaque  enfant  a  son  livre.  2.  Toute  la  maison  est  neuve.  3. 
Charles  Ti'a  aucune  faute  dans  son  thfeme.  4.  Maint  liomme  est 
pauvre.  5.  Nous  ivons  eu  quelque  plaisir  a  1*  campagne.  6.  Tous 
les  hommes  ne  sont  pas  riches.  7.  Je  parle  de  certaines  personnes. 
8.  J'ai  vu  plusieurs  oiseaux  dans  votre  jardin.  9.  Ces  roses  sont  de 
diffCrentes  couleurs.  10.  Nulle  rose  r^'est  sans  6pines.  11.  Chaque 
age  a  ses  chagrins  et  ses  plaisirs.  12.  Tous  les  hommes  sont  mor- 
tels.  13.  Tout  ce  pays  est  pauvre.  14.  Toute  chose  a  son  temps. 
15.  Je  n'ai  aucune  nouvelle  de  mon  frfere.  16.  Plusieurs  hommes 
ont  le  mSme  nom.  17.  Maint  paysan  est  tr&s-pauvre.  18.  Nul 
homme  n'est  toujours  heureux. 

1.  Each  girl  has  her  book.  2.  Each  boy  has  his  horse.  3.  Caro- 
line has  no  fault  in  her  theme.  4.  Many  a  man  is  very  poor.  5. 
She  has  had  some  pleasure  in  the  country.  6.  He  speaks  of  certain 
persons.  7.  Who  is  mortal  ?  All  men  are  mortal.  8.  Have  I 
faults  {desf antes)  in  my  theme  ?  Yes,  you  have  several  faults.  9. 
To  whom  belong  {sont)  th^se  houses  ?  All  these  houses  belong  to 
my  uncle.  10.  Have  yofci  many  faults  Q)eaiicoup  defautes)'^  No, 
I  have  no  faults.  11.  She  has  no  news  of  her  sister.  12.  I  have 
some  books.  13.  My  sister  has  several  friends.  14.  My  aunt  is 
not  always  happy. 


48  THS   YBSB. 

X — The  Yerb  Qs  Verbe). 

There  are  five  sorts  of  Verbs  in  French : 

1.  Active  (le  verbe  actif). 

2.  Passive  (le  verbe  passif). 

3.  Neuter  (le  verbe  neutre). 

4.  Reflective  (le  verbe  r0^chi). 

5.  Impersonal  (le  verbe  impersonnet). 

Verbs  have  five  Moods  {Modes)  in  French  \ 

1.  The  Indicative  (I'indicatif). 

2.  The  Conditional  (/e  conditionnel), 

3.  The  Imperative  {Cimp^ratif). 

4.  The  Subjunctive  (/e  subjonctif). 

5.  The  Infinitive  (rinfiniti/). 

To  which  may  be  added 

The  Participle  (&  participe)^ 
which  is  a  verbal  adjective. 

Verbs  have  eight  Tenses  {temps)  in  French,  one  Pre© 
ent  {pr^ent),  five  Past  {passe),  and  two  Future  {futur). 

Tenses  are  divided  into  Simple  {les  temps  simples)  and 
Compound  {les  temps  composes),  the  latter  being  com- 
posed of  the  past  participle  with  a  tense  of  the  auxiliary 
verb  avoir  or  ^tre. 

The  eight  tenses  are : 

1.  Present  {lepr'esent):  j'aime,  Hove. 

2.  Imperfect  {Pimparfait),  expresses  a  past  action  go- 
ing on  while  another  took  place,  as :  je  lisais  quand  vous 
entr&tes,  Iwa^  reading  when  you  came  in. 

3.  Past  Definite  {le  passe  defini),  expresses  a  past  ac 
tion  entirely  finished  at  a  time  specified,  as:  je  voyageai 
rann6e  dernifere,  I  traveled  last  year. 

4.  Past  Indefinite  {le  passe  indejini),  or  Compound  of 
the  Present,  expresses  a  thing  as  having  taken  place, 
without  specifying  when,  or  which  has  happened  at  a 
time  not  entirely  past,  as :  11  a  beaucoup  voyag^,  he  has 
traveled  much;  j'ai  6crit  aujourd'hui,  /  wrote  to-day. 

5.  Pluperfect  {le  plus-qne-pnrfait),  or  Compound  of 
the  Imperfect,  expresses  a  thing  habitual  or  repeated, 


THE    VBEB. 


49 


but  which  happened  immediately  before  a  past  event 
as:  j'avais  ddjeun^  quand  vous  entrates,  I  had  breakfast 
when  you  came  in. 

6.  Past  Anterior  {le  passh  anterieur),  or  Compound 
of  the  Past  Definite,  expresses  a  thing  that  happened 
immediately  before  a  past  event,  as :  quand  j'eus  lu,  J8 
partis,  ichen  I  had  read,  I  went  away. 

7.  FuTUEB  {lefutur) :  j'aimerai,  IshaU  love. 

8.  Future  Anterior  [le  futur  anterieur) :  j'aurai  aimg, 
I  shall  have  loved. 

French  Verbs  have  four  Conjugations  (conJugaisons\ 
distinguished  by  the  ending  of  the  Infinitive  Mood,  as : 

I.  The  First  Conjugation  ends  in  er:    |  ^\f^Zl 


n.  The  Second 
m.  The  Third 
IV.  The  Fourth 


•    .     (as,  finir, 
*     (       to  finish. 


oir: 


re 


<  as,  recevoir, 
\       to  receive. 
,     (  as,  rendre, 
*     (       to  render^ 


XI. — First  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Aimer,  to  love. 

IKDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indimtif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 


Singnlar. 
j'aim-e,  I  love. 

tu  aim-es,  thou  lovest. 

U  aim-e,  he  loves. 


Plural, 
nous  aim-ons,        we  love. 
vous  aim-ez,  i/ou  love. 

lis  aim-ent,  they  love. 


Imperfect  Tense  (^Imparfait'). 

j'ainwais,  I  was  loving.  nous  aim-ions,  we  were  loving. 

tu  aim-ais,  thou  wast  loving.        vous  aim-iez,  you  were  loving. 

il  aim-ait,  he  wag  loving.  ils  aim-aient,  they  were  loving 


fum-ai, 

tu  ainwas, 
il  aim-a, 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Pass^  d0ni'). 


I  loved, 
thou  lovedst. 
he  loved. 


C2 


nous  aim-ames,  we  loved. 
vous  aim-ates,  you  loved. 
ils  aim-erent,        ihey  loved. 


50 


FLBST  CONJUGATIOW. 


FuTDEB  Tense  (^Futvr). 

Singular.  PlnraL 

j'aim-erai,            I  shaU  love.  I  noas  aim-erons,     we  shall  love. 

tn  aim-eras,         thou  wilt  love.  I  vous  aim-erez,      you  will  love. 

il  aim-era,            he  will  love.  \  ils  aim-eront,        they  will  love. 


^/ 


j'ai  aim-4, 
tu  as  aim-6, 
il  a  aim-^, 


Compound  Tenses. 

Past  Indefinite  Tense  {Pats(  ind^fini). 

I  have  loved.  I  nous  avons  aim-e,  we  have  loved, 

thou  hast  loved.       \  vous  avez  aim-e    you  have  loved, 
he  has  loved.  I  ils  ont  aim-^,         they  have  loved. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-par/ait). 

j'avais  aiin-6,        /  had  loved.  nous  avion8aim-4,2(7e  had  loved, 

to.  avals  aim-6,     thou  hadst  loved,     vous  aviez  aim-e,  you  had  loved. 
il  avait  aim-e,      he  had  loved.  ils  avaient  aim-e,  they  had  loved. 

Past  Antbhiok  Tense  {Pass€  antirieur). 

j'eus  aim-^.  /  had  loved.  nous  eumes  aim-4,  we  had  ioeed. 

tu  eus  aim-e,        thou  hadst  loved.    I  vous  eutes  aim-e,  you  had  loved. 
il  out  aim-4,         he  had  loved.  I  ils  eurept  aiai-e,  then  had  loved. 


Fdture  Anterioe  Tense  (Futur  ant€rieur). 


j'anrai  aim-e, 
tn  auras  aim-4, 

il  aura  aim-e, 


/  shall  have  loved, 
thou   wilt   have 

loved, 
he  will  have  loved. 


nous  aurons  )      we  shall  have 

aim-e,         >  loved. 

vous  aurez  &im-e,youwill  have  loved 
ils  auront  aim-e,  they  tcill  have 
loved. 


aun-e. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  {Imperatif). 


love  thou. 


aim-ons, 
I  aim-ez. 


let  us  love, 
love  ye. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (CmdUumml). 
Present  Tense  (Pr^nt). 


j'aim-erais, 
tu  aim-erais, 
11  aim-erait, 


J  should  love, 
thou  wouldst  love, 
he  would  love. 


nous  alm-erlons,  we  should  love. 
vous  alm-erlez,  you  would  love. 
lis  alm-eraient,     they  would  love. 


Past  Tense  (Pass^). 


j'auraisaim-6(or  1^  I  should  have 

j'eusse  aim-e),  >       loved. 
tu  aurals  aim-e,  thou  wouldst  have 

lolled. 
il  anrait  aim-^,    he   would  have 

loved. 


nous  aurions  > 
aim-e,        > 

vous  aurlez  \ 
aim-e,        ) 

lis  auraient  > 
aim-6,        > 


we   should  have 

loved, 
you  would  have 

loved, 
they  would  hav» 

loved. 


FIRST   CONJUGAHON. 


51 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Stibpnctif). 
Present  Tense  {Present). 

•Plural. 
I  que  nous  aim-  )    ,,   ^  i 

ions,  I  ^"'  ""^  '"''^  ^*' 

I  que  voas  aim-iez,  that  you  may  love. 
\  qa'ils  aim-ent,       that  they  may  love, 


Singular. 
c[ue  j'aim-e,  that  I  may  love. 

que  tu  aim-es,       that   thou   muyst  ] 

love. 
qp.'U.  aim-e,  that  he  may  love. 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait). 


que  j'aim-asse,      that  I  might  love. 
que  tu  aim-asses,  that  thou  miyhtst 

love. 
qu'il  aim-&t,  that  he   might 

love. 


que  nous  aim-  )    that  we   might 

assions,  j        love. 

que  vous  aim-    \    that  you  might 

assiez,  )        love. 

qu'ils  ium-assent,  that  they  might 
love. 


Past  Tense  (Pass€). 


que  j'aie  aim-e,    that  I  may  have 

loved. 
que  tu  aies  aim-e,  that  thou  mayst 

have  loved. 
qu'il  ait  aim-6,     that  he  may  have 

loved. 


que  nous  ayons  )  that  toe  may  have 
^      loved. 
)   that  you  may  have 
)       loved. 
>  that  they  may  have 
j       loved. 


aim-e, 
que  vous  ayez 

aim-e, 
qu'ils  aient 

aim-e. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


que  j'eusse       )    that  I  might  have 

aim-e,  )        loved. 

que  tu  eusses  )    that  thou  mightst 

aim-e,  )        have  loved. 

qu'il  eut  aim4,    that  he  might  have 
loved. 


que  nous  eus-  ) 

sions  aim-^,  ) 

que  vous  eus-  ) 
siez  aim-e, 


that  we  might 
have  loved. 

that  you  might 
have  loied. 


qu'ils  eussent    ^    that  they  might 
aim-e,  )        have  loved. 


INFINinVE  MOOD  {Infinitif). 
Present.  Past. 

aim>er,  M  love.  \  avoir  aim-e,  to  have  loved. 


PARTICIPLES  (Partidpes). 
Present.  Past. 


um-aat, 


loving. 


laim-6,  e,  loved. 

I  ayant  aim-e,  having  loved. 


52 


SECOND  CONJUGATION. 


XK. — Second  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Finir,  to  finish. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatif). 

Pkesknt  Tense  (^Present). 


Singular, 
je  fin-is,  J  finish. 

tu  fin-is,  thou  finishest. 

il  fin-it,  he  finishes. 


Plural 

inous  fin-issons,  we  finish. 
vous  fin-issez,  you  finish. 
ils  fln-issent,         they  finish. 


je  fin-issais, 
tn  fin-issais, 
il  fin-issait, 


je  fin-is, 
tn  fin-is, 
il  fin-it, 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait). 


I  was  finishing, 
thou  wast  finishing, 
he  was  finishing. 


nous  fin-issions, 
vous  fin-issiez, 
ils  fin-issaient, 


we  were  finishing, 
you  were  finishing 
they  werefinishing 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Pass^  cUfini). 


J  finished, 
thou  finishedst. 
he  finished. 


nous  fin-imes, 
vous  fin-ites, 
ils  fin-irent, 


we  finished, 
you  finished, 
they  finished. 


je  fln-irai, 
tu  fin-iras, 
il  fin-ira. 


Fotiire  Tense  (^Futwr). 


I  shall  finish, 
thou  wilt  finish, 
he  will  finish. 


nous  fin-irons, 
vous  fin-irez, 
ils  fin-iront. 


we  shall  finish, 
you  will  finish, 
they  will  finish. 


j'ai  fin-i, 
tu  as  fin-i, 
il  a  fin-i. 


Compound  Tenses. 
Past  Indefinite  Tense  {Pass€  ind^fini). 


I  have  finished, 
thou  hast  finished, 
he  has  finished. 


nous  avons  fin-i,  we  have  finished. 
vous  avez  fin-i,  you  have  finished. 
ils  ont  fin-i,  they  have  finished 


yavais  fin-i, 
tu  avals  fin-i, 
il  avait  fin-i, 


Plupbbfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfiit). 


I  had  finished, 
thou  hadst  finished, 
he  had  finished. 


nous  avions  fin-i,  we  had  finished. 
vous  aviez  fln-i,  you  had  finished, 
ils  avaient  fin-i,   they  had  finished. 


j'ens  fin-i, 
tu  euB  fin-i, 
il  eut  fin-i. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (Passi  antMeur). 


I  had  finished, 
thou  hadst  finished, 
he  had  finished. 


nous  eumes  fin-i,  we  had  finished. 
vous  eutes  fin-i,  you  had  finished. 
il  eorent  fin-i,      they  had  finished 


SECOND   CONJUGATIOIf. 


53 


Fdtore  Anterior  Tense  (Futur  ant^rieur). 

SiDgalar.  • 


j'aurai  fin-i, 
tu  auras  fin-i, 
11  aura  fln-i, 


/  shall  have  fin- 
ished. 

thou  wilt  have  fin- 
ished. 

he  will  have  fin- 
ished. 


•  Plural. 

nous  aurons  fin-i,  we  shall  have  fin- 
ished. 

voas  aarez  fin-i,  t/ou  will  have  fin- 
ished. 

ils  anront  fin-i,  thet/  will  have  fin- 
ished. 


fin-is, 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  {Imperatif). 


finish  thou. 


I  fin  issons, 
I  fin-issezf 


let  us  finish, 
finish  ye. 


je  fin-irais, 
tu  fin-irais, 

11  fin-irait, 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  {Gmditimnel). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 


I  should  finish, 
thou  wouldst  fin- 
ish, 
he  would  finish. 


nous  fin-irions,  we  should  finish. 
vous  fin-iriez,  you  would  finish. 
ils  fin-iraient^       they  would  finish. 


Past  Tense  {Pass€). 


j'aurais  fin-i  (or  )  I  should  havefin- 

i'eusse  fln-i),  )'      ished. 
ta  aurais  fin-i,       thou  wouldst  have 

finished. 
il  aurait  fin-i,        he  would  have  fin- 
ished. 


nous  aurions   >    we  should  have 

fin-i,  )       finished. 

vous  auriez  fin-i,  you  would  have 

finished. 
ils  auraient  fin-i,  they  would  have 
finished. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Sul^anctif). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 


que  je  fin-lsse, 
que  tu  fin-isses, 
qu'il  fin-isse, 


that  I  may  fin- 
ish. 

that  thou  mayst 
finish. 

that  he  may  fin- 
ish. 


)    that    we   may 
)       finish. 


que  nous  fin- 

issions, 
que  vous  fin-    )    that   you   may 

issiez,  ^      finish. 

qu'ils  fin-issent,    that  they  may 
finish. 


que  je  fin-isse, 
que  tu  fin-isses, 
qu'il  fin-it, 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait). 


that  I  might  fin- 
ish. 

that  thou  mightst 
finish. 

that  he  might  fin- 
ish. 


)    that   we  might 
)       finish. 


que  nous  fin- 

issions, 
que  vous  fin-    >    that  you  might 

issiez,  I      finish. 

qu'ils  fin-issent,   that  they  might 
finish. 


64: 


THIRD   CONJUGATION. 
Past  Tense  {Pass€). 


Singular.  • 

que  i'aie  fin-i,      that  I  may  have 

Jinished. 
que  tu  ales  fin-i,  that   thou   mayat 
have  Jinished. 
qn'il  ait  fin-i,       that  he  may  have 
Jinished. 


PlaraL 
que  nous  ayons  )   that  we  may  have 

fin-i,  )       Jinished. 

que  V0U8  ayez   f^  that  you  may  have 

fin-i,  )      Jinished. 

qu'ils  aient  fin-i,  that  they  may  have 
Jinished. 


Plupbkfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


que  j'eusse  fin-i,  that  J  might  have 

Jinished. 
que  tu  eusses  )     that  thou   miyhtst 

fin-i,  )        have  Jinished. 

qu'il  eat  fin-i,       that  he  might  have 
Jinished. 


que  nous  eus-  )  that   we   might 

sions  fin-i,  )       have  Jinished. 

que  vous  eus-  )   that  you  might 

siez  fin-i,  f       have  Jinished. 

qu'ils  eussent  |   that  they  might 

fin-i,  )       have  Jinished, 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  (InfinUif). 
Pkesent.  Past. 

fin-ir,  tojinish.  |  avoir  fin-i,  to  have  Jinished. 


PARTICIPLES  (Participes). 
Present.  Past. 


fln-issant, 


Jinishing. 


I  fin-i,  e, 
I  ayant  fin-i, 


Jinished. 
having  Jinished. 


XIII. — Third  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Becevoir,  to  receive. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 


je  re^-ois, 
tu  re^-ois, 
il  re^-oit, 


/  receive, 
thou  receivest. 
he  receives. 


nous  rec-evons,  we  receive. 
vous  rec-evez,  you  receive. 
ils  re9-oivent,        they  receive. 


je  rec-evais, 
ta  rec-evais, 

il  rec-evait, 


Imperfect  Tensb  (Impar/ait). 


I  was  receiving, 
thou    wast    re- 
ceiving. 
he  was  receiving. 


nous  rec-evions, 
vous  rec-eviez, 
ils  rec-evaient. 


we  were  receiving, 
you  were  receiving, 
they  were  receiv- 
ing. 


THIRD    CONJUGATION. 


55 


je  re?-us, 
tu  reg-us, 


Past  Definite  Tense  (^Passi  difini). 
Singular.  Plural. 


/  received, 
thou  receivedst. 
he  received. 


nous  re^-umes, 
voQs  re^-utes, 
lis  re^urent, 


Future  Tense  (Futur.') 


je  rec-evrai,       /  shall  receive. 
tu  rec-evras,      thou  wilt  receive. 
il  rec-evra,        he  will  receive. 


nous  rec-evrons, 
V0U8  rec-evrez, 
il8  rec-evront, 


we  received, 
you  received, 
they  received. 


we  shall  receive, 
you  will  receive, 
they  wiU  receive. 


Compound  Tenses. 
Past  Indefinite  Tense  {Pass^  indifini). 


I  ai  re?-u, 
in  as  re§-u, 
U  a  re9-u, 


I'avais  re^-u, 
Ca  avals  re^-u, 
'"1  avait  ref-u, 


/  have  received, 
thou  hast  received, 
he  has  received. 


nous  avons  re^-u,  we  have  received. 
vous  avez  ref-u,    you  have  received. 
ils  ont  re$-a,  they  have  receivea. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


I  had  received, 
thou  hadst  received, 
he  had  received. 


nousavionsre^u,  we  had  received. 
vous  aviez  reg-u,  you  had  received. 
ils  avalent  re$-u,  they  had  received. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (Passi  ant^rieur). 


j'eus  re<j-u, 
to  eus  re^-u, 
il  aut  reg-u, 


/  had  received, 
thou  hadst  received, 
he  had  received. 


nous  eumes  re^-u,  we  had  received. 
vous  eutes  reg-u,  you  had  received. 
ils  enrent  re^-u,    they  had  received. 


Future  Anterior  Tense  (Futur  ant^rieur). 


"'aural  reg-u,  I  shall  have  re- 
ceived. 

tn  auras  rej-u,  thou  wilt  have  re- 
ceived. 

il  aura  re$-a,  he  will  have  re- 
ceived. 


nous  aurons  )  we  shall  have  re- 
re?-u,  ^         ceived. 

vous  aurez  rOf-u,  you  will  have  re- 
ceived. 

ils  aoront  re$-u,  they  will  have  re- 
ceived. 


re9-oiB, 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  {Imperatif). 


receive  thou. 


rec-evons, 
rec-evez, 


let  us  receive, 
receive  ye. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Conditimnd). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 


je  reo-evrais,      /  should  receive. 
tu  rec-evrais,     thou  wouldst  receive. 
il  rec-evrait,      he  would  receive. 


nous  re(j-6vrion8,  we  should  receive. 
VOUS  rec-evriez,  you  would  receive. 
ils  rec-evraient,   they  would  receive- 


€6 


THIBD  CONJUGATION. 


Singular. 
j'aorais  re^-u  (or  )  /  should  have  re- 

j'eusse  re^-u),  |     ceived. 
ta  aorais  reg-u,      thou  wouldst  have 

received. 
il  aorait  r99-a,       he  would  have  re- 
ceived. 


Past  Tense  {Passi). 

Plural, 
nous  aurions    °^  we  should  have  re 


re^-u,  )        ceived. 

V0U8  auriez  re^-u,  you  would  have  re- 
ceived. 

lis  auraient  reg-u,  they  would havt  re- 
ceived. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  {Svhjmictif). 
Present  Tense  {Present). 


que  je  rej-oive,  that  I  may  re- 
ceive. 

que  tu  reg-oives,  that  thou  mayst 
receive. 

qa'il  reg-oive,  that  he  may  re- 
ceive. 


que  nous  rec-  >    that,    we   viay  re' 

evions,  /       ceive. 

que  V0U8  rec-  )    that  you  may  re- 

eviez,  )       ceive. 

qu'ils  reg-oivent,  that  they  may  re- 
ceivf 


Imperfect  Tense  (Tmpar/ait'). 


que  je  reg-usse,  that  I  might  re- 
ceive. 

que  tu  reg-usses,  that  thou  mightst 
receive. 

qu'il  reg-ut,  that  he  might  re- 

ceive. 


que  nous  ref-   )^   that  uK  might  re* 

ussions,         j"       ceive. 
que  vous  re?-    )    that  you  niqht  re- 

ussiez,  )        ceive. 

qu'ils  reg-ussent,  that  they  might  re' 
ceive. 


Past  Tense  (Pass^). 


que  j'aie  re$-a,  that  I  may  have 
received. 

que  tu  aies  reg-n,  that  thou  mayst 
have  received. 

qa'il  ait  re$-n,  that  he  may  have 
received. 


que  nous  ayons  "^  that  toe  tnaif  havt 

re$-u,  )       received. 

que  vous  ayez  \  that  you  maj  'vav^ 

reg-u,  >       received. 

qu'ils  aient  reg-u,  that  they  may  haif 
received.         -"^ 


Pluperfect  Tense  {Plus-que-parfait). 


qae  j'ensse  reg-n,  that  I  might  have 
received. 


que  tu  eusses 

re?-u, 
qn'il  oAt  re$-a, 


that  thou  mightst 
have  received. 

that  he  might  have 
received. 


que  nous  eus-  ^  that  we  might 
sions  re^u,    j       have  received. 

que  vous  eus-  \  that  you  might 
siez  reg-u,      >       have  received. 

qu'ils  eussent  >  that  they  might 
reg-u,  >       have  received. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinitif). 
Present.  Past. 

reo-evoir,  t»  receive.  \  avoir  re9*u,  to  have  receivea. 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION. 


57 


PARTICIPLES  {Pa/rticipes). 
Present.  Past. 


rec-evant, 


recetmng. 


I  ayant  re^-u, 


received, 
having  received. 


je  rend-s, 
tu  reiid>8, 
il  rend, 


XIV. — Fourth  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Rendre,  to  render. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indimtif). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 
Singular.  Plural. 


/  render, 
thou  renderest. 
he  renders. 


nous  rend-ons,  we  render. 
vous  rend-ez,  you  render, 
ils  rend-ent,  they  render. 


je  rend-ais, 
ta  rend-ais, 

il  rend-ait, 


Imperfect  Tense  {Impar/aif). 


I  was  rendering, 
thou  wast  render- 
ing, 
he  was  rendering. 


nous  rend-ions,      we  were  rendering 
vous  rend-iez,        you   were   render- 
ing. 
ils  rend-aient,        they  were  render^ 
ing. 


je  rend-is, 
tu  rend-is, 
il  rend-it, 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Pass€  difini). 


I  rendered, 
thou  renderedst. 
he  rendered. 


nous  rend-imes, 
vous  rend-ites, 
ils  rend-irent, 


we  rendered, 
you  rendered, 
they  rendered. 


je  rend-rai, 
tu  rend-ras, 
il  rend-ra, 


Future  Tense  {Futur). 


I  shall  render, 
thou  wilt  render, 
he  will  render. 


nous  rend-rons, 
vous  rend-rez, 
ils  rend-ront, 


toe  shall  render, 
you  will  render, 
theif  will  render. 


Compound  Tenses. 
Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Pass^  ind^Jini). 


fai  rend-u,        I  have  rendered. 
tu  as  rend-u,     thou    hast    ren- 
dered. 
il  a  rend-u,       he  has  rendered. 


we  have  rendered. 


nous  avons 

rend-u, 

vous  avez  rend-u,  you  have  rendered. 
ils  ont  rend-u,        they  have  ren- 
dered. 


98 


FOURTH    CONJUGATIOKT. 


Plupbrfbct  Tense  (Plus-que-par/ait). 
Singnlar.  Plural, 

j' avals  rend-n,         J  had  rendered,      nous   avions     ) 
tu  avals  rend-a,      thou    hadst    ren-      rend-u,         ) 

dered.  vous  aviez  rend-u,  you  had  rendered. 

11  avalt  rend«a,       he  had  rendered.  ;  lis  avaient  rend-u,  they  had  rendered 


we  had  rendered. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  {Pass^  ant^rieur). 


j'eas  rend>a, 
tu  eus  rend-u, 


/  had  rendered, 
thou    hadst    ren- 
dered. 


we  had  rendered. 


nous  eumes     ) 
rend-u,         j" 
vous  eutes  rend-u,  you  had  rendered. 


U  eut  rend-u,  he  had  rendered.  [Us  eurent  rend-u,  they  had  rendered, 

FcTFEE  Anterior  Tense  (Futur  ant^rieur). 


j'aorai  rend-u,        /  shall  have  ren- 
dered. 

tu  auras  rend-u,     thou    unit    have 
rendered. 

U  aora  rend-u,        he  will  have  ren- 
dered. 


nous  aurons 

rend-u, 
vous  aurez 

rend-u. 
Us  auront 

rend-u. 


we  shall  have  ren- 
dered. 

you  will  have  ren 
dered. 

they  will  have  ren- 
dered. 


rend-8, 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatif). 

I  rend-ons,  let  us  render. 

I  rend-ez,  render  ye. 


render  thou. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Gonditimnd). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 


je  rend-rals, 
tu  rend-rals, 

U  rend-ralt, 


/  should  render, 
thou  wouldst  ren- 
der, 
he  would  render. 


nous  rend-rlons,     we  should  render. 
vous  rend-rlez,      you  would  render. 
Us  rend-ralent,      they    would   nn- 
der. 


Past  Tense  (Passi). 


i'anrais  rend-u  (or  )  /  shotdd  have 
j'eusse  rend-u),   )      rendered. 

tn  aurais  rend-u,  thou  wouldst  have 
rendered. 

U  aoralt  rend-u,  he  would  have  ren- 
dered. 


nous   aurions  |^   we  should  have 


rend-u, 
vous  auiies 

rend-u, 
Us  auralent 

rend-u, 


)  rendered. 

)  you   would  have 

)  rendered. 

^  they  would  have 

j  rendered. 


que  je  rend-e, 
que  tu  rend-es, 
qn'U  rend-e. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Subpnctif). 
Present  Tense  (Present). 

que  nous  rend-  ^  that  we  may  ren- 


that  I  may  ren- 
der. 

that  thou  may  St 
render. 

that  he  may  ren- 
der. 


ions,  f       der. 

que  vous  rend-  )   that  you  may  ren- 

lez,  I       der. 

qu'Us  rend-ent,     that  they  may  ren- 
der. 


FOUBTH   CONJUGATION. 


59 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait'). 


Singular. 

que  je  rend-isse,  that  I  might  ren- 
der. 

que  tu  rend-isses,  that  thou  mightst 
render. 

^n'il  rend-it,  that  he  might  ren- 
der. 


Plural, 
que  nous  rend-  >  that   we   might 

issions,  )       render. 

que  vous  rend-  )  that  you  might 

issiez,  )       render. 

qu'ils  rend-issent,  that  they  might 
render. 


Past  Tense  (Pass^). 


quo  j'aie  rend-u,  that   I  may   have 

rendered. 
que   tu   aies    )     that    thou    mayst 

rend-u,  )        have  rendered. 

qu'il  ait  rend-u,    that  he  may  have 
rendered. 


que  nous  ayons  > 
rend-u,  > 

que  vous  ayez  \ 
rend-u,  ) 

qu'ils  aient  ) 
rend-u,  ) 


that  we  may  have 

rendered, 
that  you  may  have 

rendered, 
that  they  may  have 

rendered. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


que  j'eusse  \  that  I  might  have 
rend-u,  )        rendered. 

que  tu  eu8se»  )  that  thou  mightst 
rend-u,  f        have  rendered. 

qu'il  eut  rend-u,  that  he  might  have 
rendered. 


que  nous  eus-  "^  that  we  might 
sions  rend-u,  >       have  rendered. 

que  vous  eus-  )  that  you  might 
siez  rend-u,    )       have  rendered. 

qu'ils  eussent  >^  that  they  might 
rend-u,  j       have  rendered. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinitif). 
Present.  Past. 

rend-re,  to  render.  |  avoir  rend-u,        to  have  rendered. 


PARTICIPLES  {Participes). 
Present.  Past. 


tend-ant. 


r«ndering. 


I  rend-u,  rend-ne,  rendered, 

I  ayant  rend-u,       having  rendered. 


60 


INTERROGATIVE    AND    NEGATIVE    VERBS. 


XV. — Yerbs  Conjugated  Interrogatively,  Nega- 
tively, AND  Interrogatively  with  a  Negative. 

All  Verbs  are  conjugated  interrogatively,  negatively, 
and  interrogatively  with  a  negation,  like  avoir  and  gtre 
(see  p.  18-21).  It  is  therefore  only  necessary  to  give  one 
simple  tense  and  one  compound  tense  as  examples : 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 

Interrogativdy.      Negatively.  Interrog.  xoith  a  Neg. 


Do  J  love  ? 
aime-je  ? 
aimes-tn  ? 
aime>t-il  1 
aimons-noas  ? 
aimez^vous  ? 
aiment-ils  ? 

Past 
Have  I  loved  ? 
ai-je  aim6  ? 
as-tu  aime  ? 
a-t-il  aime  ? 
avons-noas  aime  ? 
avez-vous  aime  ? 
ont-ils  aime  ? 


/  do  not  love. 
je  n'aime  pas. 
tu  n'aimes  pas. 
il  n'aime  pas. 
nous  n'aimoBs  pas. 
vous  n'aimez  pas. 
ils  n'aiment  pas. 

Indefinite  Tense  (Pa 

I  have  not  loved. 
je  n'ai  pas  aim6. 
tu  n'as  pas  aime. 
il  n'a  pas  aime. 
nous  n'avons  pas  aim6. 
voas  n'avez  pas  aim6. 
ils  n'ont  pas  aime. 


Do  I  not  love  f 
n'aime-je  pas  ? 
n'aimes-tu  pas! 
n'aime-t-il  pas? 
n'aimons-nous  pas? 
n'aimez-voas  pas  ? 
n' aiment-ils  pas? 

f  ind€jini). 
Have  I  not  loved? 
n' ai-je  pas  aime  ? 
n'as-ta  pas  aime? 
n' a-t-il  pas  aime  ? 
n'avons-nous  pas  aime? 
n' avez-vous  pas  aim6  ? 
n' ont-ils  pas  aime  ? 


Remarks. 

1.  The  Pronoun  is  always  connected  with  the  verb  by 
a  hyphen,  as : 

aimais-je  ?     was  I  loving  ? 

2.  Final  e  mute  is  accented  before  Je,  as: 

aime-je  ?  do  I  love  T 

euss^-je  aim^  ?    should  I  have  loved  f 

3.  When  the  third  person  ends  in  a  vowel,  t  is  always 
inserted  (between  two  hyphens)  between  the  verb  and 
the  pronoun,  as : 

aime-t-il  ?        does  he  love  f 
aime-t-elle  ?    does  she  love  t 

4.  In  the  first  person  est-ce  que  is  frequently  used,  as: 

est-ce  que  j'aime  ?  lit. ,  is  it  that  I  love  f—do  I  love  ? 

This  is  always  the  case  with  rendre  and  with  most  verbs 


EXERCISES   ON   THE    VERB.  61 

which  have  only  one  syllable  in  the  first  person  of  the 
Present  Indicative,  as : 

est-ce  que  je  rends  ?    do  I  render  ? 

est-ce  que  je  vends  ?    do  I  sell? 

Mcceptions : 

ai-je?        have  If  I  vois-je?  do  I  see? 

8uis-je?    ami?  \  dis-je?  do  I  say? 

and  some  other  verbs. 

Exercise  XX. 
Write  out  all  the  Tenses  of  the  Indicative  and  Condi- 
tional Moods  of  aimer,  finir,  recevoir,  rendre,  in  the  Inter- 
rogative form,  the  Negative  form,  and  the  Interrogative 
form  with  a  Negative. 


XVL — Exercises  on  the  First  Conjugation. 

Remark  carefully  the  preposition  following  the  verb, 

which  is  often  different  in  French  and  English;  as: 

penser  a,  to  think  of. 

nous  pensons  a  notre  mere,  we  think  of  our  mother. 

on  (indefinite  pronoun),  one,  they,  people. 

Exercise  XXI. 

The  Simple  Tenses. 

A. 

1.  Je  chercne  men  chapeau.  2.  J'aime  ma  mfere.  3.  Tu  cherches 
ton  cahier.  4.  II  cherche  sa  plume.  5.  Nous  pensons  S  notre  mSre. 
6.  Vous  aimez  les  cerises,  n'est-ce  pas  (u  it  not  so)  ?  Oui,  j'aime 
beaucoup  les  cerises.  7.  La  bonne  femme  donnait  toujours  du  pain 
aux  pauvres.  8.  Nous  admirions  souvent  cette  belle  6glise.  9. 
Mon  oncle  arriva  lundi.  10.  Je  tombai  dans  I'escalier.  11.  On 
trouva  un  enfant  mort  dans  la  neige.  12.  Les  enfants  trouvferent 
un  nid  d'oiseaux.  13.  Portez  cette  lettre  S,  la  poste.  14.  Vous 
porterez  aussi  ces  souliers  chez  le  bottier.  15.  Je  louerais  ce  petit 
gar9on,  s'il  gtait  plus  appliqug.  16.  Les  enfants  joueraient,  s'ils 
avaient  le  temps. 

1. 1  love  my  father  and  my  mother.  2.  Thou  lovest  thy  parents. 
8.  She  loves  her  brother.  4.  "We  think  of  our  father.  5.  You 
think  of  your  mother.  6.  They  think  of  their  aunt.  7.  The  good 
son  gave  always  bread  to  the  poor  {pi.).  8. 1  admired  often  those 
beautiful  churches.  9.  My  aunt  arrived  yesterday.  10.  The  boys 
fell  in  the  staircase.  11.  We  found  two  children  dead  in  the  snow. 
12.  The  girls  will  find  a  bird's  nest.  13.  Carry  these  letters  to  the 
post.  14.  You  will  carry  also  these  letters  to  the  post.  15.  They 
would  take  {say  carry)  the  shoes  to  the  boot-maker,  if  they  had 
time.    16.  We  would  praise  those  little  boys,  if  they  were  diligent. 


dS  BXBECI8B8   ON  THE   VERB. 


1.  Aimez-vous  le  cafS  ?  Non,  je  n'aime  pas  le  caf6 ;  j'aime  le  th6. 
2.  Que  {what)  cherchez-vous,  Mademoiselle  ?  Je  cherche  mon 
parasol.  3.  Pourquoi  {why)  ne  cherchez-vous  ptf^  dans  ma  cham- 
bre  ?  4.  Aimez-vous  {do  you  like)  les  noix  ?  5.  Non,  je  n'aime 
pas  les  noix ;  je  mangerai  des  raisins.  6.  Ne  louerez-vous  pas  vos 
Icoliers  ?  Non,  je  ne  louerai  pas  mes  gcoliers;  ils  ne  sont  pas 
appliquSs.  7.  Ne  pensiez-vous  pas  ^  vos  thfemes,  quand  {when) 
vous  C'tiez  ^  la  campagne  ?  Non,  je  ne  pensais  pas  a  mes  thfemes,  je 
pensais  toujours  fi  mes  jeux.  8.  Ne  pleure  pas,  mon  enfant.  9.  Ne 
pleurez  pas,  mes  enfants.  10.  On  ne  joue  pas  toujoui-s.  11.  Par- 
lez-vous  fi"an9ais?  Non,  pas  encore  {not  yet).  12.  Voire  m^re 
parle-t-elle  fran9ais  ?     Oui,  elle  parle  franyais  et  anglais. 

1.  Do  you  like  wine  ?     No,  we  do  not  like  wine ;  we  like  beer. 

2.  What  {q^ie)  are  you  looking  for,  sir  ?    I  am  looking  for  my  hat. 

3.  Do  you  like  nuts  ?  No,  I  do  not  like  nuts ;  I  like  grapes.  4. 
The  children  will  not  eat  grapes.     5.  Why  do  they  not  eat  grapes  ? 

6.  Why  do  you  not  look  for  your  hat  in  our  rooms  ?  7.  Why  will 
you  not  praise  your  scholars  ?  8.  Would  you  not  praise  your 
scholars  if  {si)  they  were  diligent  ?  9.  Did  you  not  think  of  (d) 
your  mother  when  you  were  in  the  country  ?  10.  The  children 
will  not  play  always.  11.  Do  not  play,  children.  12.  Does  your 
uncle  speak  French  ?    Yes,  he  speaks  French  and  English. 

Tfie  Compound  Tenses. 

C. 

1.  Je  n'ai  pas  demands  du  vin;  j'ai  demand^  de  I'eau.  2.  As- 
tu  pensg  a  moi  {of  me)  ?  Non,  mais  j'ai  pens6  ^  votre  frfere.  3. 
Qu'iivez-vous  mang6  ?  J'ai  mang6  des  cerises.  4.  Pourquoi  votre 
soeur  n'a-t-elle  pas  mangg  son  pain  ?  Je  ne  sais  pas  (/  do  not 
know).  5.  Nous  n'avons  pas  jou6  hier.  6.  Pourquoi  n'avez-vous 
pas  jou6  ?    Nous  n'avons  pas  eu  le  temps ;  nous  avons  travaillfi. 

7.  Auriez-vous  jou6  si  vous  aviez  eu  le  temps  ?  8.  Je  ne  sais  pas ; 
peut-6tre  nous  aurions  jou6 ;  peut-gtre  nous  n'aurions  pas  jou6. 
9.  Auriez-vous  donn6  deux  cents  livres  pour  ce  cheval  ?  Je  n'au- 
rais  pas  donn6  cent  livres  pour  ce  cheval.  10.  Le  domestique 
aura  apportS  les  lettres.  11.  II  n'aura  peut-gtre  pas  apportfi  le 
paquet.  12.  Qu'avez-vous  appoilfi?  J'ai  apportS  les  gants  de 
Mademoiselle  Mathilde. 

1.  What  {que)  have  you  asked  for?  I  have  asked  for  wine.  2. 
Has  she  thought  of  me  ?     No,  but  she  has  thought  of  my  brother. 

8.  What  has  she  eaten?  She  has  eaten  nuts.  4.  Why  have  the 
children  not  eaten  their  bread  ?  I  do  not  know.  5.  The  chil- 
dren did  not  play  yesterday.  6.  Why  did  they  not  play  ?  They 
had  not  the  time ;  they  worked.  7.  Would  they  have  played  if 
they  had  the  time?  8. 1  do  not  know;  perhaps  they  would  have 
played;  perhaps  they  would  not  have  played.     9*.  Would  you 


EXEECISB8   ON   THE    VERB.  63 

have  given  a  thousand  pounds  for  that  house  ?  I  would  not 
have  given  five  Imndred  pounds  for  that  house.  10.  The  serv- 
ant will  have  brought  the  hat.  11.  The  servant  will  not  perhaps 
have  brought  the  parasol.  12.  What  have  you  brought  ?  I  have 
brought  the  shoes  of  Miss  Caroline. 

Remarks  on  some  Verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation. 

1 ,  Verbs  in  -eter  and  -eler  generally  double  the  t  and  1 
when  followed  by  e  mute^  es,  or  ent ;  as: 

Jeter,  to  throw. 

Present  Imper.  Futur. 

je  jette        — nous  jetons  jette  je  jetterai 

tu  jettes       — vous  jetez  pi.  jetons  tu  jetteras 

U  jette  — lis  jettent  jetez  etc. 

Part,  passe,  jete. 

appeler,  to  call. 

Present.  Impir.  Futur. 

j'appelle       — nous  appelons  appelle  j'appellerai 

tu  appelles  — vous  appelez  pi.  appelons  tu  appelleras 

A  appelle      — lis  appellent  appelez  etc. 

Part,  passe,  appele. 

Exception. — Acheter,  to  buy,  and  some  few  other  verbs, 
take  a  grave  accent  (e),  and  never  double  the  t ;  as: 

Pr^s.    j'achete,  tu  achetes,  11  achate,  nous  achetons,  vous  achetez,  lis 

achetent. 
Fut.  j'acheterai. 
Impir.  achete  ;  pL  achetez. 

2.  Verbs  of  two  syllables  in  -eler  (geler,  to  freeze),  as 

well  as  all  other  verbs  having  e  muie  or  e  (acute)  before 

the  last  syllable  of  the  Infinitive,  take  a  grave   accent 

upon  this  e  (e)  when  followed  by  another  e  mute  or  by  es 

or  ent  /  as : 

mener,  to  lead. 

Pr^s.      je  mens,  tu  menes,  il  mene,  nous  menons,  vous  menez,  ilg 

menent. 
Imparf.  je  menais,  tu  menals. 
Fut.       je  menerai.  tu  meneras.      • 
Tmp€r.    mene,  menons,  menez. 

esperer,  to  hope. 

Pre's.      j'espere,  tu  esperes,  11  espere,  nous  esptrons,  vons  esp^rez,.  Qa 

esperent. 
Jvipiirf.  j'esyjerais. 
Imper.    espere,  esperons,  e,s])eiez. 


64  KXBBCISBS   OK  THE   VBBB. 

3.  Verbs  ending  in  -gar  have  an  e  mute  before  a  and  o. 

as: 

manger,  to  eat. 

Pr(s.  je  mange  —  pi.  nous  mangeons,  vous  mangez,  etc. 

Imparf.      je  mangeais,  tu  mangeais,  il  mangeait,  nous  mangions,  voue 

mangiez,  ils  mangeaient. 
Pass^  d£f.  je  mangeai,  tu  mangeas,  il  mangea,  nous  mange&mes,  vous 

mange&tes,  ils  mangsrent. 
Imp€r.         mangeons,  mangez. 

4.  Verbs  ending  in  -cer  have  the  cedilla  under  c  (9) 
before  a  and  o,  as : 

commencer,  to  begin. 

Pr€s.  je  commence ;  pi.  nous  commenfons. 

Imparf.      je  commen^ais,  tu  commengais,  il  commen^ait. 
Passi  d(f.  je  commen$ai,  tu  commenfas,  il  commenja,  etc. 

5.  Verbs  ending  in  -ayer, -oyer, -uyer,  change  the  y  into 
i  before  e  mute,  es,  and  ent/  as : 

payer,  to  pay ,-  employer,  to  employ ,-  essuyer,  to  wipe — wipe  dry. 

Pr€s.  je  pale,  tu  paies,  il  paie ;  pi.  nous  payons,  vous  payez,  ils  paient. 
j'emploie,  tu  emploies,  il  emploie;  pi.  nous  employons,  vous 

employez,  ils  emploient. 
j'essuie,  tu  essuies,  etc.  ;  pi.  ils  essuient. 
Fut.   je  paierai,  etc. ;  j'emploierai,  etc. ;  j'essuierai,  etc.     (N.  B. — In 
modem  writers  the  y  is  kept  through  the  whole  conjugation 
oi  payer ^  a&je  paye,  il  paye,je  payerai.     They  have  only  re- 
vived the  old  way  of  spelling.) 

Exercise  XXII. 


1.  Que  jettes-tu  ?  2.  Je  jette  une  pierre.  3.  Les  enfants  jettent 
des  pierres.  4.  Qui  (whom)  appelez-vous  ?  J'appelle  Frgd6ric. 
5.  J'ach^te  un  livre.  6.  Tu  achates  un  chapeau.  7.  Charles  acbfete 
une  canne.  8.  Levez  cette  pierre.  9.  Get  homme  Ifeve  son  bras. 
10.  Je  mfene  le  chien  a  la  chasse.  11.  J'espfere  que  (that)  nous 
aurons  beau  temps  demain.  12.  Nous  espgrons  que  le  jeune 
homme  n'est  pas  raalade.  13.  Que  mangez-vous,  mes  enfants? 
Nous  mangeons  des  noix.  14.  Louis  mangea  des  raisins  hier.  15. 
Commen9on8  S  (to)  lire.  16.  Le  jeune  homme  commen9a  S  6tu- 
dier.  17.  Je  paie  ce  que  (what)  j'achfete.  18.  Charles  emploie 
Men  son  temps.     19.  Essuyez  vos  larmes. 

1.  What  will  you  throw  ?  2.  I  shall  throw  a  stone.  3.  The 
children  will  throw  stones.  4.  Whom  (qui)  shall  we  call  ?  5.  I 
will  call  William.  6.  What  (qtie)  will  you  buy  ?  7.  I  shall  buy 
a  book.  8.  The  children  buy  books.  9.  Where  (ail)  do  you  lead 
this  dog?  10.  Where  shall  we  lead  this  horse?  11.  The  chil 
dren  hope  that  (que)  they  will  have  fine  weather  to-morrow.     12. 


EXERCISES    ON   THE   VEEB.  66 

I  hope  that  the  young  girl  is  not  ill.  13.  I  was  eating  apples. 
14.  We  are  eating  nuts.  15. 1  began  to  read.  16.  The  boy  began 
to  study.  17.  Tlie  children  pay  for  what  {ce  que)  they  buy.  18. 
The  girls  employ  their  time  well. 


1.  Qui  a  appel6  ?  Ton  pfere  a  appelg.  2.  Avez-vous  nettoyS 
les  gants  ?  Je  nettoierai  les  gants  ce  soir.  3.  Pr6f6rez-vous  la 
vieillesse  S  la  jeunesse  ?  Je  pr6f fere  la  jeunesse  k  la  vieillesse. 
4.  Nettoies-tu  la  chambre  ?  Je  nettoie  toute  la  maison.  5.  Avez- 
vous  pay6  ces  livres  ?  Mon  pfere  achate  tous  mes  livres.  6.  Com- 
bien  coutent-ils  ?  lis  coutent  sept  francs.  7.  Trouvez-vous  cela 
(that)  cher?  J'appelle  cela  (that)  trfes-cher.  8.  Que  mangeais- 
tu  ?  Je  mangeais  des  noix.  9.  Gfelera-t-il  cette  nuit  ?  II  a  d6jji 
gel6.  10.  Achfeterez-vous  du  thg  ou  du  caf6  ?  Je  n'aime  pas  le 
th6,  j'achfeterai  du  cafg. 

1.  Who  has  called  ?  My  mother  has  called.  2.  Has  he  cleaned 
the  gloves  ?  He  will  clean  the  gloves  this  evening.  3.  Who  will 
clean  the  room  ?  I  will  clean  the  room.  4.  Does  the  girl  clean  the 
house  ?  The  girl  cleans  the  whole  house.  5.  We  prefer  youth  to 
old  age.  6.  Have  you  paid  for  this  horse  ?  My  father  pays  for  all 
my  horses.  7.  How  much  (combien)  does  the  horse  cost  ?  It  costs 
eight  hundred  francs.  8.  Do  you  call  that  dear  ?  I  call  that  very 
dear.  9.  What  are  you  eating  ?  We  are  eating  grapes.  10.  Will 
you  buy  wine  or  beer  ?     I  do  not  like  wine,  I  will  buy  beer. 


XYII. — Exercises  on  the  Second  Conjugation. 

Note  1. — Hair,  to  hate,  loses  the  Trema  (i)  in  the  singu- 
lar of  the  Present  and  Imperative.  In  the  plural  of  these 
tenses,  and  in  all  other  tenses,  it  keeps  the  Trema;  as: 

Pr^s.    je  hais,  tu  hais,  il  hait,  nous  haissons,  vous  haissez,  ils  ha'issent. 
Imp^r.    hais ;  p/.  haissons,  haissez. 
Pass€  d4f.   je  hais,  etc. 

Note  2. — Obeir,  to  obey,  is  followed  by  a;  as: 

nous  obeissons  a  nos  parents,     we  obey  our  parents. 

Exercise  XXIII. 

A. 

1.  Je  finis  mon  thfeme.  2.  Tu  finis  ta  lettre.  3.  Le  pain  nourrit 
les  hommes.  4.  Les  bons  enfants  obSissent  S.  leurs  parents  et  S 
leurs  mattres.  5.  Vous  obfiissez  a  vos  parents.  6.  Le  maitre  punit 
les  gcoliers  paresseux.  *  7.  Hier  il  a  puni  Charles  et  Fr6d6ric.  8. 
Remplis  ce  verre.  9.  Je  remplissais  les  bouteilles,  quand  (when) 
elles  gtaient  vides.  10.  Remplissez  votre  verre;  il  est  vide.  11. 
Quand  finira-t-on  la  le9on  ?     La  IcQon  est  finie.     12.  Je  finirais  la 

D 


66  EXERCISES    ON   THE    VERB. 

IcQon,  s'il  6tait  quatre  heures.  N'est-il  pas  encore  quatre  heures  ? 
Non,  il  est  quatre  heures  moins  un  quart.  1 3.  Ne  punissez  pas  ce 
petit  gar9on ;  il  a  6t6  malade.  14.  Pourquoi  n'avez-vous  pas  rem- 
pli  les  bouteilles  ?    Je  n'ai  pas  eu  assez  de  vin. 

1.  He  finishes  his  letter.  2.  She  will  finish  her  letter.  3.  The 
good  girl  obeys  her  mother.  4.  The  good  boy  will  obey  his  uncle 
and  his  aunt.  5.  Obey  your  masters.  6.  The  master  will  punish 
the  idle  children.  7.  Yesterday  he  punished  the  idle  scholars.  8. 
Fill  (j)l.)  these  glasses.  9.  We  shall  fill  the  glasses  when  {qnand) 
they  are  {say  will  be)  empty.  10.  I  have  filled  the  bottles.  11. 
When  will  the  children  finish  their  lesson  ?  The  lesson  is  finished. 
12.  We  would  finish  the  lesson  if  it  were  seven  o'clock.  Is  it  not 
seven  o'clock?  No,  it  is  ten  minutes  to  seven.  13.  I  will  not 
punish  the  little  boys ;  they  have  been  ill.  14.  Why  have  you  not 
punished  the  idle  scholars?  15.  One  {<m)  will  punish  the  idle 
children  who  {qui)  do  not  obey  their  masters. 

B. 

1.  Romulus  et  R6mus  b&tirent  la  ville  de  Rome.  2.  Notre  voisin 
bStit  une  grande  maison.  3.  Nos  voisins  bStissent  de  grandes 
maisons.  4.  Je  bStirais  aussi  une  maison,  si  j'avais  plus  d'argent, 
5.  Je  hais  le  vice ;  j'aimerai  toujours  la  vertu.  6.  HaKssez  le  vice.  7. 
J'ai  toujours  hai  le  vice.  8.  Nous  ha'fssons  la  flatterie.  9.  On  a  saisi 
les  voleurs.     10.  Ha'fssez-vous  le  vice?     Oui,  je  hais  tous  les  vices. 

1.  Who  built  the  city  of  Rome  ?  Romulus  and  Remus.  2.  My 
neighbor  will  build  a  beautiful  house.  3.  Our  neighbors  will 
build  beautiful  houses.  4.  We  would  build  also  a  house,  if  we 
had  more  money.  5.  We  hate  vice  ;  we  love  virtue.  6.  Hate  {sin^.) 
vice;  love  {sing.)  virtue.  7. We  have  always  hated  flattery.  8. 
The  generals  have  seized  the  robbers.  9.  When  will  the  generals 
have  seized  the  robbers  ? 


XVIII — Exercises  on  the  Tiiiitn  Conjugation. 

There  are  very  few  regular  verbs  of  this  conjugation; 
the  principal  are : 


recevoir,       to  receive. 
apercevoir,  to  perceive. 
concevoir,     to  conceive. 


decevoir,  to  deceive. 

devoir  (panic,  du),  to  owe. 
redevoir,  to  owe  again 


Exercise  XXIV. 

1.  Je  re9ois  souvent  des  lettres  de  votre  frfere.  2.  Recevez-vous 
aussi  des  lettres  de  votre  p6re  ?  3.  J'ai  re9U  des  lettres  de  mon  fils. 
4.  Combien  dois-je  ?  5.  Le  g6n6ral  con^ut  le  projet  d'attaquer  lea 
Romains.  6.  La  lune  revolt  sa  lumifere  du  soleil.  7.  La  semaine 
passge  je  re^us  une  lettre  de  notre  ami.  8!  Ton  frfere  doit  de  I'ar- 
gent.  9.  Tu  dois  obSir  a  la  volont^  de  tes  parents  et  de  tes  mai- 
tres.  10.  Les  soldats  ne  resolvent  pas  toujours  leur  solde.  11. 
J'aper^ois  I'homme  que  je  cherche.     12.  J'aper9oi8  cette  v6rit6. 


EXERCISES    ON   THE    VERB.  '         67 

1.  We  often  receive  letters  from  {de)  your  son.  2.  The  girls 
often  receive  letters  from  their  brothers.  3.  Have  you  often  re- 
ceived letters  from  your  uncle  ?  4.  How  much  money  do  they 
owe  ?  They  owe  live  hundred  francs.  5.  The  generals  conceived 
thje  project  of  attacking  (itifin.)  the  English.  6. 1  shall  receive 
six  hundred  francs  from  your  brother.  7.  Who  will  receive  the 
money  from  your  uncle  ?  8.  Last  year  we  received  twelve  letters 
from  your  friend.  9.  The  children  ought  to  obey  the  wishes  of 
their  parents  and  of  their  masters.  10.  The  soldiers  have  not  re- 
ceived their  pay.  11.  We  perceive  the  children  whom  igue)  W8 
are  looking  for.     12.  They  perceive  that  truth.  - 


XIX. — Exercises  on  the  Fourth  Conjugation. 
With  rien,  nothing,  use  also  the  negative  ne;  as  : 

je  n'enteiids  rien,  /  hear  or  understand  nothing. 

r6poudre,  to  answer  (a  person,  a  letter,  etc.),  is  followed  by  &. 

Exercise  XXV. 
A. 

1.  Je  vends  ma  maison.  2.  Le  marchand  vend  du  sucre  et  du 
/5af6.  3.  Vous  vendez  votre  clieval.  4.  Ne  vendrez-vous  pas  votre 
chien  ?  Non,  Monsieur,  je  ne  vendrai  pas  mon  chien.  5.  Attendez 
un  moment.  6.  Nous  avons  attendu  longtemps.  7.  La  femme 
vendait  du  beurre  et  du  lait.  8.  Qu'avez-vous  rfipondu  a  votre 
maitre?  J'ai  rgpondu  que  j'avais  attendu  une  heure.  9.  Tu  perds 
ton  crayon ;  tu  as  aussi  perdu  ta  plume.  10.  L'ejifant  n'a  rien 
perdu.  11.  Le  cheval  a  perdu  un  ceil.  12.  Entendez-vous  la 
musique  ?  Non,  je  n'entends  rien.  13.  Cette  nuit  j'entendis  un 
bruit  dans  la  rue.     14.  Ma  mfere  aussi  a  entendu  ce  bruit. 

1.  We  are  selling  our  house.  2.  The  merchants  sell  beer  and 
wine.  3.  He  will  sell  his  dog.  4.  Will  you  not  sell  your  horses? 
5.  No,  sir,  we  will  not  sell  our  horses.  6.  Wait  {sing.)  a  moment. 
I  have  waited  a  long  time.  7.  The  merchants  sold  sugar  and 
coffee.  8.  What  have  you  sold  ?  I  have  sold,  sir,  butter  and  milk. 
9.  The  boy  answers  his  master.  10.  I  answered  (jpret.  def.)  that  I 
was  sick.  11.  Whom  {qui)  do  you  wait  for?  I  wait  for  my  cous- 
in from  {de)  London.  12.  The  children  have  lost  nothing.  13. 
Yesterday  we  heard  a  noise  in  the  street.  14.  Have  you  heard 
the  noise  in  the.  house  ?    No,  I  have  heard  nothing. 

The  Verb  battre,  to  heat,  drops  z.  t  in  the  Singular  of 
the  Present  Indicative  and  Imperative.  Otherwise  it  is 
regular. 

Pr^s.  je  bats,  tu  hats,  il  bat,  nous  battens,  vous  battez,  etc. 
Imp^r.   hats. 
Part,  pass^,  battu. 


68  PERSONAL   PRONOUNS. 

B. 

1.  Ne  bats  pas  cet  enfant.  2.  II  bat  son  cheval.  3.  R^ponds  d 
ton  maitre.  4.  Ce  tyran  cruel  a  rfipandu  beaucoup  de  sang  inno- 
cent. 5.  Guillaume  a  d6j^  perdu  Toeil  gauche,  il  perdra  aussi 
I'oeil  droit.  6.  Tu  perds  ton  argent.  7.  Nous  perdons  tout  notre 
temps.  8.  Je  perdis  hier  ma  bourse.  9.  Qui  {who)  dfifend  cela 
(that)'i  10.  Qui  a  battu  mon  chien?  11.  Qui  a  perdu  cette 
bourse?  Je  crois  (I believe)  que  Pierre  a  perdu  sa  bourse.  12. 
A-t-il  aussi  perdu  de  I'argent  ?    Je  crois  qu'il  a  perdu  un  franc. 

1.  Do  not  beat  (dng.)  that  girl.  2.  She  beats  her  dog.  3.  Answer 
(pi.)  your  master.  4.  This  cruel  tyrant  will  shed  much  (of)  innocent 
blood.  5.  These  cruel  tyrants  have  shed  much  innocent  blood.  6. 
The  dog  has  already  lost  its  («ay  the)  right  eye ;  it  will  lose  also  its 
left  eye.  7.  Who  will  forbid  that  ?  8.  Have  the  boys  beaten  my 
dog  ?  9.  Why  (pourquoi)  do  you  lose  all  your  time  ?  10.  Have 
you  lost  your  purse  ?    I  believe  that  I  have  lost  my  purse. 


XX. — The  Pronoun  {le  Prononi). 

There  are  six  classes  of  Pronouns,  Personal,  Demonstra- 
tive^ Relative,  Interrogative,  Possessive,  and  Indefinite. 

1.  Personal  Pronouns  {P-onom  personnels). 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Personal  Pronouns  in  French, 
the  Conjunctive  and  Disjunctive.  The  Coijunctive  are  so 
called  because  they  are  always  conjoined  with  a  Verb; 
the  Disjunctive  because  they  are  disjoined  from  a  Verb. 

A.  Conjunctive  PeroOnal  Pronouns  {Pronoma  pei^- 
sonnels  conjonctifs). 

1.   The  First  Person. 


Singtdar. 
Nom.  je,     I. 
Dat.   me,   to  me. 
Ace.   me,  me. 

PlnraL 
nous,  we. 
nous,  to  us. 
nons,  us. 

2. 

The  Second  Person. 

Singular. 
Nom.  tu,     thou. 
Dat.  te,     to  thee. 
Ace.    te,    thee. 

3. 

Plural, 
vons,  ye,  j/ou. 
VOUS,  to  you. 
vous,  you. 

The  Third  Person. 

jjingnlar. 
Nom.  il,      he  or  it 
Dat.    lui,   to  him  ( 
Ace.    le,     him  or 

Masculine. 

Plural, 
ils,      they. 
or  »*.                         ^    leur,  to  them. 
it.                               "     les,      them. 

PERSONAL   PRONOUNS. 


69 


Plnral. 
elles,     they. 
leur,     to  them. 
les,        them. 


Feminin*. 
Singular. 
Nom.  elle,     she  or  it. 
Dat.  lui,       to  her  or  it. 
Ace.   la,        her  or  it. 

The  Indefinite  Pronoun  of  the  Third  Person  is  27bm. 
on,  Bat.  se,  Ace.  se. 

En  is  sometimes  used  for  the  genitive  case  of  all  the 
Personal  Pronouns :  of  me,  of  thee;  of  him,  of  her,  of  it; 
of  us,  of  you,  of  them. 

Y  is  sometimes  used  for  the  dative  case  of  all  the  Per- 
sonal Pronouns :  to  m,e.,  to  thee,  to  him,  to  her,  to  it;  to  us, 
to  you,  to  them. 

Remarks. 

1.  The  Nominative  case  always  precedes  the  Verb,  as 
in  English,  except  in  interrogations ;  as : 

je  parle,  /  speak.  |       tu  paries,  thou  speakest,  etc. 

But  in  Interrogations  the  Nominative  case  follows  the 
Verb,  united  by  a  hyphen  ;  as : 

parle-je  ?  do  I  speak  f  \   parles-tu  ?  dost  thou  speak  ?  etc. 

2.  The  Dative  and  Accusative  cases  are  always  placed 
before  the  Verb,  and  not  after  it,  as  in  English ;  as : 


je  te  donne,  /  give  to  thee, 
je  lui  donne,  I  give  to  him. 
je  V0U8  donne,  I  give  to  you. 
il  nous  cherche,  he  looks-far  U8. 


nous  vous  cher- 

chons, 
lis  les  cherchent,     they  lookfor 
them. 


y  we  look-fov  you. 


je  t'ai  donne, 
il  m'a  donne, 


Also  in  the  Compound  Tenses. 

nous  lui  avons  dit,  we  have  said  to 
him. 
she   has  sought 


I  have  given   to 

thee. 
he  has  given  to 

me. 


3.  In  nesrative   sentences 


elle  m'a  cherche, 

on  vous  a  cherche,  one  has  sought 
you. 

the  Dative  and  Accusative 


cases  are  always  placed  between  ne  and  the  Verb,  as; 


je  ne  vous  donne  \  I  do  not  give  to 

pas,  /      you. 

lis  ne  nous  pre-  |^  they  do  not  lend 

tent  pas,  )       to  us. 


il  ne  me  blame    )  he  does  not  blame 

pas,                 j  me. 

je  ne  le  vois  pas,  /  do  not  see  him. 

elle  ne  m'a  pas    )  she  has  not  an- 

repondu,          j  swered  me. 

4.  In  interrogative  sentences  the  Dative  and  Accusa- 
tive cases  always  precede  the  Verb,  as : 

mecherche-t-il?  <:/oesAe/oo^/b»'Mie.'|  vous  a-t-il  r^-    ►  has  he  answered 

les  vend-on  ?       does  one  sell  them  f  \     ponda  ?           i  you  r 


^0 


PBBSONAIi  PEONOUNS. 


With  a  negative  in  interrogative  sentences  ne  always 

stands  tirst,  as: 


ne  V0U8  a-t-il  pas  )  has  he   not   an- 
repondu?  )       swered  youf 


ne  me  duiiiies-tu  )  dost  thou  not  give 

pas  ?  y       me? 

ne  le  cherchez-    \_  do  you  not  seek 

vous  pas  ?         i       him  ? 

5.  There  is  an  exception  to  the  rule  in  the  Imperative 
Mood  of  Affirmative  verbs,  as : 

donnez-moi,  give  to  me.  I  mangez-les,  eat  them, 

apportez-lui,  bring  to  Mm.       | 

Moi  and  toi  are  used  instead  of  me  and  te  after  the  Verb. 

6.  But  if  there  is  a  negative  with  the  Imperative  MooC, 
the  words  are  in  the  same  order  as  in  Rule  4,  namely, 
first,  ne;  secondly,  the  Pronoun;  and  lastly  the  Verb,  as. 

ne  me  donnez  pas,  do  not  give  to  me.  ne  lea  mangez  )       ,  .  ^Ag__ 

ne  lui  apportez    }    do  not  bring  to       pas,  ) 

pas,  >^       him. 

7.  When  there  are  two  Pronouns,  one  in  the  Dative  case 
and  the  other  in  the  Accusative  case,  the  Dative  stands  first, 
and  the  Accusative  second,  but  both  before  the  Verb ;  as : 

je  te  le  donne,  /  give  it  to  ihee.  /  il  nous  I'apporte,  he  brings  it  to  us. 

Louis  me  la  (les)  )  Louis  lends  it      on  vous  le  dira,  one  will  tell  it  to 
prete,  )       {them)  to  me.   \  you. 

So  in  like  manner  with  interrogatives  and  negatives,  as : 


me  le  donnes-tu  ?   dost  thou  give  it 

to  me? 
vous  I'apporte-    )   does  he  bring  it  to 

t-il  ?  /      you  ? 

nous  les  appor-   )  will  he  bring  them 

tera-t-il?  ^      to  us? 


Louis  ne  me  les  )  Louis  does  not 
prete  pas,  )    lend  them  to  me. 

ne  nous  1' appor-  )^  will  he  not  bring 
tera-t-il  pas  ?    )       it  to  us  f 

on  ne  vous  le  )  one  will  not  say 
dira  pas,  >       it  to  you. 


8.  There  is  an  exception  to  this  rule  with  the  Datives  lui 
and  leur,  which  are  always  placed  after  the  Accusative  of 
the  Personal  Pronoun,  as  :  ' 


je  le  lui  donne, 
je  ne  le  lui  donn« 

pas, 
elle  la  (les)  lui 

donne, 
elle  ne  la  (les)  lui 

donne  pas, 
la  lui  donne- 

t-eUe? 


I  give  it  to  him. 
)  I  do  not  give  it 
)  to  him. 
)  she  gives  her 
/  (^them)tohim. 
)  she  does  not  give 
)  her{them)to  him. 
\  does  she  give  her 
)       to  him  f 


nous  ne  la  lui      ^  we   do  not  give 

donnons  pas,  )  her  (it)  to  him. 
la  (les)  leur  don-  ^  will  she  give  her 

nera-t-elle  ?  >  (them)  to  them  f 
elle  ne  la  leur  a   *  she  has  not  given 

pas  donnee,  >  her  (it)  to  them. 
ne  le  lui  donnez  1*  do  not  give  him 

pas,  j  (ii)to  himijoher), 

pourquoi  ne  la  leur )  why  do  not  you 

Dr6tez-vous  pas?/  lend  it  to  them  t 


PERSONAL  PBONOUNS.  7l 

9.  With  the  affirmative  Imperative  the  Accusative  stands 
first  and  the  Dative  second,  as:     ^^-'^-t  ^  <:  /*-/     <? 
donnez-le-moi,       give  it  to  me. 


apportez-les-lui )  bring  them  to  him 
(leur),  )      (them). 


pretez-la-nous,     lend  it  to  us. 


10.  With  the  negative  Imperative  both  Pronouns  stand 
before  the  Verb,  according  to  Rule  6 ;  but  lui  and  leur 
stand  after  the  Accusative,  according  to  Rule  8  ;  as : 

ne  me  le  donnez  )  do  not  give  it  to  I  ne  le  lui  ap-  )  do  not  bring  it  to 
pas,  >      me.  \    portez  pas,     )       him. 

Exercise  XXVL 


1.  Charles  le  cherche.  2.  Notre  pfere  nous  donne  des  le9on3  de 
g6ographie.  3.  On  vous  cherche.  4.  On  vous  a  cherchS.  5.  Qui 
Xwhx))  a  mangg  mon  pain  ?  Henri  I'a  mangg.  6.  Oii  est  Louise  ? 
Elle  n'est  pas  ici,  mais  je  Tattends.  7.  Donnez-moi  votre  canne. 
Non,  je  la  garderai.  8.  Apportez-moi  de  I'eau  fraiche ;  j'ai  soif.  9. 
Pardonnez-moi.  10.  Aimes-tu  ton  pfere^  Oui,  je  I'aime.  11. 
Cherchez-vous  votre  canne  ?  Oui,  je  la  cherche ;  je  I'ai  perdue. 
12.  Le  bottler  apporte-t-il  mes  bottes  ?     Oui,  il  les  apporte. 

1.  I  am  looking  for  you.  2.  Her  father  gives  her  lessons  in  {de) 
geography.  3.  One  looks  for  him.  4.  One  has  looked  for  them.  5. 
Who  has  eaten  my  butter  ?  William  has  eaten  it.  6.  Where  is 
Henry  ?  He  is  not  here,  but  I  expect  him.  7.  Give  us  our  hats. 
No,  I  will  keep  them.  8.  Give  us  some  fresh  water.  We  are 
thirsty  {say  we  have  thirst).  9.  Do  the  children  love  their  mother  ? 
Yes,  they  love  her.  10.  Bring  me  some  wine.  11.  Is  he  looking 
for  his  cane  ?  Yes,  he  is  looking  for  it ;  he  has  lost  it.  12.  Has  the 
boot-maker  brought  me  my  boots  ?   Yes,  he  has  brought  them. 

B. 

1.  M'attendez-vous  ?  Oui,  je  vous  attends.  2.  Qui  m'a  cherche  ; 
Votre  fr^re  vous  a  cherchS.  3.  Vous  a-t-il  rgpondu?  Non,  il  ne  m'a 
pas  rSpondu ;  mais  j'espfere  qu'if  me  rgpondra  bientot.  4.  Ne  me 
donnez  pas  tant  de  pommes  ;  je  ne  les  mangerai  pas.  5.  Si  vous  ne 
les  mangez  pas  aujourd'hui,  vous  les  mangerez  demain.  6.  Oii  est 
votre  thfeme  ?  L'avez-vous  fait  ?  Non,  je  ne  I'ai  pas  fait,  il  est  trop 
diflBcile.  7.  Vendrez-vous  vos  moutons?  Non.  je  ne  les  vendrai 
pas;  je  les  garderai.  8.  0\X  sont  mes  livres?  Le  relieur  les  a-t-il 
apportfis.    Non,  il  ne  les  a  pas  apportfis.    E  les  apportera  demain. 

1.  Does  he  expect  me  ?  Yes,  he  expects  you.  2.  Who  has 
looked  for  her  ?  Her  sister  has  looked  for  her.  3.  Has  she  replied 
to  him  ?   No,  she  has  not  replied  to  him,  but  I  hope  she  will  reply 


72  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS. 

to  him  very  eoon.  4.  Give  me  some  apples.  5.  Do  not  give  us  so 
many  pears.  We  will  not  eat  them.  6.  If  we  do  not  eat  them  to-day, 
we  shall  eat  them  to-morrow.  7.  Will  he  sell  his  sheep  ?  No,  he 
will  not  sell  them,  he  will  keep  them.  8.  Where  are  my  boots  ? 
Has  the  boot-maker  brought  them  ?  No,  he  has  not  brought  them ; 
he  will  bring  them  to-morrow. 

C. 

1.  Si  vous  avez  mon  livre,  donnez-le-moi.  2.  Je  vous  le  donneral. 
3.  Je  ne  vous  le  donnerai  pas.  4.  Donne-le-lui.  5.  Tu  ne  dis  pas  la 
v6rit6.  Je  la  dis.  6.  Je  vous  la  dis.  7.  Avez-vous  appris  {say 
heard)  la  nouvelle  ?  Oui,  je  la  sais ;  Charles  me  Ta  dite.  8.  Dites- 
la-moi.  9.  Dites-la-lui  aussi.  10.  Aves-vous  ma  plume  ?  Oui,  je 
I'ai ;  je  vous  I'apporterai  tout  de  suite.  11.  Apportez-moi  aussi  ma 
r&gle.  Je  ne  I'ai  pas ;  je  vous  I'ai  d6ja  doun6e.  12.  Apportez-la-lui, 
13.  Ne  la  lui  apportez  pas.  14.  Pardonnez-moi  cette  faute.  Je  voua 
la  pardonne.  15.  Je  ne  vous  la  pardonne  pas.  16.  Void  ime 
plume,  voulez-vous  me  la  tailler  ?     Oui,  je  vous  la  taillerai. 

1.  If  you  have  my  hat,  give  it  to  him.  2.  Do  not  give  it  to  him. 
3.  We  will  give  it  to  you.  4.  We  will  not  give  it  to  you.  5.  We 
will  give  it  to  her.  6.  We  will  not  give  it  to  her.  7.  You  {plural) 
do  not  tell  the  truth.  We  tell  it.  8.  We  tell  it  to  you.  9.  We  do 
not  tell  it  to  you.  10.  We  tell  it  to  him.  11.  We  do  not  tell  it  to 
them.  12.  Bring  me  my  pen.  I  will  bring  it  to  you  immediately. 
13.  Bring  it  to  her.  14. 1  will  not  bring  it  to  her.  I  have  already 
given  it  to  her.  15.  Have  you  given  the  horse  to  my  brother  ?  No, 
I  have  not  given  it  to  him.    16.  I  have  not  given  it  to  you. 

B.  Disjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  {Pronoms  per- 
sonnels disjonctifs). 

Singular. 


Norn. 
Ace. 

moi 

/ 
mi 

toi             loi 
thou            he 
thee            him 

Plural. 

eUe 

she 
her. 

sol. 

Norn. 
Ace. 

noas 

we 

us 

voas           eaz 
you              they 
you              theiM 

elles 
they 
them. 

80i. 

-selves. 

Disjunctive  Pronouns  are  used  with' the  reflective  word 
meine,  self: 

1.  moi-meme,  myself.  noas-memes,  ourselves. 

2.  toi-meme,    thyself.  Toas-memes,  yourselves  (voas-mSme, 

when  speaking  of  a  single  person). 
nai-meme,    himself.  exix-memes,    themselves. 

3.-S  elle-meme,  herstlf.  elles-memea.  themselves. 

i  Boi-meme,     one's  self. 


PERSONAL   PRONOUNS.  73 

Examples. 
de  moi,  of  ox  from  me;  de  toi,  de  lui,  a  moi,  etc. 

Especially  after  c'est,  ce  sont,  c'etait;  as: 


c'est  moi,  It  is  I. 

c'est  toi,  It  is  thou. 

c'est  lui.  It  is  he. 

c'est  elle,  It  is  she. 


c'est  nous,  It  is  toe. 

c'est  vous.  It  is  you. 

ce  sont  eux.  It  is  they. 

ce  sont  elles,  It  is  they. 


Interrogative. 
est-ce  moi  ?  is  it  If  |  est-ce  vous  ?  is  it  you  f 

Negative. 

ce  n'est  pas  moi,   it  is  not  I.         I  . ...       .  ., 

.    .  ^^       «       •*  •       ^  ce  ne  sont  pas  eux,  tt  is  not  they. 

ce  n  est  pas  vous,  it  is  not  you.      |  r  >  c? 

Exercise  XXVII. 
A. 
1.  Je  par^e  de  lui  et  de  son  frfere.  2.  Parles-tu  de  moi  ?  Oui,  je 
parle  de  toi  3.  Pensez-vous  a  moi  ?  Non,  je  ne  pense  pas  a,  vous ; 
je  pense  a  Charles.  4.  Qui  est  la?  C'est  moi.  5.  Est-ce  toi, 
Louis  ?  Oui,  c'est  moi.  6.  Est-ce  vous,  mes  soeurs  ?  Oui,  c'est 
nous.  7.  Qui  a  cass6  ma  canne  ?  Ce  n'est  pas  moi.  8.  Nous 
parlons  de  vous,  et  vous  parlez  de  nous.  9.  Votre  oncle  demeure- 
t-il  encore  chez  vous  ?  Non,  Monsieur  il  ne  demeure  plus  chez 
nous.  10.  Venez  cliez  moi  demain  matin.  11.  Je  joue  avec  lui. 
12.  Four  qui  est  cette  tasse  de  caf6  ?    Elle  est  pour  moi. 

1.  We  speak  of  him  and  of  his  sister.  2.  They  speak  of  me  and 
of  my  brothers.  3.  Does  she  speak  of  me  ?  Yes,  she  speaks  of 
you.  4.  Does  she  think  of  me?  She  thinks  of  thee.  She  thinks  of 
them.  5.  I  have  not  thought  of  thee.  6.  Who  is  there?  It  is  I. 
It  is  he.  7.  It  is  not  you.  8.  Who  has  broken  the  cup  ?  It  is 
not  I.  9.  i  speak  of  him,  she  speaks  of  me.  10.  Does  my  aunt 
still  dwell  with  (chez)  you  ?  No,  sir,  she  no  longer  dwells  with  us. 
11.  For  whom  is  that  glass  of  beer?  It  is  for  myself.  12.  For 
whom  is  that  glass  of  wine  ?    It  is  for  thyself 


1.  Qui  vient  (comes)  la?  C'est  nous.  2.  Pensez-vous  k  vob 
amis?  Je  pense  souvent  a  eux.  3.  Pour  qui  sont  cesbottes?  Elles 
sont  pour  moi.  4.  A  qui  pensez-vous?  Je  pense  a  vous  et  a 
votre  m&re.  5.  De  qui  parle-t-on  ?  On  parle  d'eux.  6.  Qui  a 
apport6  cette  corbeille  ?  Ma  soeur  elle-mgme.  7.  Qui  a  6crit  cette 
lettre  ?  Hon  p^re  lui-mgme.  8.  Qui  a  battu  cet  enfant  ?  Ce  n'est 
pas  moi,  c'est  Leopold. 

1.  Does  she  think  of  her  friends  (fern.)  ?  She  often  thinks  of 
them.  2.  Of  whom  do  you  think?  I  often  think  of  you  and  of 
your  father.    3.  Of  whom  does  she  think  ?    She  often  thinks  of  me 

D2 


74  DEM0N8TEATIVK    PRONOUNS. 

and  of  my  sisters.  4.  Of  whom  does  she  speak  ?  She  often  speaks 
of  thee  and  of  thy  cousins  {/em.).  5.  For  whom  are  those  shoes  ? 
They  are  for  ourselves.  6.  Who  has  brought  that  basket  ?  My 
brother  himself  7.  Who  has  brought  those  boots  ?  The  boot-maker 
Himself  8.  Who  has  written  that  letter  ?  My  brother  himself — 
my  sister  herself.  9.  Who  has  written  these  letters  ?  Our  brothers 
themselves — our  sisters  themselves. 


2.  Demonstrative  Pronouns  {Pronoms  demonstratifa). 

Masc       Fem. 
Sing,  celoi,     celle,      this,  that. 
Plur.  ceuz,     celles,     these,  those. 

For  the  Demonstrative  Adjective^  see  p.  39. 

1.  Ci  and  1^  are  joined  to  the  Pronouns  by  a  hyphen  to 
give  greater  emphasis : 

Masc.  Fem. 

Sing,  celoi-ci,  celle-ci,  this  (here),  this. 

Plur.  ceoz-ci,  celles-ci,  these  {here),  these. 

Sing,  celui-la,  celle-li,  that  {there),  that,  yonder. 

Plur.  cevLxAk,  celles-li,  those  {there),  those,  yonder. 

mon  chapeau  et  ceini  de  mon  frere,  my  hat  and  that  of  my  brother. 
ma  sceur  et  celle  de  mon  cousin,       my  sister  and  that  of  my  cousin. 
mes  chapeaux  et  ceaz  de  mon  frere,  my  hats  and  those  of  my  brother. 
mes  soeurs  et  celles  de  mon  cousin,  my  sisters  and  those  of  my  cousin. 

^^rieM-lf'^'^ ''"'"'''  }    I 'peak  of  this,  you  speak  of  that. 
voulez-vous  celoi-ci  ou  celni-la  ?       do  you  wish  this  or  that  ? 

2.  Ce,  indeclinable,  is  used  before  the  Verb  etre,  to  be, 
to  point  out  a  person  or  thing  (see  p.  73),  as : 

ce  n'est  pas  moi,     it  is  not  I. 
ce  n'est  pas  vrai,     i^  is  not  true. 

8.  Ceci,  this^  cela,  that,  both  indeclinable^  refer  to  a  noun 
understood,  as: 

ceci  est  bon,  et  cela  est  mauvais,     this  is  good,  and  that  is  bad. 
que  dites-vous  de  cela  ?  what  do  you  say  of  that  f 

4.  En  is  sometimes  used  for  the  genitive,  and  y  for  the 
iative  of  ce,  ceci,  cela  (see  also  p.  69).  They  must  be  placed 
before  the  Verb,  like  the  Personal  Pronouns,  except  in  the 
affirmative  Imperative  (see  Rules,  p.  69,  70).  If  en  is  used 
with  a  Personal  Pronoun,  it  always  stands  after  it,  as : 

void  du  jambon  :  en  voulez-vous?   here  is  ham ;  do  you  wish  {some)  of  \t1 

Dui,  donnez-m'en,  yes,  give  me  {some)  of  it. 

je  /«t  en  ai  donne,  /  have  given  {some)  of  it  to  him. 


BBLATIVE   PRONOUNS.  76 

j'en  prendrai  volontiers  un  petit  |^  /  will  take  willingly  a  small  piece 

morceau,  J       of  it. 

eotre  pere  est-il  aa  jardin?  Oai,  )  Is  your  father  in  the  garden*    Yes, 

il  y  est,  )       he  is  there. 

y  allez-vous  ?  are  you  going  to  that  place  (there)  f 

non,  je  n'y  vais  pas,  no,  I  am  not  going  there. 

EXEB<?ISE    XXVIII. 

1.  Voici  mon  crayon  et  celui  de  Guillaume.  2.  VoilS  mes  gants 
jt  ceux  de  ma  soeur.    3.  J'ai  vu  votre  portrait  et  celui  de  Louise. 

4.  On  a  trouv6  votre  parapluie  et  celui  d'Henri  sous  le  grand  arbre. 

5.  Celui-1^  est  neuf ;  celui-ci  est  vieux.  6.  Nos  enfants  et  ceux  de 
votre  voisin  sont  au  jardin.  7.  Ceci  est  pour  mon  cousin,  cela  est 
pour  ma  cousine  8.  Mon  papier  est  meilleur  que  celui  de  Charles. 
9.  Voici  du  gateau  de  cerises,  en  voulez-vous  ?  10.  Donnez  m'en 
un  petit  morceau,  jevousprie.  11.  Votre  oncle  est-il  au  jardin?  Je 
crois  qu'il  y  est.    13.  Pensez-vous  a  vos  affaires?    Oui,  j'y  pense. 

1.  Here  is  (voici)  my  umbrella  and  that  of  Henry.  2.  There  are 
{vaild)  my  boots  and  those  of  ray  brother.  3.  There  are  my  pencils 
and  those  of  William.  4.  We  have  seen  his  portrait  and  that  of 
Louisa.  5.  We  have  found  his  hat  and  that  of  William  under  the 
great  tree.  6.  Our  daughters  and  those  of  our  cousin  are  in  the 
garden.  7.  These  (here)  (mase.)  are  new ;  those  (there)  {masc.)  are 
old.  8.  These  (here)  (fern.)  are  new ;  those  (there)  (fern.)  are  old. 
9.  My  umbrella  is  better  than  that  of  Henry.  10.  Here  are  (void) 
apples ;  do  you  wish  (some)  of  them  ?  Give  me  (some)  of  them, 
I  pray  you.  1 1 .  Here  is  ham  (du  jambon) ;  do  you  wish  some  of 
it  ?  Give  me  a  small  piece  of  it,  I  pray  you.  12.  Are  my  sisters 
in  the  garden  ?    I  believe  (je  crois)  that  they  are  there. 


3.  Relative  Pronouns  {Pronoms  relatifs). 

1.  Nom.  qm,  who,  which,  that.  Ace.  que,  whom,  which,  that. 

Gen.  dont,  whose,  of  whom,  of  which. 
MaBC.  Fern. 

'■  pZ:  SX     LTut;.  }  "*°.  »*-. »'  »««• 

The  Article  le,  la,  les,  with  quel,  when  preceded  by  €U 
or  a,  follows  the  rules  of  the  Article  ;  as : 
duquel,  de  laquelle,  desquels,  desquelles,      of  or  from  whom  or  which. 
auquel,  a  laquelle,    auxquels,  auxquelles,     to  whom  or  which. 

3.  qnoi,  which,  what. 

1.  Qui,  que,  dont,  are  used  for  both  genders  and  num- 
bers, and  apply  to  persons  and  things ;  as : 

I'enfant  qui  pleure,  the  child  which  weeps. 

les  enfants  qui  pleurent,  the  children  which  weep. 

la  porte  qui  est  ouverte,  the  gate  which  is  open. 

le  voyageur  que  j'ai  quitt^,  the  traveler  whom  I  left. 


76  EBLATIVE    PRONOUNS. 

le  ch?ipeau  que  j'ai  achet6,  the  hat  which  I  have  bought. 

les  maisons  que  vous  avez  vues,         the  houses  which  you  have  seen. 
rhomme — les  hommes  )  ■.     ^  1  the  man — the  men  I      qf 


dont  vous 


1 


la  femme — les  femmes  V  ,  >  the  wonuin — the  women   )  whom  \  g 

U  lettre — les  lettres      )    ^         '    )  the  letter — the  letters  of  which     )  | 

2.  With  Prepositions,  qui  is  used  only  of  persons ;  lequel, 
laquelle,  of  animals  and  things ;  as : 

e "est  un  homme  a  qui  j'ai  parle,  it  is  a  man  to  whom  I  spoke. 

c'est  une  occasion  a  laquelle  je  ne  ^  it  is  an  opportunity  of  which  I  did 

pensais  pas,  )       7iot  think. 

le  negociant  avec  qui  j'ai  voyage,  the  merchant  with  whom  I  traveled, 

I'arbre  sur  lequel  je  montai,  the  tree  upon  which  I  climbed. 

la  clef  avec  laquelle  on  ouvrit  la  )   the  key  with  which  one  opened  the 

porte,  )       gate. 

3.  Lequel,  laquelle,  is  used  only  of  persons  when  there 
is  ambiguity,  as: 

la  tante  de  mon  ami  laquelle  de-  >    the  aunt  of  my  friend  who  dwells  at 
meure  a  Paris,  )       Paris. 

(qui  might  refer  to  my  friend.) 

4.  Celui  qui  is  he  who;  celui  que,  he  whom.  JVbm.  ce  qui, 
that  which,  what.  Ace.  ce  que,  that  which,  what.  JVoin.  tout 
ce  qui;  Ace.  tout  ce  que,  all  which,  all  that,  every  thing 
which,  every  thing  that;  as: 

celui  qui  me  voit,  he  who  sees  me. 

celui  que  je  vois,  he  whom  I  see. 

ce  qui  nous  plait,  that  which  pleases  us. 

ce  que  je  vois,  what  I  see. 

j'aime  tout  ce  qui  est  beau,  I  love  every  thing  which  is  beautiful. 

5.  Quoi  refers  to  a  proposition,  and  is  used  only  with 
Prepositions,  or  after  voild  followed  by  de,  pour,  etc. ;  as : 

voilk  de  quoi  je  me  plains,     this  is  what  I  complain  of. 

Exercise  XXIX. 

1.  Void  I'homme  qui  a  apport6  la  lettre.  3.  Oii  est  la  femme  qui 
vend  des  cerises  ?  3.  Louise  a  perdu  le  ruban  que  vous  lui  avez 
donn6.  4.Voici  le  ruban  que  Mademoiselle  Louise  a  perdu.  S.Voici 
l'6colier  d  qui  vous  avez  pr6t6  votre  livre.  6.  Est-ce  Ifi  la  maison  que 
vous  avez  achetfie  ?  7.  Oui,  Monsieur,  ce  Test ;  comment  la  trouvez- 
vous?  Je  la  trouve  tr&s-belle.  8.  Oil  est  la  lettre  que  vous  avez 
recyue  ce  matin?  Je  I'ai  donn6e  si  ma  tante.  9.  La  chambre  dans 
laquelle  je  travaille,  est  trSs-froide.  10.  Je  connais  la  femme  dont 
vous  avez  re9u  cette  lettre.  11..  Je  connais  I'homme  dont  vous 
parlez.     12.  Voici  tout  ce  qu'il  a  dfisirg. 

1.  Here  are  ivoici)  the  men  who  have  brought  letters.  2. 
Where  are  the  women  who  sell  cherries  and  apples  ?    3.  The  girl 


INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS.  1*J 

has  lost  the  umbrella  which  her  uncle  gave  her.  4.  Here  is  (voici^ 
the  umbrella  which  the  girl  lost.  5.  Where  are  the  children  to  whom 
I  lent  my  books  ?  C.  Is  this  the  garden  which  you  have  bought  i 
7.  Yes,  sir,  this  is  it ;  how  do  you  find  (like)  it  ?  I  find  it  very 
beautiful.  8.  Where  is  the  letter  which  my  mother  received  this 
morning  ?  I  gave  it  to  your  father.  9.  The  rooms  in  which  she 
works  are  very  cold.  10. 1  know  the  woman  of  whom  you  speak. 
11.  I  know  the  men  of  whom  you  speak.  13.  Here  is  (void)  every 
thing  which  you  desired. 


4.  Interrogative  Pronouns  {Pronoms  interrogatifs). 

1.  qui  (Xom.  Ace),  wAo.'  whom? 
que,  quoi,  what .«" 

Masc.  Fem. 

2.  Sing,  lequel,  laquelle. 
Plur.  lesquels,        lesquelles. 

For  the  Interrogative  Adjective,  see  p.  39. 

1.  Qui  is  used  only  of  persons,  as: 

qui  est  la  ?  loho  is  there  ? 

qui  cherchez-vous?  whom  do  you  look  for? 

de  qui  parlez-vous  ?  of  whom  do  you  speak  ? 

a  qui  donnez-vous  cela  ?  to  whom  do  you  give  that  ? 

2.  Que  and  quoi  are  used  only  of  things.  Que  stands 
alone,  and  is  used  only  before  verbs ;  quoi  is  often  used 
with  a  Preposition  ;  as  : 

que  voulez-vous  ?  what  do  you  want  ? 

que  dit-on  ?  what  does  one  say  ? 


fre" 


de  quoi  parlez-vous  ?  of  what  do  you  speak  f 

8ur  quoi  ?  on  what  ? 

Note. — Instead  of  qui  and  que,  a  longer  form  is 
quently  used : 

qui  est-ce  qui  ?     Nom.  =  qui  ?  who  ? 
qui  est-ce  que  ?     Ace.    =  qui  ?  whom  ? 
qu' est-ce  que  ?  =  que  ?  what ?' 

EXAMPLnS. 

qui  est-ce  qui  vient  la  ?  who  comes  tnere  t 

qui  est-ce  que  vous  cherchez  ?     whom  do  you  seek? 
qu'est-ce  que  vous  voulez  ?  what  do  you  want  ? 

3.  Lequel,  laquelle,  refers  generally  to  a  preceding  Sub- 
stantive, or  to  a  following  Substantive ;  in  the  latter  case 


78  '        rNTBKKOOATIVB   PKONOUNS. 

It  is  followed  by  de.     It  agrees  in  gender  with  the  Sub- 
stantive to  which  it  refers,  as : 

voi     deux  appartements,  lequel  )  here  are  two  apartments,  which  wiU 

cnoisirez-vous  i*  ^  you  choose  ? 

laqaelle  de  vos  ecolieres  est  \  which   of  your   scholars  {fern.')  is 

malade?  >  ill? 

Exercise  XXX. 


1.  Lequel  de  vos  chevaux  voulez-vous  vendre  ?  Je  n'en  vendrai 
aucun.  2,  Laquelle  de  ces  deux  pommes  est  la  plus  mure  ?  Je  crois 
que  celle-ci  est  la  plus  miire.  3.  Auquel  de  ces  gcoliers  donnez-vous 
le  prix  ?  Je  le  donnerai  a  celui  qui  est  le  plus  appliqu6.  4.  Voici 
deux  plumes ;  laquelle  voulez-vous  avoir '{  Donnez-moi  celle-lS. 
5.  Qui  a  apport^  cette  lettre  ?  Le  facteur  I'a  ajiportfie.  6.  De  qui 
avez-vous  re^u  cet  argent  ?  Je  I'ai  re9u  de  mon  grand-pfere.  7.  Que 
d6sirez-vous,  Monsieur  ?  Je  d6sire  vous  parler.  8.  A  quoi  penaez- 
vous  ?  Je  pense  S  I'Scole.  9.  De  quoi  avez-vous  parl6  ?  Nous 
avons  parl6  de  nos  affaires.  10.  Qui  est-ce  qui  parle  ?  C'est  moL 
11.  De  ces  bijoux  lequel  pr6f6rez-vous  ?  Celui-ci.  12.  De  ces 
6toffes,  laquelle  vous  plait  le  plus  ?  Celle-ci.  13.  Qu'est-ce  que  la 
poire  ?     14.  Qu'est-ce  que  la  jjomme  ? 

1.  Which  of  your  jewels  do  you  wish  to  sell  ?  I  will  sell  none 
of  them.  2.  Of  these  jewels,  which  do  you  wish  to  sell  ?  I  will 
sell  none  of  them.  3.  Which  of  your  horses  do  you  prefer  ?  This 
one.  4.  Of  these  horses,  which  do  you  prefer?  This  one.  5. Which 
of  these  stuffs  is  the  most  beautiful  ?  I  believe  that  this  one  is  the 
most  beautiful.  6.  Here  are  (vaici)  two  pencils ;  which  of  them 
do  you  wish  to  have  ?  Give  me  this  one.  7.  Who  has  brought 
these  boots?  The  boot-maker  has  brought  them.  8.  From  whom 
has  the  boy  received  this  money?  He  has  received  it  from  his 
uncle.  9.  Of  what  is  he  speaking  ?  He  is  speaking  of  his  house. 
10.  Of  (a)  what  arc  you  thinking  ?  I  am  thinking  of  my  moth- 
er, who  is  ill.  11.  Of  these  horses,  which  pleases  you  the  most  ? 
This  one.  12.  To  which  of  these  girls  do  you  give  the  prize?  I 
will  give  it  to  the  one  (my  this)  who  is  the  most  diligent  13. 
What  is  the  pear  ?     14.  What  is  the  grape  ? 

B. 

1.  Laquelle  de  ces  deux  robes  pr61Srez-vous?  Je  prgfSre  celle-cl  fi 
celle-lS.  2.  Est-ce  IS  votre  bague  ?  Oui,  c'est  ma  bague  d'or.  3. 
Sont-ce  IS  vos  gants  ?  Non,  ce  ne  sont  pas  mes  gants,  ce  sont  ceux 
de  ma  cousine.  4.  Quelle  maison  vendez-vous  ?  J'ai  deux  niaisons 
S  vendre,  celle  de  mon  onclfe  et  celle  de  mon  grand-pfere.  5.  A  qui 
donnerez-vous  ce  canif  ?  Je  le  donnerai  a  celui  qui  aura  le  moins 
de  fautes  dans  son  thfeme.  6.  Voici  du  jambon  et  du  pain,  en  vou- 
lezrvoua  ?    Merci,  nous  en  avons  d6ja  pris  {taken).     7.  Avez-voua 


POSSESSIVE    PRONOUNS. 


79 


apportfi  les  bouteilles  ?  Non,  je  n'y  ai  pas  pensS.  8.  Madame 
votre  mSre  est-elle  a  la  maison  {or  chez  elle)  ?  Oui,  elle  y  est.  9. 
Qu'est-ce  que  Toie  ?  L'oie  est  un  oiseau  domestique.  10.  Qu'est-ce 
que  le  cheval  ?     Le  cheval  est  un  animal  domestique. 

1.  Which  of  these  two  hats  do  you  prefer  ?  I  prefer  this  (one)  to 
that  (one).  3.  Is  this  your  watch  ?  Yes,  it  is  my  gold  watch.  3. 
Are  these  your  boots  ?  No,  they  are  not  my  boots,  they  are  those 
of  my  brother.  4.  Which  garden  are  you  selling  ?  I  have  two 
gardens  to  sell,  that  of  my  aunt,  and  that  of  my  grandmother.  5. 
To  whom  will  you  give  these  gold  rings  ?  I  will  give  them  to  those 
who  will  have  the  least  {add  of)  faults  in  their  themes.  6.  Here  is 
{void)  bread  and  butter,  do  you  wish  any  of  it  ?  Thank  you  {mera), 
I  have  already  taken  some  of  it.  7.  Has  the  boot-maker  brought 
the  boots  ?  •  No,  he  has  not  thought  of  it.  8.  Is  your  father  in  the 
garden  ?  Yes,  he  is  there.  9.  What  is  the  cock  {coq)  ?  The  cock 
is  a  tame  bird.    10.  What  is  the  dog?   The  dog  is  a  tame  animal. 


5.  Possessive  Pronouns  {Pronoms  possessifs). 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

le  mien, 

la  mienne, 

les  miens, 

les  miennes, 

mine. 

le  tien, 

la  tienne, 

les  tiens. 

les  tiennes. 

thine. 

le  sien, 

la  sienna, 

les  sions, 

les  siennes, 

his,  hers,  or  its- 

le  notre, 

la  notre, 

les  notres, 

les  notres, 

ours. 

le  votre, 

la  votre, 

les  votres, 

les  votres, 

yours. 

le  leur, 

la  leur, 

les  leurs, 

les  leurs, 

theirs. 

The  Article  le,  la,  les,  when  preceded  by  de  or  a,  becomeL 
du,  de  la,  des,  and  au,  d  la,  aux,  according  to  the  rules  on 
the  Article ;  as : 

du  mien,     de  la  mienne,     des  miens,      des  miennes,    of  mine. 
au  mien,     a  la  mienne,       aux  miens,     aux  miennes,  to  mine. 

1.  Note. — The  Possessive  Adjectives.,  men,  ton,  son, 
notre,  votre,  leur,  my,  thy,  his,  our,  your,  their  (page  38), 
must  not  be  confounded  with  the  Possessive  Pronouns. 
The  Possessive  Adjectives  always  agree  with  a  Substan- 
tive expressed,  and  are  used  without  the  Article.  The 
Po:ssessive  Pronouns  always  agree  with  a  Substantive 
understood,  and  are  used  with  the  Article,  as: 

my  father  and  yours. 
7  ly  mother  and  yours.  ■ 
your  brothers  and  hers. 


mon  pere  et  le  votre, 
ma  mere  et  la  votre, 
vos  freres  et  les  siens, 
vos  scEurs  et  les  sienneF, 
j'ai  ma  plume  et  ma  soeur 

a  la  sienne, 
mes  freres  ont  les  leurs, 


your  sisters  and  hers. 

I  have  my  pen,  and  my  sister 

has  hers, 
ny  brothers  have  theirs. 


80  indefinitb;  pronouns. 

exbecise  xxxi. 

1,  Quels  crayons  avez-vous  ?  J'ai  le  mien,  et  Charles  a  le  sien. 
2.  Avez-vous  vu  men  parapluie  ?  Je  n'ai  pas  vu  le  votre ;  mais 
j'ai  vu  celui  de  Fr6d6ric.  3.  Je  crois  que  ma  sceur  est  du  mfime 
Sge  que  la  v6tre.    Quel  Sge  a  la  votre  ?    La  mieune  a  quinze  ans. 

4.  Vos  roses  sont  belles,  mais  les  nStrcs  sont  encore  plus  belles. 

5.  O^  sont  vos  cahiers  ?  Voici  le  mien  et  le  sien ;  Charles,  oh  est 
le  votre.  6.  Trouvez-vous  mon  jardin  plus  grand  que  le  votre  ? 
Au  contraire,  je  le  trouve  plus  petit  que  le  mien.  7.  Est-il  aussi 
plus  petit  que  celui  de  votre  tante  ?  Non,  le  sien  est  moins  grand. 
8.  Ta  soeur  est-elle  plus  SgSe  que  la  mienne  ?  Non,  elle  est  plus 
jeune  que  la  tienne  (la  votre).  Quel  Sge  a-t-elle  done  ?  Elle  a 
onze  ans  et  demi. 

1.  What  pens  h&ve  you  ?  I  have  mine,  and  Charles  has  his.  2. 
Have  you  seen  my  horses  ?  I  have  not  seen  yours,  but  I  have  seen 
tliose  of  the  general.  3.  I  believe  that  my  brother  is  of  the  same 
a<?e  as  yours.  How  old  is  yours  ?  {say,  What  age  has  yours  ?) 
Mine  is  eleven  years  old  (my.  Mine  has  eleven  years).  4.  My  house 
is  beautiful,  but  yours  is  still  more  beautiful.  5.  Where  are  your 
umbrellas?  Here  are  (voici)  mine  (pi.)  and  hers  (pi.).  Where  are 
yours?  (pi.)  6.  Do  you  find  our  house  smaller  than  yours?  On 
the  contrary,  I  find  it  larger  than  ours.  7.  Is  it  (i.  e.  the  house) 
also  larger  than  that  of  your  uncle  ?  No,  his  is  smaller.  8.  Is 
your  brother  older  than  mine  ?  No,  he  is  younger  than  yours.  • 
How  old  is  he,  then  ?  (say,What  age  has  he,  then  ?)  He  is  thirteen 
years  and  a  half  (say,  He  has  thirteen  years  and  a  half). 


6.  Indefinite  Pronouns  {Prononis  indejinis). 

The  words  marked  with  a  dagger  (f)  are  also  used  as 
Indefinite  Adjectives  (see  p.  47),  as  well  as  Pronouns. 

on,  or  I'on,  one,  people,  they. 

tout  le  monde,  every  body. 

chacun,  ye/«.  chacune,  each,  every  one. 

t  aucun,  /.  aucune,  none  (with  ne). 

quelqu'un,  quelqu'une,  )  ,    ,  ,  ^.    > 

},l.  quelque^uns, /.  quelques-unes,    \  "^^^ody,  some  (some  other). 

quiconque,  tohoever. 

personne  (with  ne),  nobody,  no  one. 

I'un  ( /'.  I'une).  1' autre,  )  .i 

pi.  lesuns  (/.  les  unes),  les  autres,   \  ""^  <^^other. 

I'un  et  I'antre,  f.  I'une  et  I'autre,  )   i  w   ,,  . ,.     ,. 

pi.  les  uns  (/.  les  unes)  et  les  autres,   [  *°'^'  '^«  "»«  «'«'  ^^^  "***' 

Fun  (I'une)  ou  I'autre,  )     .  , 

pi.  les  uns  (  f.  les  unes)  ou  les  autres,  j"  "    ^' 

ni  I'un  (/.  i'une)  ni  I'autre,  }       .  j, 

ni  les  uns  (/.  les  unes)  ni  les  autres,  j"  "*"'**'■• 

autrui,  other  people. 

on  autre,  f.  une  autre,  another. 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS.  81 

d'aatres,  others. 

t  tel,  telle,  such  a  one. 

t  plusieurs,  the  majority,  most,  the  greater  part,  several. 

la  plupart  (with  Gen.  following  :   la  plupart   des  hommes,  cm 

majority  of  men). 
t  tout,  m. ;  f.  toute ;  }>l.  m.  tous ;  /.  toutes,  every,  all. 
quelqae  chose,  something. 
rien,  with  ne,  nothing. 
le,  la,  mCme,  the  same. 


Examples. 

on  dit  qu'il  est  malade,  one  says  (people  say)  that  he  is  ill. 
quelqu'un  ni'a  dit,  some  one  has  told  ?ne. 

j'ai  plusieurs  jjlumes,  /  have  several  pen.f  (indefinite  adjective), 
j'en  ai  plusieurs,  /  have  several  of  them  (indefinite  pronoun), 
les  uns  dansent,  las  autres  jouent,  some  dance,  others  play. 
peraonne  n'est  arrive,  no  one  has  arrived. 

When  personne  and  rien  stand  alone,  they  are  used 
without  ne,  but  retain  their  negative  meaning,  as : 

qui  avez-vous  rencontre  ?  Personne.     whom  have  you  met  f  No  one. 
4u'avez-vous  vu?  Bien.  what  have  you  seen  f  Nothing. 

Exercise  XXXII. 

1.  On  est  beureux,  quand  {when)  on  est  content.  2.  On  me  I'a 
dit.  3.  Tout  le  monde  le  croit.  4.  Chacun  a  eu  ses  piaisirs.  5. 
Quelqu'un  m'a  prgtS  de  I'argent.  6.  Quelques-unes  sont  trop  pe- 
tites.  7.  Je  n'ai  vu  personne.  8.  L'un  travaille,  Fautrejoue.  9. 
Les  unes  chantent,  les  autres  dansent.  10.  Ces  deux  jeunes  gens 
s'aiment  l'un  I'autre.  11.  La  plupart  des  fleurs  sont  belles.  12. 
Connaissez-vous  ces  messieurs  ?  J'en  connais  la  plupart ;  quelques- 
uns  sont  mes  amis.  13.  Voulez-vous  quelque  chose  ?  Qui,  donnez- 
moi  quelque  chose.  14.  Je  n'ai  rien  re9u.  15.  On  n'a  rien  trouv6. 
16.  Avez-vous  beaucoup  de  crayons  ?     J'en  ai  plusieurs. 

1.  People  {on)  are  content  when  they  {on)  are  happy.  2.  Every 
body  says  it.  3.  Some  one  has  told  it  me.  4.  One  believes  it.  5. 
Have  you  seen  any  one  ?  I  have  seen  no  one.  6.  Whom  have  you 
seen  ?  No  one.  7.  Who  has  said  that  ?  Every  body  says  it. 
8.  The  one  (fern.)  sings,  the  other  {fern.)  dances.  9.  Some  work, 
the  others  play.  10.  The  young  girls  love  one  another.  11.  The 
greater  part  of  the  houses  are  beautiful.  12.  Are  your  two  uncles 
rich  ?  The  one  is  rich,  the  other  is  poor.  13.  Do  you  know  these 
boys  ?  I  know  most  of  them ;  some  are  my  friends.  14.  Have 
you  any  thing  ?  I  have  nothing.  Have  you  found  any  thing  ?  I 
have  found  nothing.  15.  Give  me  something  Vjetter  {say  of  bet- 
ter).    16.  Have  you  several  pens?     I  have  several  (of  them). 


82 


PASSIVE    VERBS. 


XXI. — Passive  Verbs  (Verbes  passifs). 

The  Passive  of  all  Transitive  Verba  is  formed  by  add- 
ing the  Past  Participle  to  the  Moods  and  Tenses  of  etre, 
to  be. 

fliRE  AIME,  to  be  loved. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatif). 

Present  (Preset). 

]e  Bois  aim6,  e,  I  am  loved.  nous  somme8aim68,e8,we  are  loved. 

tu  es  aime,  e,  thou  art  loved.  vous  etes  aim68,  e8,     you  are  loved. 

il  est  aime,  he  is  loved.  ils  sent  aimes,  or     \   ,           /      j 

elle  est  aim^e,  she  is  loved.  elles  sont  aim^es,  >    '^^  *""*  ""'** 


j'etais  aime, 
tu  etais  aim6, 
11  6tait  aim6, 


Imperfect  (Imparfait). 


I  was  loved, 
thou  wast  loved, 
he  was  loved. 


nous  6tions  aimds,  we  were  loved. 
vous  etiez  aimes,  you  were  loved. 
ils  etaient  aimes,     they  were  loved. 


Past  Definite  (Pass€  d^Jini). 

je  fns  aim6,  I  was  loved.  nous  fumes  aim^s,  we  were  loved. 

tu  fus  aim6,  thou  wast  loved,    vous  futes  aimes,  ymt  were  loved. 

11  fnt  aim6,  he  was  loved.         ils  furent  aimes,  they  were  loved. 


FCTDRK  (Futur). 


je  serai  aim6, 
tu  seras  ^lime, 
il  sera  aim6, 


/  shall  he 

loved, 
thou  wilt  be 

loved 
he   wilt  be 

loved. 


nous  serons  aimSs,  we  shall  be 
loved. 

vous  serez  aimis,  you  will  be 
loved. 

ils  seront  aimds,  they  will  be 
loved. 


Past  Indefinite  {Passi  ind^Jini). 

I  have  been  loved, 
thou  hast  been  loved, 
he  has  been  loved, 
we  have  been  loved, 
you  have  been  loved, 
they  have  been  loved. 


j'ai  6t6  aim^, 
tu  as  6t6  aime, 
11  a  6t6  aimS; 
nous  avons  4te  aimes, 
vous  avez  ete  aimes. 
Us  ont  6te  aim6s, 


Pluperfect  (Plus-que-paryaif). 


j' avals  6te  aime, 
tu  avals  et6  aim6, 
11  avait  ete  aim6, 
nous  avions  ete  aimds, 
vous  aviez  ete  aimes, 
lis  avaient  dte  aimes. 


/  had  been  loved, 
thou  hadst  been  lot)«d, 
he  had  been  loved, 
we  had  been  loved, 
you  had  been  loved, 
they  had  ^een  loved. 


PASSIVE    VERBS.  83 

Past  Anterior  (Passe  ant^rieur). 

j'eus  et6  aim6,  /  had  been  loved. 

tu  eus  ete  aim6,  thoy,  hadst  been  loved. 

il  eut  ete  aime,  he  had  been  loved. 

nous  euiaes  ete  aimes,  we  had  been  loved, 

vous  eutes  ete  aimes,  you  had  been  loved. 

ils  eurent  ete  aimes,  they  had  been  loved. 

Future  Anterior  (Futur  ant^rieur). 

j'aurai  ete  aime,  I  shall  have  been  loved. 

tu  auras  ete  aime,  thou  wilt  have  been  loved. 

il  aura  ete  aime,  he  will  have  been  loved. 

nous  aurons  ete  aimes,  we  shall  have  been  loved, 

vous  aurez  ete  aimes,  you  will  have  been  loved, 

ils  aoront  ete  aimes,  they  will  have  been  loved, 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD  {Imperatif). 

Bois  aime  or  aimee,  be  thou  loved. 

soyons  aimes  or  aimees,  let  us  be  loved. 

soyez  aimes  or  aimees,  be  ye  loved. 

CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Cmiditionnel). 

Present  (Present). 

je  serais  aime,  /  should  be  loved. 

tu  serais  aime,  thou  ivouldst  be  loved. 

il  serait  aime,  he  would  be  loved. 

nous  serions  aimSs,  we  should  be  loved. 

vous  seriez  aimes,  you  would  be  loved. 

ils  seraient  aimes,  they  would  be  loved. 

Past  {Pass€). 

j'anrais  or  ensse  6te  aime,  I  should  have  been  loved. 

tu  aurais  or  eusses  ete  aime,     thou  ivouldst  have  been  loved 

il  aurait  or  eut  ete  aime,  he  would  have  been  loved. 

nous  aurions  or  eussions  ete  )  .     ..  ,        .        ,      ■• 

„z^L„  -  we  should  have  been  loved. 

aimes,  ) 

vous  auriez  or  eussiez  ete  >  7.  ,         i        i      j 

•     '  ^  you  would  have  been  loved. 

ils  auraient  or  eussent  6t6  )  ^,  ,,  ,        ,        ,      . 

^^i  y  they  would  have  been  lovttd 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Subjonctif). 

Present  (Present). 

que  je  sois  aime,  that  I  may  be  loved. 

que  tu  sois  aime,  that  thou  mayst  be  loi}$4, 

qu'il  soit  aime,  that  he  may  he  loved. 

que  nous  soyons  aimes,  that  we  may  be  loved. 

que  vous  soyez  aimes,  that  you  may  be  loved. 

qu'ils  soient  aimes,  that  they  may  be  loved. 


84  PASSIVE    VEEBS. 

Imperfect  (Impar/ait). 

qae  je  fusse  aim6,  that  I m'njht  he  loved. 

que  tu  fusses  aime,  .       that  thou  mightst  be  loved. 
qu'il  fnt  aime,  that  he  mig/ii  lie  loved. 

que  nous  fussions  aimes,  that  we  might  he  loved. 

que  vous  fussiez  aimes,  that  you  might  he  loved. 

qu'ils  fussent  aim68,  that  they  might  be  loved. 

Past  {Passt , 

que  j'aie  6te  aim6,  that  I  may  have  been  loved. 

que  tu  aies  ete  aime,  that  thou  mayst  have  been  lovea. 

qu'il  ait  ete  aime,  that  he  may  have  been  loved. 

que  nous  ayons  ete  aimes,  that  we  may  have  been  loved. 

que  vous  ayez  et6  aimes,  that  you  may  have  been  loved, 

qu'ils  aient  ete  aimes,  that  they  may  have  been  loved. 

Pluperfect  (Ptus-que-parfait). 

que  j'eusse  6t6  aime,  that  I  might  have  been  loved. 

que  tu  eusses  6te  aime,  that  thou  mightst  have  been  lovea. 

qu'il  eut  ete  aime,  that  he  might  have  been  loved. 

que  nous  eussions  ete  aimds,  that  we  might  have  been  loved. 

que  vous  eussiez  et6  aimes,  that  you  might  have  been  loved. 

qu'ils  eussent  ete  aimes,  that  they  might  have  been  loved. 

ESTFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infimtif). 
Present.  Past. 

Stre  aime,  e,      to  be  loved.  |  avoir  6t6  aim6,  e,  to  have  been  loved 

PARTICIPLES  (Partidpes). 
Present.  Past. 

6tant  aim6,  e,     being  loved.  |  ayant  £t4  aim6,  e,  having  been  loved 

Remarks. 

1.  The  Participle  agrees  in  number  and  gender  with 
the  Nominative  Case  or  subject  of  the  Verb;  but  if  the 
second  person  plural  refer  to  a  single  person,  the  Parti- 
ciple is  in  the  singular;  as: 

avez-vous  ete  invit6.  Monsieur?     have  you  been  invited,  Sirf 
avez-vous  ete'  invit63,  Madame  ?     have  you  been  invited,  Madam  f 

2.  The  Preposition  hij,  after  Passive  Verbs,  is  expressed 
by  de  and  par:  de,  when  the  Verb  expresses  a  feeling, 
a  sentiment,  ete. ;  par,  when  the  Verb  expresses  an  ac- 
tion; as: 


NEUTEE   VERBS. 


85 


il  est  aiio^  de  tout  le  monde,  he  is  loved  by  every  body. 

la  ville  u^  i.rcifa  fut  prise  par  les  ^  the  city  of  Troy  was  taken  by  the 
Pivecs,.  j       Greeks. 

Exercise  XXXIII. 

1.  Tu  es  lou6  de  ton  maitre.  2.  Charles  6st  lou6  de  son  pfere. 
3.  Marie  est  aimfie  de  tout  le  monde ;  elle  est  tr&s-bonne.  4.  Le 
soldat  fut  bless6  par  un  officier.  5.  Ces  6coliers  ont  gt6  blames 
parce  qu'ils  6taient  paresseux.  6.  Cette  maison  fut  l)atie  TanuSe 
dernifere.  7.  Un  nouveau  palais  sera  bati.  8.  Trois  cents  soldats 
ont  6tg  blesses.  9.  Vous  serez  louSs  de  vos  maitres,  si  vous  gtes 
sages  et  appliquC's.  10.  Avez-vous  6t6  invito  au  bal  du  comte  ? 
Non,  je  n'ai  pas  6t6  invitS.  11.  Ma  soeur  aurait  6tg  invitee,  si  elle 
6tait  ici.  12.  Par  qui  la  ville  de  Troie  fut-elle  prise?  Par  les 
Grecs. 

1. 1  am  praised  by  my  master.  2.  My  brother  is  praised  by  his 
master.  3.  My  sister  is  praised  by  her  master.  4.  My  brothers  are 
praised  by  their  masters.  5.  My  sisters  are  praised  by  their  mas- 
ters. 6.  If  you  were  diligent,  you  would  be  loved  and  praised  by 
your  masters.  7.  If  the  girls  were  diligent,  they  would  be  loved 
and  praised  by  their  masters.  8.  By  whom  were  the  towns  taken  ? 
By  the  Greeks.  9.  By  whom  was  the  man  wounded  ?  By  your 
brother.  10.  The  scholar  was  blamed  because  he  was  idle.  11. 
Two  new  palaces  will  be  built.  12.  Have  your  sisters  been  in- 
vited to  the  ball  ?    No,  they  have  not  been  invited. 


XXII. — Neuter  Verbs  {Verhes  neutres). 

Neuter  Verbs  are  conjugated  like  Transitive  Verbs. 
The  compound  tenses  are  generally  formed  with  the  aux- 
iliary Verb  avoir.  Some  are  conjugated  with  the  auxil- 
iary Verb  etre,  to  he;  of  thef^e  the  most  important  are : 


aller, 

to  go. 

naitre, 

to  be  bom. 

arriver, 

to  arrive. 

partir, 

to  set  out. 

deceder, 

to  die. 

parvenir, 

to  attain. 

descendre, 

to  go  down. 

rester, 

to  remain. 

devenir, 

to  become. 

revenir, 

to  come  again 

entrer, 

to  enter. 

sortir, 

to  go  out. 

monter, 

to  ascend. 

tomber, 

to/all. 

mourir, 

to  die. 

venir, 

to  come. 

je  snis  arrive, 
tu  68  arrive, 
il  est  arrive, 


Example. 
Past  Indefinite  (Pass€  indijini).  [rived. 

I  have  arrived.  I  nous  sommes  arrives,  we  have  or- 
thou  hast  arrived.  vous  etes  arrives,  you  have  arrived, 
he  has  arrived,  ils  sent  arrives,     they  have  arrived. 


86  REFLECTIVE    VERBS. 

Pluperfect  (Plua-que-parfaif). 
j'Stais  arriv^,  /  had  arrived. 

Note. — ^Demeurer,  to  reside^  takes  avoir ;  when  it  means 
to  remaiii  it  takes  etre. 

11  a  demeure  a  Paris,  he  has  resided  at  Paris. 

11  est  demeure  en  France,     he  has  remained  in  France. 

Exercise  XXXIV. 

1.  Le  prince  arrive.  2.  Ma  mfere  arriva  hier  §,  huit  heures.  3, 
Qui  est  arriv6  ?  Monsieur  le  professeur  est  arriv6.  4.  Je  serais 
arriv6  plus  tot  (sooner)  si  j'avais  eu  le  temps.  5.  Quand  Stes-vous 
parti  ?  Je  suis  parti  a  cinq  heures.  6.  J'6tais  a  la  maison,  et  j'y 
suis  rests  toute  I'aprfes-midi.  7.  Mon  oncle  a  beaucoup  voyagfi ;  il 
a  voyag6  en  Allemagne,  en  France,  et  en  Italic.  8.  -Faurais  aussi 
voyag6,  si  j'avais  eu  assez  d'argent.  9.  Avez-vous  vu  qui  est 
mont6  ?  Non,  je  ne  I'ai  pas  vu.  10.  Avez-vous  Men  dormi  ? 
Non,  je  n'ai  pas  bien  dormi.  11,  Deux  des  voyageurs  sont  restSs 
en  chemin ;  ils  ne  sont  pas  encore  arriv6s.  13.  Ou  avez-vous 
demeurS  I'annge  dernifere  ?    J'ai  demeur6  S  Londres. 

1,  The  general  arrives.  2.  My  father  and  my  mother  arrived 
yesterday  at  half-past  nine.  3.  Who  has  arrived  ?  My  brothers 
have  arrived.  4.  We  should  have  arrived  sooner  if  we  had  had 
the  time.  5.  When  did  she  set  out  ?  She  set  out  yesterday  at  a 
quarter  to  four.  6.  We  were  at  home,  and  we  remained  there  all 
the  afternoon.  7.  My  brothers  have  traveled  much ;  they  have 
traveled  in  England,  in  Germany,  and  in  Italy.  8.  We  should 
also  have  traveled,  if  we  had  had  enough  money.  9.  Has  he  seen 
the  man  who  has  gone  up  ?  No,  he  has  not  seen  him.  10.  Has 
she  slept  well?  No,  she  has  not  slept  well.  11.  My  mother  has 
remained  on  the  journey  (en  chemin) ;  she  has  not  yet  arrived.  12. 
Where  did  he  reside  last  year  ?     He  has  resided  at  Paris, 


XXIII. — Reflective  Verbs  {Verbes  rejlechis). 

Reflective  Verbs  are  more  frequent  in  French  than  in 
English.  Besides  the  subject,  they  have  always  the  ac- 
cusative cases  of  the  Personal  Pronouns,  me,  te,  se,  nous, 
V0U8,  se,  which  stand  before  the  Verbs ;  as : 

ffhabiller,  to  dress  one's  self.  je  m'habille,  I  dress  myself. 

Doas  noni  habillons,  we  dress  ourselvee. 


BEFLECTIVB    VEKBS. 

The  compound  tenses  are  always  formed  with  they 
Df  §tre,  and  not  of  avoir;  as: 

je  me  suis  habille,  e,     /  have  dressed  mywlf. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  {Indicatif). 

Present  {Present). 

je  m' habille,  /  dress  myself. 

tu  t'habilles,  thou  dressesi  thyself. 

il  s'habille,  he  dresses  himself. 

nous  nous  babillons,  we  dress  ourselves. 

vous  vous  babillez,  you  dress  yourself  or  yourselves 

lis  s'habillent,  they  dress  themselves. 

Impebfect  (^Imparfait). 

je  m'babillais,  /  was  dressing  myself. 

tu  t'habillais,  thou  wast  dressing  thyself. 

il  s'habillait,  he  was  dressing  himself. 

nous  nous  habillions,  we  were  dressing  ourselves. 

vous  vous  babilliez.  you  were  dressing  yourselves. 

ils  s'habillaient,  they  were  dressing  themselves. 

Past  Definite  (Pass^  d^fini). 

je  m'habillai,  /  dressed  myself. 

tu  t'habillas,  thou  dreissedst  thyself. 

il  s'habilla,  he  dressed  himself. 

nous  nous  habillAmes,  we  dressed  ourselves. 

vous  vous  habillates,  you  dressed  yourselves. 

ils  s'habillerent,  they  dressed  themselves. 

Future  (Futur). 

je  m'habillerai,  I  shall  dress  myself. 

tu  t'habilleras,  thou  wilt  dress  thyself. 

il  s'habillera,  he  will  dress  himself. 

nous  nous  habillerons,  we  shall  dress  ourselves. 

vous  vous  habillerez,  you  will  dress  yourselves. 

Us  s'habilleront,  they  will  dress  themselves. 


Past  Indefinite  (Passi  inddfini). 

je  me  suis  habille,  e,  I  have  dressed  myself. 

tu  t'es  habille,  e,  thou  hast  dressed  thyself. 

il  s'est  habille,  e,  he  has  dressed  Imnself. 

nous  nous  sommes  habill^s,  es,  we  have  dres.'<ed  ourselves. 

vous  vous  etes  habilles,  es,  you  have  dressed  yourseVoes 

ils  se  sont  habilles,  es,  they  have  dressed  themselves. 


88  REFLECTIVE    VERBS. 

Ploperfbct  (Plus-qtie-par/ait). 

je  m'6taiB  habill6,  e,  /  had  dressed  myself. 

tu  t'etais  habill6,  thou  hadst  dressed  tht/seij, 

il  s'etait  habille,  he  had  dressed  himself. 

nous  nous  etions  habilles,  es,       we  had  dressed  ourselves. 
V0U8  vous  etiez  habilles,  you  had  dressed  yourselves. 

lis  s'^taient  habilles,  they  had  dressed  themselves. 

Past  Antebior  {Pass€  aut^rieur). 

je  me  fns  habille,  e,  /  had  dressed  myself. 

tu  te  fus  habill6,  thou  hadst  dressed  thyself. 

il  se  fut  habille,  he  had  dressed  himself. 

nous  nous  fumes  habilles,  es,  we  had  dressed  ourselves. 

vous  vous  futes  habilles,  you  had  dressed  yourselves. 

ii  se  furent  habill6s,  they  had  dressed  themselves. 

Future  Anterior  {Futur  ant^rieur). 

je  me  serai  habill6,  e,  I  shall  have  dressed  myself. 
tu  te  seras  habill6,  thou  wilt  have  dressed  thyself. 

il  se  sera  habille,  he  will  have  dressed  himself. 

nous  nous  serons  habilles,  es,  we  shall  have  dressed  ourselves. 

vous  vous  serez  habilles,  you  will  have  dressed  yourselves, 

lis  se  aeront  habilles,  they  will  have  dressed  themselvet>, 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatif). 

habille-toi,  dre.is  thyself. 

habillons-nons,  let  us  dress  ourselves. 

habillez-vous,  dress  yourself  or  yourselves. 

CONDITIONAL  MOOD  {Cmditimnd). 
Present  (Present). 

je  m'habillerais,  I  should  dress  myself. 

tu  t'habillerais,  thou  wouldst  dress  thyself. 

il  s'habillerait,  he  would  dress  himself. 

nous  nous  habillerions,  we  should  dress  ourselves. 

vous  vous  habilleriez,  you  would  dress  yourselves. 

ils  s'habilleraient,  they  would  dress  themselves. 

Past  (Pass^). 

je  vae  serais  or  fusse  habille,  e,  /  should  have  dressed  myself. 
tu  te  serais  or  fusses  habill6,       thou  wouldst  have  dressed  thyself 
il  se  serait  or  fut  habille,  he  would  have  dressed  himself. 

,    ..,,,  r  we  should  have  dressed  ourselves. 

habilles,  es,  ) 

vous  vous   seriez  or  fussiez  )  7j  i        j        j  / 

.    ,.,,,  >  you  would  have  dressed  yourselves. 

"^abLWs^"*''*   '"'   '''"*°*    \  they  would  have  dressed  themselves. 


REFLECTIVE   VERBS. 


se 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  {Subjmctif). 
Fbesbnt  (Present). 


qae  je  m'habille, 

que  tu  t'habilles, 

qu'il  s'habille, 

que  nous  nous  habillions, 

que  vous  vous  babilliez, 

qu'ils  s'habillent, 


that  1  may  dress  viyself. 
that  thou  mayst  dress  thyself, 
that  he  may  dress  himself, 
that  we  may  dress  ourselves, 
that  you  may  dress  yourselves, 
that  they  viay  dress  themselves. 


Imperfect  (Impar/ait). 


que  je  m'habillasse, 

que  tu  t'babillasses, 

qu'il  s'babillat, 

que  nous  nous  habillassions, 

que  vous  vous  habillassiez, 

qu'ils  s'habillassent, 


that  I  iinght  dress  myself, 
that  thou  mightst  dress  thyself, 
that  he  might  dress  himself, 
that  we  might  dress  ourselves, 
that  you  might  dress  yourselves, 
that  they  might  dress  themselves. 


Past  {Pass€). 

que  je  me  sois  habille,  e,  that  I  jnay  have  dressed  myself. 

que  tu  te  sois  habille,  that  thou  mayst  have  dressed  thyself, 

qu'il  se  soit  habille,  that  he  may  have  dressed  himself. 

que  nous  nous  soyons  habilles,  es,  that  we  may  have  dressed  ourselves. 
que  vous  vous  soyez  habilles,  that  you  may  have  dressed  yourselves. 

qn'ila  se  sclent  habilles,  that  they  may  have  dressed  themselves 

Pluperfect  (Plus-que-parfatt). 

que  je  me  fusse  habille,  e,  that  I  might  have  dressed  myself. 

que  tu  te  fusses  habille,  that  thou  mightst  have  dressed  thyself. 

qu'il  se  fut  habille,  that  he  mig/it  have  dressed  himself. 

que  nous  nous  fussions  habilles,  es,  that  ice  viight  have  dressed  ourselves. 
que  vous  vous  fussiez  habilles,       that  you  might  have  dressed  yourselves. 
qn'ils  86  fussent  habilles,  that  they  might  have  dressed  themselves. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {InfinUif). 
Present.  Past. 

s'etre  habill6,  e,     to  have  drestei 


s'habiller,       t«  dress  one's  self. 


one's  self. 


PARTICIPLES  (Participes). 
Present.  •  Past. 


s'habillant,     dressing  one's  self. 


E 


habill6,  e,  dressed. 

s'etaut  habiU6,  e,     having  dressed 
one's  self 


90 


BKFLBCTIVE    VERBS. 


Reflective  Verbs  Conjugated  Negattvelt,  Intekrog« 
atively,  and  interrogatively  with  a  negative. 


INDICATIVE  MOOD  {Indicatif). 


Negatively. 
/  do  not  rejoice,  etc. 
je  ne  me  r6joais  pas. 


Present  Tekse  (Present). 
Interrogatively. 
Jo  I  perceive  f  etc. 
m'apergois-je  ? 


tu  ne  te  r6jouis  pas. 

il  ne  se  rejouit  pas. 

noas  ne  nous  rej  cais- 
sons pas. 

voas  ne  vous  r6joais- 
sez  pas. 

ils  ne  se  rejonissent  pas. 


t'apergois-tu? 
s'apergoit-il  ? 
nous  apercevons-nous? 

vous  apercevez-vous  ? 

s'aper^oivent-ils  ? 


Imperfect  {ImparfaiC). 
1  was  not  rejoicing,  etc.     was  I  perceiving  f  etc. 


je  ne  me  r^jouissais  pas. 
tu  ne  te  rejouissais  pas. 
11  ne  se  rejouissais  pas. 
nous   ne   nous   rejouis- 

sions  pas. 
vous   ne   vous   rijouis- 

siez  pas. 
ils  ne  se  r^jouissaient 

pas. 


m'apercevais-je? 
t'apercevais-tu? 
s'apercevait-il  ? 
nous  apercevions-nous? 

vous  aperceviez-vons  ? 

s'apercevaient-ils  ? 


Interrog.  with  a  Neg. 
do  I  not  lose  myself? 
est-ce  que  je  ne   mc 

perds  pas! 
ne  te  perds-tu  pas  ? 
ne  se  perd-il  pas  ? 
ne  nous  perdons-nouf 

pas? 
ne    vous    perdez-vou 

pas? 
ne  se  perdent-ils  paal 


was  I  not  losing  my> 

sel/T 
ne  me  perdais-je  pas ! 
ne  te  perdais-tu  pas  ? 
ne  se  perdait-il  pas  ? 
ne  nous  perdions-nous 

pas? 
ne    vous    perdiez-voui 

pas? 
ne  se  perdaient-ils  pasi 


Past  Definite  (Paw^  d^Jini). 


I  did  not  rejoice,  etc. 

je  ne  me  r6jouis  pas. 
tu  ne  te  rejouis  pas. 
il  ne  se  rejouit  pas. 
nous  ne  nous  rejouimes 

pas. 
/ous  ne  vous  r6jouites 

pas. 
ils  ne  se  r6jouirent  pas. 


did  I  perceive  f  etc. 

m'aper^us-je? 

t'apergus-tu? 

s'aper?ut-il? 

nous  aper9ume8-noas  ? 

vous  aper^utes-vons  T 

s'apergurent-ils? 


did  I  not  lose  myself  i 

etc. 
ne  me  perdis-je  pa8> 
ne  te  perdis-tu  pas  ? 
ne  se  perdit-il  pas  ? 
ne  nous  perdimes-noni 

pas? 
ne  vous  perdltes-voni 

pas? 
ne  se  perdirent-ils  paa! 


I  shall  not  rejoice,  etc. 

je  ne  me  r^jonirai  pas. 
tu  ne  te  r6joaira8  paa. 


FtTTURK  (Ftttur). 
shall  I  perceive  t  etc. 

m'apercevrai-je  ? 
t'apercevras-tu  ? 


shall  I  not  lose  my  self  t 

etc. 
ne  me  pardrai-je  pai  ? 
ne  te  perdras-tn  pat ! 


BEFLECnVE    VERBa 


91 


Negatively, 
il  ae  36  rejouira  pas. 
nous  ne  nous  rejouirons 

pas. 
vous  ne  vous  rejouirez 

pas. 
ils  ne  se  r6jouiront  pas. 


Interrogatiyely, 
s'apercevra-t-il  ? 
nous  apercevrons- 

nous? 
vous  apercevrez-vous  ? 

s'apercevront-ils  ? 


Interrog.  with  a  Neg. 
ne  se  perdra-t-il  pas  ? 
ne  nous  perdrons-nous 

pas? 
ne    vous    perdrez>voai 

pas? 
ne  se  perdront-ils  pas! 


Past  Indefinite  {Pass€  ind^fint). 


1  have  not  rejoiced,  Qtc.    have  I  perceived  f  etc. 


je  ne  me  snis  pas  re- 
joui,  e. 

tu  ne  t'es  pas  rejoui,  e. 

il  ne  s'est  pas  rejoui,  e. 

nous  ne  nous  sommes 
pas  rejouis,  es. 

vous  ne  vous  etes  pas 
rejouis,  es. 

ils  ne  se  sent  pas  re- 
jouis, es. 


me  suis-je  aper9U,  e  ? 

t'es-tu  aper$u,  e  ? 
s'est-il  aper^u,  e? 
nous  sommes-nous 

aper§us,  es  ? 
vous    etes-vous    aper- 

9US,  es  ? 
se  sont-ils  apeiQUs,  es  i 


have  I  not  lost  myself? 
etc. 

ne  me  suis-je  pas  per* 
du,  e  ? 

ne  t'es-tu  pas  perdu,  e? 

ne  s'est-il  pas  perdu,  e? 

ne  nous  sommes-nous 
pas  perdus,  es  ? 

ne  vous  etes-vous  pas 
perdus,  es  ? 

ne  se  sont-ils  pas  per- 
dus, es? 


Pluperfect  {Plus-que-parfait). 


I  I'lad  not  rejoiced,  etc. 

je  ne  m'etais  pas  rejoui. 

tu  ne  t'etais  pas  rejoui. 

il  ne  s'etait  pas  rejoui. 

nous  ne  nous  etions  pas 
rejouis. 

vous  ne  vous  etiez  pas 
rejouis. 

ils  ne  s'etaient  pas  re- 
jouis. 


had  I  perceived  ?  etc. 

m'etais-je  apergu? 
t'etaiE-tn  apergu? 
s'etait-il  aper?u? 
nous  etions-nons  aper- 

9US? 

vous  etiez-vous  aper- 

9US? 
s'etaient-ils  aper^us? 


had  I  not  lost  myself  f 

etc. 
ne  m'6tais-je  pas  perdu? 
ne  t'etais-tu  pas  perdu? 
ne  s'etait-il  pas  perdu  ? 
ne  nous  etions-nous  pas 

perdus  ? 
ne  vous  6tiez-vou8  pas 

perdus  ? 
ne  s'etaient-ils  pas  per* 

dus? 


Past  Anterior  {Pass€  ant€rieur). 


I  had  not  rejoiced,  etc. 
je  ne  me  fus  pas  rejoui. 
tu  ne  te  fus  pas  rejoui. 
il  ne  se  fut  pas  rejoui. 
nous  ne  nous  fumes  pas 

rejouis. 
vous  ne  vous  fates  pas 

rejouis. 
ils  ne  se  furent  pas  r& 

jouis. 


had  I  perceived?  etc. 
me  fus-je  aper^u  ? 
te  fus-tu  aper^u  ? 
se  fut-il  aperfu  ? 
nous  fumes-nous  aper- 

9US? 

vous  futes-vouB   aper- 

?U8? 

se  forent-ils  apergns? 


had  I  not  lost  myself? 
ne  me  fus-je  pas  perdu  ? 
ne  te  fus-tu  pas  perdu  ? 
ne  se  fut-il  pas  perdu  ? 
ne  nous  fumes-nous  pas 

perdus  ? 
ne  vous  futes-vous  pas 

perdus  ? 
ne  se  furent-ils  pas  por^ 

das? 


EEFLECTIVE    VERBS. 


Negatively. 

/  shall  not  have  re- 
joiced, etc. 

je  ue  me  serai  pas  r6- 
joui. 

tu  ne  te  seras  pas  r6- 
joui. 

il  ne  se  sera  pas  rejoui. 

noQS  ne  nous  serons  pas 

rejouis. 
voas  ne  vous  serez  pas 

rejouis. 
Us  ne  se  seront  pas  i^ 

joms. 


Fdtubb  Antekior  (Futur  anUrifur) 

Interrogatively. 
shall  I  have  perceived  f 

etc. 
me  serai-je  apergu  ? 


te  seras-tu  aper^u  ? 
se  sera-t-il  aper^u  ? 

nous  serons-nous  aper- 

9U8? 
vous  serez-vous  aper- 

9U8? 
se  seront-ils  aper^us? 


Interrog.  with  a  Neg. 
shall   I  not   hane    lost 

myself?  etc. 
ne  me  serai-je  pas  per< 

du? 
ne  te  seras-tu  pas  per< 

du? 
ne  se  sera-t-il  pas  per* 

du? 
ne  nous  serons-nous  pas 

perdus  ? 
ne  vous  serez-vous  pas 

perdus  ? 
ne  se  seront-ils  pas  per- 
dus? 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatify 
Negatively. 


do  not  rejoice,  etc. 
r>6  te  rejouis  pas. 


ne  nous  r6jouissons  pas. 
ne  vous  r^jouissez  pas. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Gonditimnel). 
Present  (Present). 


Negatively. 
/  should  mot  rejoice,  etc. 

je  ne  me  r^jouirais  pas. 
tu  ne  te  rejouirais  pas. 
il  ne  se  rejouirait  pas. 
nous  ne  nous  rejouirions 

pas. 
vous  ne  vous  r^jouiriez 

pas. 
ils  ne   se   r^jouiraient 

pas. 


Interrogatively. 
should  I  perceive?  etc. 

m'apercevrais-je  1 
t'apercevrais-tu  ? 
s'apercevrait-il? 
nous  apercevrions- 

nous? 
vous  apercevriez-vous? 

s'apercevraient-ils  ? 


Interrog.  witti  a  Neg. 

should  I  not   lose   my- 
self? etc. 

ne  me  perdrais-je  pas  ? 

ne  te  perdrais-tu  pas? 

ne  se  perdrait-il  pas? 

ne  nous  perdrions-nous 
pas? 

ne  vous  perdriez-voas 
pas? 

ne    se    perdraient-ils 
pas? 


I  should  not  have  re- 
joiced. 

je  ne  me  serais  pas  re- 
joui, 

or 

je  ne  me  fusse  pas  re- 
joui. 

tu  ne  te  serais  pas  r6- 
joni. 


Past  (Pass€). 

should    I    have    per- 
ceived? etc. 
me  serais-je  apsrgn  1 


me  fus86-je  aper^u  ? 
te  serais-tu  apergu  ? 


should  I  not  have  lost 

myself?  etc. 
ne  me  serais-je  pas  per* 

du? 

or 
ne  me  fu8s6-je  pas  per* 

du? 
ne  te  serais-tu  pas  per> 

du? 


REFLECTIVE   VERBS. 


98 


Negatively, 
il  ne  so  serait  pas  re- 

joui. 
nous  ne  nous  serions 

pas  rejouis. 
vous   ne   vous   seriez 

pas  rejouis. 
lis  ne  se  seraient  pas 

rejouis. 


Interrogatively, 
se  serait>il  aper^u  ? 

nous  serions-nous 

aper^us 1 
vous  seriez-vous  aper- 

9us? 
se   seraient-ils   aper- 

9US? 


Interrog.  with  a  Neg. 

ne  se  serait-il  pas  per- 
du? 

ne  nous  serions-nous 
pas  perdus  ? 

ne  vous  seriez-vous  pas 
perdus  ? 

ne  se  seraient-i's  pat 
perdus 1 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present  {Present), 
that  I  may  not  rejoice^  etc. 
que  je  ne  me  rejouisse  pas. 
que  tu  ne  te  rejouisses  pas. 
qu'il  ne  se  rejouisse  pas. 
que  nous  ne  nous  rejouissions  pas. 
que  vous  ne  vous  rejouissiez  pas. 
qu'ils  ne  se  rejouissent  pas. 

Imperfkct  (^Imparfaif). 
that  1  might  not  rejoice,  etc. 
que  je  ne  me  rejouisse  pas. 
que  tu  ne  te  rejouisses  pas. 
qu'il  ne  se  rejouit  pas. 
que  nous  ne  nous  rejouissions  pas. 
que  vous  ne  vous  rejouissiez  pas. 
qu'ils  ne  se  rejouissent  pas. 


MOOD  {Subjmctif). 

Past  (Pass^). 
that  I  may  not  have  rejoiced,  etc. 
que  je  ne  me  sois  pas  rejoui. 
que  tu  ne  te  sois  pas  rejoui. 
qu'il  ne  se  soit  pas  rejoui. 
que  nous  ne  nous  soyons  pas  rejouia 
que  vous  ne  vous  soyez  pas  rejouis. 
qu'ils  ne  se  soient  pas  rejouis. 

Pluperfect  (Plus-que-parfait). 

that  I  might  not  have  rejoiced,  etc. 
que  je  ne  me  fusse  pas  rejoui. 
que  tu  ne  te  fusses  pas  rejoui. 
qu'il  ne  se  fut  pas  rejoui. 
que  nous  ne  nous  fussions  pas  rejouis, 
que  vous  ne  vous  fussiez  pas  rejouis. 
qu'ils  ne  se  fussent  pas  rejouis. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinitif). 


Present. 
ne  pas  se  rejouir,        not  to  rejoice. 


Past. 

ne  pas  s'etre  rejoui,     not   to   have 
rejoiced. 


PARTICIPLES  (Partieipes). 


Present. 
ne  se  rejonissant  pas,  not  rejoicing. 


Past. 

ne  s'etant  pas  rejoui,  not  having 
rejoiced. 


Exercise  XXXV. 

Se  porter,  to  car^-y  one^s  self,  is  used  of  a  person's  state 
of  health  ;  as  : 

comment  vous  portez-vous  ?  hoiv  are  you  ?     how  do  you  dot 

se  porter  bien.  to  he  viell. 

je  me  porte  bien,  7  am  well. 

jeme  jiorte  tre.s-bien,  I  am  very  well. 


94  BBFLECnVB   YBBBS. 


1.  Comment  vons  portez-vous  ?  Je  me  porte  bien.  Mes  parenti 
aussi  se  portent  trfes-bien.  2.  Comment  se  porte  Mademoiselle 
Jui^e  ?  Je  vous  remercie,  elle  se  porte  assez  bien.  3.  J'ai  vu 
hier  votre  ami  Robert.  Vous  vous  trompez.  4.  Je  me  rfijcuis 
d'aller  au  bal  demain ;  vous  r6jouissez-vous  aussi  ?  5.  Vous  habil- 
lez-vous?     Oui,  je  m'habille.     6.  Alfred  se  couche  maintenant. 

7.  Hier  je  me  couchai  S  onze  heures.  8.  Comment  s'appelle  votre 
frfere  ?  II  s'appelle  Henri.  9.  Qui  est-ce  qui  s'habille  dans  cette 
chambre-la  ?     C'est  Mademoiselle  Louise  qui  s'habille. 

1.  How  are  you  ?  I  am  very  well.  My  father  also  is  very  well. 
2.  How  is  Mr.  William  ?  I  thank  you,  he  is  tolerably  well.  3. 
You  deceived  yourself  yesterday.  4.  We  rejoiced  at  going  {(Taller) 
to  the  ball  yesterday.  5.  Is  Miss  Sophy  dressing  ?  Yes,  she  is 
dressing.  6.  I  am  going  to  bed  now.  7.  Yesterday  I  went  to 
bed  at  half-past  ten.  8.  How  is  your  sister  named  (literally,  calls 
herself)  ?  She  is  named  Sophy.  9,  Who  is  dressing  in  that  room 
(there)  ? 

B. 

1.  Comment  vous  gtes-vous  port^e  hier,  Madame?  Je  vous 
remercie,  je  me  suis  bien  port6e.  2.  Louise  s'est  habill6e.  3.  Les 
enfants  se  sont  habill6s.  4.  Avez-vous  travaill6  ce  matin  ?  Non, 
nous  nous  sommes  amusfis  a  jouer  du  {say  on  the)  violon.  5.  Lfeve- 
toi,  Charles.   6.  Lcvez-vous,  mes  enfants.    7.  Charles  s'est  d€ja  lev6. 

8.  Fr6d6ric  ne  s'est  pas  encore  lev6.  9.  Habituez-vous  a  vous  lever 
de  bonne  heure  {early).  10.  Est-ce  que  vous  allez  vous  promener? 
Oui,  nous  nous  promenons  tons  les  jours  aprfes  (le)  diner. 

1.  How  were  you  yesterday,  sir?  I  thank  you,  I  was  not  well. 
2.  I  have  dressed  myself.  3.  Have  you  also  dressed  yourself?  4. 
Have  you  not  dressed  yourself?  5.  The  children  have  not  dressed 
themselves.  6.  The  children  have  not  worked  this  morning ;  they 
have  amused  themselves  in  playing  on  the  {cb  jouer  du)  violin.  7. 
I  got  up  (rose)  early.  8.  Your  sister  has  already  got  up.  9.  Do 
you  take  a  walk  every  day  {say  all  the  days)  ?  10,  I  do  not  take 
a  walk  every  day. 

C. 

1.  Vous  gtes-vous  tromp6,  mon  ami  ?  Non,  je  ne  me  suis  pas 
tromp6.  2.  Quand  vous  coucherez-vous,  mes  enfants  ?  3.  A  quelle 
heure  vous  fites-vous  couch6  hier  ?  Je  me  suis  couch6  a  dix  heures. 
4.  Et  votre  frfere  ?  Mon  frSre  s'est  couch6  a  onze  heures.  5.  Mon- 
sieur votre  pfere  s'est-il  d^ja  levC  ?  Oui,  il  s'est  lev6  aujourd'hui  de 
tr^s-bonne  heure.  6.  Oil  gtes-vous  done  restSs  si  longtemps  ?  Nous 
nous  sommes  6gar6s  dans  la  for6t.  7.  Qui  s'est  lavfi  {washed)  dans 
cette  eau  ?  Moi.  8.  Ta  soeur  s'est-elle  lev6e  ?  Je  crois  qu'elle  ne 
s'est  pas  encore  lev6e.  9.  Pourquoi  vous  6tes-vous  lev6s  si  tard  ? 
Nous  ne  nous  sommes  pas  6veill6s  plus  tot  {earlier).  10.  Qui  veut 
se  promener  avec  moi  ?    Ma  soeur  et  moi. 


IMPERSONAL   VERBS.  95 

1.  Has  he  been  deceived  ?  No,  he  has  not  been  deceived.  2. 
When  will  she  go  to  bed  ?  3.  At  what  o'clock  did  your  brother 
go  to  bed  yesterday  ?  He  went  to  bed  at  half-past  nine.  4.  And 
your  sister?  She  went  to  bed  at  half- past  ten.  5.  Has  your 
brothor  already  got  up  ?  No,  he  has  not  yet  got  up.  6.  We  got 
up  to-day  very  early.  7.  Where  did  you  lose  yourself?  I  lost 
myself  in  the  forest.     8.  Have  the  children  washed  themselves  ? 

I  believe  that  they  have  not  yet  washed  themselves.  9.  Why  did 
you  get  up  so  late  ?  I  did  not  wake  earlier.  10.  I  took  a  walk 
after  dinner. 

•  XXIV. — Impersonal  Verbs  (Verbes  imjpersonneli). 
The  most  usual  Impersonal  Verbs  are : 

il  neige,  it  snows. 

II  pleut,  it  rains. 
11  grele,  it  hails. 
U  tonne,  it  thunders. 


11  6clalre,  or  ^   u  i-  i* 

11  fait  des  eclairs,  ^ 't^Mtens. 
11  gele,  it  freezes. 

11  vente,  or  }^    it  is  windy,  or 

11  fait  du  vent,     >        it  blows. 


Many  Personal  Verbs  are  also  used  Impersonally,  as : 

11  snfBt,  it  is  enough.  I  11  semble,  it  appears,  it  seems. 

11  arrive,  it  happens.  \  11  convlent,       it  becomes. 

These  Verbs  are  conjugated  in  the  third  person  singular 
with  the  masculine  Personal  Pronoun  only,  in  all  tenses, 
the  compound  tenses  have  the  Verb  avoir. 

Conjugation  of  an  Impersonal  Verr 

11  nelge,  it  snows. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Pres.  11  neige,       it  snows. 

Tmparf.  11  neigealt,  it  snoioed. 
Pass^  d^f.  11  nelgea,  it  snowed. 
Fut.  11  neigera,   it  will  snow. 

Pass€  ind.  11  a  nelge,    it  has 

snowed. 


Plus-q.-p.  11  avaltnelg6,  it  had 

snowed. 
Pass^  ant.  11  eut  nelge,     it  had 

snowed. 
Fut.  ant.     U  aura  nelg6,  it  -vill 
have  snowed. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD. 

Pv    :i  _»{»».„;4^  :t     „  ;j  „  \  Past. i\  2tMr9\Xnt>\ek,} it  would havt 

res.  11  neigerait,  it  would  snow.  « ^     ■  ?  M-  j 

°        '  \  or  eut  neige,  j     snowed, 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

Pr€s.         qu'U  nelge,  that  it  may  snow. 

Imparf.     qu'U  neigeat,  that  it  miqht  snow. 

Pass£.       qu'U  ait  neig6,  that  it  may  have  snowed. 

Plus-q.-p.  qu'U  eut  neige,  that  it  might  have  snowed. 


d6  DCPBBSONAL   VERBS. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
Pr^s.  neiger,         to  snow.  |  Pass€.  avoir  iieig6,  to  have  snowed 

PARTICIPLES. 

n_. . »  I  Pass^.  neig6,  snowed. 

iV«f5.  neigeant,     snowtng.  |  ^y^t  ueigi,  having  snowed. 

INTERROGATIVE  FORMS. 
iieige>t-il  ?        neigeait-il  ?        a-t-il  neige  ?  etc. 

The  following  three  Impersonal  Verbs  deserve  special 
notice : 

1.  11  y  &,  there  is  or  are. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Pr^s.       il  y  a,  there  is  or  are. 

Jmparf.   il  y  avait,  there   was  or 

were. 
Pas.  d6f.  il  y  eat,      there  was  or 

were. 
Fut.         il  y  aura,    there  will  be. 


P.  ind€f.    il  y  a  eu,    there  has  or 
have  been. 

Pl^^-q-P-^  J  ^^^'^^\  there  had  been. 
eu,        ) 

Pass€  ant.  il  y  eut  eu,  there  had  been, 

Fut.  ant.   il  y  aura  •  there  will  have 

eu,       )"     been. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD. 

n  ^         .1     .,.  ^i  jj  i    I  Pass€.    il  y  aurait  )  there   would 

Pr£s.       u  y  anrait,  there  would  be.\  \.ii*  ^„   r      a       a  „ 

'  '  \  or  eut  eu,  >       have  been. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 


Pr^s.       qu'il  y  ait,  that  there  may 

be. 
Imparf.  qa'il  y  e&t,  that  there  might 

be. 


Pass€.         qu'il  y  &it\that  there  moj 

eu,         )     have  been. 
Plus-q.-p.  qu'il  y  eut  eu,  that  there 
might  have  been. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
Pr^.       y  avoir,       there  to  be.         \  Pass£.  y  avoir  eu,  there  to  have  been, 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pr€8.       y  ayant,      there  being.       \  Passi.  y  ayant  eu,  there  having  been. 

Interrogative  asd  Negatite  Forms. 

y  a-t-il  ?  IS  there  f  I  n'y  a-t-il  pas  ?        is  there  not  f 

il  n'y  a  pas,  there  is  not.        \  n'y  aura-t-il  pas  ?  will  there  not  bet 


impersonal  verbs. 

Note. 
11  y  a  trois  jours,  three  days  ago.      |  il  y  a  deux  ans,  two  years  ago. 

2.  il  fait  froid,  it  is  coW  (lit.,  it  makes  cold). 
Fut. 


97 


Pr€s.  il  fait  froid,  it  is  cold. 

Imparf.      il  faisait 

froid,       \  it  was  cold. 
Paas^rf</:U  fit  froid, 


il  fera  froid,     it  will 
be  cold. 
Pass^  indif.  il  a  fait  froid,  it  has 
been  cold. 


Note. — In  like  manner; 


il  fait  chaud,     it  is  warm. 
il  fait  jour,        it  is  day. 
il  fait  nuit,        it  is  night. 


quel  temps  fait-il  ?  what  weather  tg 

it? 
il  &it  beau  temps,  it  is  fine  weather. 


3.  il  faut,  it  is  necessary,  it  must. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Pr^s. 

il  faut, 

it  is  necessary  (it  must). 

Imparf. 

il  fallait, 

it  was  necessary. 

Pass^  d^f 

il  fallut, 

it  was  necessary. 

Fut. 

il  faudra, 

it  ivill  be  necessary. 

Passe  ind. 

11  a  fallu, 

it  has  been  necessary. 

Plus-q.-p. 

il  avait  fallu, 

it  had  been  necessary. 

Passe  ant. 

il  eut  fallu. 

it  had  been  necessary. 

Fut.  ant. 

il  aura  fallu, 

it  will  have  been  necessary 

CONDITIONAL  MOOD. 

Pr€s.    il  faudrait,  it  would  be  necessary. 

Passi.  il  aurait,  or  eut  fallu,     it  would  have  been  necessary. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 


Pr^s.  qu'il  faille, 

Imparf.      qu'il  fallut, 
Passe.         qu'il  ait  fallu, 
Plus-q.-p.  qu'il  eut  falju, 


that  it  may  be  necessary, 
that  it  might  be  necessary, 
that  it  may  have  been  necessnry. 
that  it  might  have  been  necessary 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Pr^s.    falloir,  to  be  necessary. 

Pass^.  avoir  fallu,     to  have  been  necessary. 


PARTICIPLES. 

Pris.    (None). 

Pass€.  fallu,  been  necessary. 

ayant  fallu,     having  been  necessary, 
E2 


98  IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 

Note. — 1.  When  the  subject  of  must  is  a  Personal  Pro- 
noun in  English,  I  must,  thou  must,  etc.,  it  is  expressed  in 
French  by  il  faut  in  two  ways,  (1)  either  with  me,  te,  lui, 
nous,  V0U8,  leur,  or  (2),  which  is  often  better,  by  que  and 
the  Subjunctive  Mood;  as : 

/  must  read,  il  me  faut  lire,  or  il  faut  que  je  Use. 

thou  must  read,  il  te  faut  lire,  or  il  faut  que  tu  Lises. 

he  must  he  diligent,        il  faut  yw'il  soil  appliqu^. 
we  must  work,  il  ncnis  faut  travailler,  or  il  faut  e%e 

nous  travaillions. 
^ou  must  study,  il  vous  faut  €tudier,  or  il  faut  que 

vous  etudiiez. 

2.  When  the  subject  of  must  is  a  Substantive  in  English, 
il  faut  is  followed  by  que  and  the  Substantive;  as: 

the  boy  must  work,         il  faut  que  le  gar9on  travaille. 
the  boys  must  work,        il  faut  que  les  gar9ons  travaillent. 

3.  11  me  faut,  11  te  faut,  etc.,  followed  by  a  Substantive 
signify  need  or  want/  as: 

/  want  a  hat,  il  me  faut  un  chapeao. 

he  wants  money,  il  lui  faut  de  I'argent. 

you  want  good  books,  il  vous  faut  de  bons  iivras. 

they  want  gloves,  il  leur  faut  des  gants. 

wluit  do  you  want  f  que  vous  faut-il  ? 

Exercise  XXXVL 


1.  Neige-t-il  ?  Non,  il  ne  neige  pas,  il  pleut.  2.  II  a  neig6  hier, 
et  il  neigera  peut-§tre  cette  nuit,  car  il  fait  froid.  3.  A-t-il  fait 
froid  hier  ?  Non,  il  n'a  pas  fait  trfes-froid ;  il  a  neig6  un  peu.  4. 
n  tonne,  entendez-vous  ?  Oui,  il  tonne,  et  il  fait  aussi  des  6clair8. 
5.  Quel  temps  fait-il  ?  II  fait  mauvais  temps ;  il  pleuvra  toute  la 
jouni6e.  6.  Y  a-t-il  de  I'eau  dans  cette  cruche  ?  Non,  il  n'y  a  pas 
d'eau,  il  y  a  du  vin  rouge.  7.  II  n'y  a  pas  eu  beaucoup  de  cerises 
cette  ann6e.  8.  II  faut  que  je  le  cherche.  9.  H  faut  que  vous  le 
cherchiez.  10.  II  a  fait  beau  temps  hier.  11.  Faut-il  gM'on  lui 
donne  une  m6decine  ?  Oui,  il  faut  lui  en  donner.  12.  Qu'est-ce 
qu'il  vous  faut  ?     II  me  faut  une  autre  chambre. 

I.  Does  it  rain  ?  No,  it  does  not  rain,  it  snows.  2.  It  rained 
yesterday,  and  it  will  rain  perhaps  to-night  {say  this  night).  3.  It 
has  snowed  all  the  night.  4.  It  is  cold ;  it  was  very  cold  in  your 
room.  5.  It  is  warm ;  it  was  too  (Jtrop)  warm  in  your  room.  6. 
What  weather  was  it  ?  It  was  bad  weather ;  it  rained  all  the  day. 
7.  Was  there  wine  in  that  pitcher  ?  No,  there  was  not  wine,  there 
was  beer.     8.  There  were  not  many  apples  that  year.     9.  I  must 


ADVEBBS.  99 

read  the  book.  10.  The  boys  must  read  the  books.  11.  What  do 
you  want  ?  We  want  good  books.  12.  Must  I  give  them  good 
books  ?    Yes,  it  is  very  necessary. 

B. 

1.  Quel  temps  fait-il  aujourd'hui  ?  II  fait  beau  temps.  2.  Pleut- 
il  ?  Oui,  il  pleut  trfes-fort.  3.  Neigera-t-il  ?  Je  ne  crois  pas  gu'il 
neige.  4.  La  pluie  a-t-elle  cess6  ?  Pas  encore ;  il  pleut  sans  cesse. 
B.  Que  vous  tiiut-il  ?  II  me  faut  un  chapeau  neuf.  6.  Y  a-t-il  assez 
de  vin  ?  Oui,  Monsieur,  il  y  en  a  assez.  7.  Y  avait-il  de  I'argent 
dans  cette  bourse?  II  y  avait  deux  francs.  8.  As-tu  payg  le 
compte  ?  Oui,  il  m'a  fallu  le  payer.  9.  Faut-il  qice  je  me  Uve 
maintenant  ?  Oui,  il  faut  te  lever  tout  de  suite  (directly).  10. 
Faut-il  lui  rendre  I'argent?  Oui,  rendez-le-lui.  11.  Y  avait-il 
beaucoup  de  monde  (many  people)  au  bal  ?  Oui,  il  y  avait  beaucoup 
de  monde.     12.  Faut-il  qnejeparle?    Non,  taisez-vous  (besUent). 

1.  What  weather  is  it  to-day  ?  It  is  bad  weather;  it  rains  without 
ceasing.  2.  What  weather  was  it  yesterday  ?  It  was  bad  weather ; 
it  snowed  all  the  day.  3.  Does  it  snow  ?  Yes,  it  snows  very  much 
(strongly,/or^).  4. 1  do  not  believe  that  it  (will)  rain  {Pres.  suly.). 
5.  What  does  he  want  ?  He  wants  good  books.  6.  Is  there  enough 
bread  ?  Yes,  sir,  there  is  enough  (add,  of  it,  en).  7.  Was  there 
water  in  that  pitcher  ?  No,  there  was  no  water,  there  was  white 
wine.  8.  Have  you  paid  the  bill  ?  Yes,  we  were  obliged  to  pay  it. 
9.  Must  we  get  up  now  ?  Yes,  you  must  get  up  directly,  10. 
What  must  I  read?  You  must  read  good  books.  11.  Are  there 
many  people  (beav/ioup  de  monde)  in  the  garden  ?  Yes,  there  are 
many  people.     12.  Must  we  speak  ?    No,  you  must  be  silent 


XXV. — Adverbs  {Adverhes). 

Adverbs  are  formed  from  Adjectives  by  adding  -ment 
If  the  Adjective  end  in  a  vowel,  -ment  is  added  to  the 
masculine ;  if  the  Adjective  end  in  a  consonant,  -ment  ia 
added  to  the  feminine. 

Examples. 

facilement,  easily. 

poliment,  politely. 

atUement,  usefully. 

vraiment,  truly. 

doncemeat,  gently. 

attentivement,     attentively. 
henreusement,     happily. 

If  the  Adjective  end  in  -ant  or  -ent.  the  nt  is  changed 
into  m  before  the  termination  -ment. 


facile, 
poll, 

earn. 

polite. 

utile, 

useful. 

vrai, 

true. 

doux,  fern,  douce, 

gentle. 

attentif, 
fern,  attentive, 

y  attentive. 

heareux, 
fern,  heureuse, 

j-  ^appy- 

100 


ADVEBBB. 


Bavaot, 
patient, 


learned, 
patient. 


learnedly, 
patiently. 


Examples. 

savamment, 
patiemment, 

Comparison. 
The   Comparatives   and   Superlatives   of  Adverbs   art 
formed  by  adding  plus,  more.^  moins,  less.,  aussi,  as,  and  le 
plus,  the  most,  le  moins,  the  least,  or  tr^s,  fort,  very. 

Examples. 

Comparative, 
plus  facilement,  more 
easily. 
plus  utilement,  inore 
usefully. 
plus  souvent,  o/tener. 
plus  loin,  further. 
moins  facilement,  less 
easily. 
aussi  souvent,  as  oft- 
en, etc.,  etc. 


Positive, 
facilement,  easily.  , 

utilement,  usefully. 

souvent,  often, 
loin,  far. 


Saperlative. 
le  plus  facilement,  mogt 

easily. 
le  plus  utilement,  most 

usefully. 
le  plus  souvent,  oftenest. 
le  plus  loin,  farthest. 
le  moins  loin,  the  nearest. 

tres-souvent,  very  often. 


trds-loin,  very  far,  etc.,  etc 
Irregular  Comparison. 


bien, 
mal, 
pen. 


well. 

badly. 

little. 


beaucoup,  much. 


mieuz, 
pis, 
moins, 
plus, 

and 
moins  bien, 
aussi  bien, 
aussi  peu, 


better, 
worse, 
less, 
more. 

not  so  well, 
as  well, 
as  little 


le  mieuz,  best. 

le  pis,  worst. 

le  moins,  least. 

le  plus,  most. 

and 

tr^s-bien,  very  weU. 

tres-mal,  very  badly. 

tres-peu,  very  little. 


Exercise  XXXVII. 

1.  Le  domestique  fut  richement  rgcompensg.  2.  Ce  travail  est 
vrairaent  trop  difficile.  3.  Vous  trouverez  facilement  le  cbemin 
de  la  ville.  4.  Ces  deux  plumes  sont  6galement  bonnes.  5.  Lea 
ficoliers  paresseux  seront  s6vferement  punis.  6.  Pourquoi  avez-vous 
traits  cette  affaire  si  Ifig^rement  ?  Je  n'ai  pas  eu  assez  de  temps 
pour  la  bien  traiter.  7.  Agissez  toujours  prudemihent.  8.  Ma 
pauvre  mfere  est  constamment  nialade.  9. Vous  marchez  trop  lente- 
ment,  allez  plus  vite.  10.  Je  ne  me  porte  pas  bien  aujourd'hui : 
hier  je  me  portais  mieux.  11.  Venez  plus  souvent.  12.  La  pro- 
cbaine  fois  je  resterai  plus  longtemps. 

1.  The  girls  were  richly  rewarded.  2.  These  works  are  truly  too 
difficult.  3.  He  has  found  easily  the  road.  4.  The  two  horses  are 
equally  good.  5.  The  idle  servants  were  severely  punished.  6. 
The  master  acted  always  prudently.  7.  He  treated" that  affair  well. 
8.  The  poor  girls  are  constjintly  ill.  9.  How  {comment)  must  I  act? 
You  must  act  always  prudently  (prudempient).  10.  Go  (allez) 
more  slowly.  11.  How  are  you  to-day  ?  I  thank  you,  I  am  better 
12.  I^ast  week  (say  the  week  last)  I  was  not  so  well 


ADVERBS. 


101 


1.  Advkrbs  of  Place. 


oh, 

d'oa, 
ici, 
la, 

de  la, 
la-bas, 

y» 

par-ici, 
par-la, 

9a  et  la, 

ailleurs, 
dessas, 
dessous, 
en  haut, 


where  ? 

whence  f 

here. 

there. 

thence. 

yonder,  there  be- 
low. 

there. 

this  way. 

that  way. 
(   to  and  fro ; 
(  up  and  down. 

elsewhere. 

above. 

under. 

above. 


en  bas, 

a  cote, 

dedans, 

dehors, 

derriere, 

devant, 

de9a,  en  dega, 

dela,  au  dela, 

pres, 

aupres, 

proche, 

alentour, 

tout  au  tour, 

partout, 

nulle  part, 

loin, 


below. 

by,  by  the  side  of. 

within. 

outside. 

behind. 

be/ore. 

on  this  side. 

on  that  side. 


around. 

every  where. 

nowhere. 

far. 


2.  Advebbs  of  Time. 


qaand, 

combien  de  temps, 

aujourd'hui, 

hier, 

avant-Mer, 

alors, 

puis, 

aprds,      ) 

ensuite,  > 

enfin, 

toujours, 

naguere, 

tantot, 

deja, 

demierement, 

tot, 

plus  tot, 

bientot, 

aussitot, 

tard, 

d'abord, 


when  f 

how  long? 

to-day. 

yesterday. 

the  day  before 

yesterday, 
then, 
then. 

afterward. 

at  length. 

always. 

formerly. 

soon,  by  and  by. 

already. 

lately,  recently. 

soon. 

sooner. 

soon. 

immediately, 

late. 

at  first. 


domain, 
apres-demain, 


) 


jadis, 

autrefois,        j" 

auparavant, 

desormais,       ) 

dorenavant,     ) 

des-lors, 

depuis, 

a  present,       )^ 

maintenant,    j" 

actuellement, 

quelquefois, 

souvent, 

longtemps, 

encore, 

jamais, 

ne  .  .  .  jamais, 

a  jamais,  V 

pour  toujours,  j 


to-morrow, 
the   day  after  to 
morrow. 

formerly. 

before. 

henceforth. 

from  that  time, 
since. 


at  this  very  time, 

sometimes. 

often. 

a  long  time. 

still,  yet. 

ever. 

never. 

forever. 


3.  Adverbs  of  Number. 


premierement, 
deuxiemement,  ) 
secondement,      > 
troisiemement, 
quatriemement, 
einquiemement, 


first. 

secondly. 

thirdly, 
fourthly, 
fifthly: 


sixiemement, 
septiemement, 
une  fois, 
deux  fois, 
trois  fois, 
cent  fois. 


sixthly. 

seventhly. 

once. 

twice. 

three  times. 

a  hundred  times, 


102 


ADVERBS. 


4.  Advebbs  op  Quality  and  Mannbb. 


commsnt, 

howT 

tout-a-fait, 

quite. 

combien, 

how  much  ? 

environ,          > 
a  peu  pr^s,     > 

about. 

beaucoup, 

much,  very  much. 

trop, 

too  much. 

si, 

so. 

tant, 

so  much,  so  many. 

aussi, 

also,  too,  OA 

assez, 

sufficient,  enough. 

egalement, 

equally. 

pen, 

little. 

autant. 

as  much. 

ne  .  .  .  gudre, 

not  much. 

pinto  t, 

rather. 

presque, 
bien. 

almost. 
weU. 

an  plus,           ) 
tout  an  pins,  > 

at  the  most 

tres,   I 
fort,   f 

au  moins, 

at  the  least. 

very. 

seulement,      ) 
ne  .  .  .  que,   ) 

only. 

plus,             > 
davantage,  ) 

more. 

meme, 

even.        ~^    i 

moins, 

less. 

si, 

so,  so  much.   ^ 

5.  Adverbs  of  Afpira 

lATiON  AND  Negation. 

oni, 

yes. 

ne  ...  pas, 

not. 

certes,              ) 

eertainement,    V 

ne  .  .  .  plus, 

no  more. 

certainly. 

ne  .  .  .  point. 

not  (emphatic) 

as8ur6ment,      ) 
peut-etre, 

perhaps. 

pas  du  tout,       ) 
point  dn  tout,  > 

not  at  all. 

non. 

no. 

ne  .  .  •  rien, 

nothing. 

6.  Adverbial 

Expressions. 

a  peine. 

scarcely. 

tout  a  r  heure. 

presently,imme- 
diately ;    not 

Bur-le-champ, 

immediately. 

peu  a  pen, 

little  by  little. 

long  ago. 

&  dessein,  expres 

on  purpose. 

tout  a  coup, 

suddenly. 

en  meme  temps, 

at  the  same  time. ' 

tout  d'un  coup, 

all  at  once. 

4  la  fois. 

at  once. 

a  droite, 

on  the  right. 

pele-mele. 

confusedly. 

a  gauche. 

on  the  left. 

ce  soir, 

this  evening. 

ensemble, 

together. 

ce  matin, 

this  morning. 

par  an. 

yearly, 
monthly. 

sans  doute. 

doubtless. 

par  mois. 

Burtout, 

above  all. 

par  jour. 

daily. 

de  bonne  heure, 

early. 

tout  de  suite. 

immediately. 

de  meillenre    ( 
heure,           > 
&  bon  march^, 

earlier, 
cheaply. 

par  hasard. 

accidentally. 

de  temps  en 
temps, 

\[  frt/tn    time    to 
l'      time. 

)   4  fond, 

thoroughly. 

de  temps  k  autre, 

f 

Rem 

IRKS. 

/ 


1.  Position  of  Adverbs. — As  a  general  rule  Adverbs 
stand  immediately  after  the  Verb,  and  in  Compound  Tenses 
between  the  auxiliary  Verb  and  the  Participles ;  as : 


ABVBBBS.  108 

e  me  prom^ne  souvent  avec  mon  maitre,    /  often  walk  with  my  master, 
i  me  suis  souvent  promene  avec  lui,  /  have  often  walked  with  him. 

Hier,  avant-hier,  auj  ourd'hui,  demain,  apres-demain,  tantot, 
tard,  longtemps,  and  the  adverbial  phrases  (No.  6),  stiuid 
after  the  Participle ;  as : 

j'ai  re9u  cette  lettre  aujourd'hui,     I  received  this  letter  to-day. 

2.  Use  of  the  Negatives. — (1.)  As  a  general  rule,  a  double 
negative  is  used  in  French ;  ne  must  precede  the  Verb, 
and  pas,  or  another  of  the  words  mentioned  under  No.  5, 
must  follow  the  .Verb;  as: 

je  ne  veux  pas,  /  do  not  wish. 

je  ne  veux  plus,  /  do  not  wish  (any)  more. 

je  ne  veux  point  de  paiu,  /  do  not  wish  (any)  bread. 

je  ne  veux  rien,  /  wish  nothing. 

(2.)  After  these  negatives  the  Substantives  always  have 
de  before  them,  as : 

Affirmative.  j'ai  du  pain,  /  have  bread. 

Negative.  je  n'ai  pas  de  pain,  /  have  no  bread. 

Interrogative,  javez-vous  de  Targent  ?  have  you  money  ? 

Negative.  e  n'ai  point  d' argent,  /  have  no  money. 

(3.)  With  the  Infinitive  Mood,  both  negatives  stand 
before  the  Verb,  as : 

ne  pas  se  venger,     not  to  avenge  one's  self. 
ne  plus  ecrire,  to  write  no  more. 

ne  rien  manger,      to  eat  nothing. 

(4.)  When  there  is  no  Verb  the  negatives  are  used 
without  ne,  as : 

pas  k  la  fois,     not  once. 

pas  moi,  not  I. 

pas  beancoup,  not  mtich ;  pas  trop,  not  too  much. 
pas  tant,  not  so  much;  pas  aujourd'hui,  not  to-day,  etc 

(5.)  ne  .  .  .  que  signifies  only. 

je  n'ai  que  deux  sceurs,  I  have  only  two  sisters. 

il  n'a  qu'un  morceau  de  pain,  he  has  only  a  piece  of  bread. 

elle  n'a  apporte  qu'une  assiette,  she  has  brought  only  one  plate. 

il  n'ast  que  six  heures,  it  is  only  six  o'clock. 


1 04  ADYBBBS. 

(6.)  Only  is  expressed  by  seulement  instead  of  ne . . .  paa 
when  no  word  follows,  as: 

Kegardez  seulement,     look  ordy. 

je  ne  te  voyais  point,  ie  ten-  )    t  j-j      *  r  i      j  ? 

tendais  wulement,  \  I  dxd  not  see  you;  I  heard  you  only 

(7.)  To  make  the  negation   stronger,  ne  .  .  .  point  is 
used  instead  of  ne  .  .  .  pas;  as: 

le  malade  ne  dort  pas,        the  sick  {person)  does  not  sleep. 

le  malade  ne  dort  point,     the  sick  (person)  does  not  sleep  at  all. 

Exercise  XXXVIIL 


1.  Oil  est  votre  livre?  Le  void,  Monsieur.  2.  Ob.  allez-vous! 
Je  vais  S  TSglise.  3.  Le  chien  n'est  pas  ici,  il  est  dehors.  4.  Voyez- 
vous  cette  maison  la-bas  ?  C'est  un  moulin.  5.  Si  vous  voulei; 
aller  au  jardin,  passez  par-ici.  6.  Votre  soeur  n'est  pas  ici ;  il  faut 
la  chercher  ailleurs.  7.  Elle  est  peut-6tre  en  haut.  8.  Avez-vous 
cherch6  votre  bague  partout  ?  Non,  je  n'ai  cherch6  nulle  part.  9. 
Combien  de  temps  gtes-vous  rest6  a  Stuttgart  ?  J'y  suis  restg  deux 
mois.  10.  Chantez-vous  souvent  ?  Pas  souvent,  mais  quelquefois. 
11.  L'autre  jour  j'ai  trouv6  un  nid  d'oiseaux  dans  notre  jardin.  12. 
Levez-vous  de  bonne  heure.  13.  Combien  de  fois  vous  Stes-vous 
baigng  ?    Je  me  suis  baigng  trois  fois. 

1.  Where  is  your  hat?  Here  it  is,  sir.  2.  Where  did  you  go? 
I  went  to  the  church.  3.  The  dogs  are  not  here ;  they  are  outside. 
4.  Do  you  see  those  houses  below  ?  They  are  mills.  5.  If  you  wish 
to  go  into  the  garden,  pass  by  that  side.  6.  Your  brothers  are  not 
here;  you  must  look  for  them  elsewhere.  7.  They  are  perhaps 
up  stairs  {en  haut).  8.  Has  he  looked  for  liis  watch  every  where  ? 
No,  he  has  looked  nowhere.  9.  How  long  did  she  remain  in  Lon- 
don? She  remained  there  five  months.  10.  She  does  not  sing 
often,  but  sometimes.  11.  Yesterday  we  found  a  bird's  nest  in  the 
garden  of  our  uncle.  12.  He  got  up  early;  she  got  up  earlier. 
13.  How  many  times  has  it  thundered  ?    It  has  thundered  twice, 

B. 

1.  Comment  trouvez-vous  ce  vin?  Je  le  trouve  tr^-bon,  2. 
Combien  coflte-t-il  ?  Un  franc  la  bouteille.  Ce  n'est  pas  trop.  8. 
Vous  mangez  trop  peu.  J'ai  assez  mangfi.  4.  L'enfant  6tait  presque 
mort.  5.  En  voulez-vous  davantage  ?  Non,  merci,  Ven  ai  assez. 
6.  II  me  faut  a  peu  pr&s  vingt  francs.  7.  Avez-vous  tout  mang6  ? 
Au  contraire,  je  n'ai  rien  niang6.    8.  Oi  est  Charles  ?    II  est  peut- 


PREPOSITIONS. 


105 


6tre  au  jardin.  II  y  6tait  aussi  ce  matin.  9.  Vous  ne  vous  levea 
pas  de  bonne  heiire.  10.  Levez-vous  de  meilleure  heure.  11.  Je 
I'ai  rencontr6  par  basard.  12.  Allez  tout  de  suite  chez  votre  tante, 
et  apportez-lui  le  journal. 

1.  How  do  you  find  this  beer  ?  I  find  it  very  good.  2.  How 
much  does  it  cost  ?  Half  a  franc  a  {my  the)  bottle.  That  is  not 
too  much.  3.  Have  you  eaten  enough  ?  Thank  you,  I  have  eaten 
enough.  4.  The  idle  boys  have  eaten  too  much,  5.  We  have 
eaten  nothing  to-day.  6.  Where  are  your  brothers?  They  are 
perhaps  in  the  garden.  We  were  also  there  this  morning.  7. 
We  want  very  nearly  eight  francs. 


XXVI. — Pkepositions  (Prepositions). 
I.  Simple  Prepositions. 


i.  (before  le  = 
au,  or  a  T  be- 
fore les=attx), 

apres, 
.attenda, 

avant, 

avec, 

Chez, 

concernant, 

centre, 

dans, 

de  (before  Ie  = 
du,  or  de  V  be- 
fore l&i  —  des), 

depuis, 

derriere, 

des, 

dessus, 

dessoas, 

devant, 

devers, 

durant, 

en, 


to,  at,  in. 

after. 

considei'ing. 

before. 

with. 

{at  (the  house  of), 
(     to,  among. 

concerning. 

against. 

in,  into. 

of,  from,  with. 

since,  from,  for. 
behind, 
from,  since, 
over,  upon,  above, 
under,  underneath, 
before. 

toward,  about, 
during, 
in,  into,  to. 


entre, 

envers, 

environ, 

excepte, 

hors,  hormis, 

malgre,       , 

moyennant, 

nonobstant, 

outre, 

par, 

parmi,  t- 

pendant, 

pour, 

sans, 

sauf, 

selon,         > 

suivant,     > 

sous, 

sur, 

touchant, 

vers, 

void, 

voila, 

vu, 


between, 
toward, 
about. 

y  except,  but,  save 

in  spite  of 

by  vteans  of  for. 

notwithstanding. 

besides. 

by,  through. 

among. 

during,  while. 

for. 

without. 

saving,  but. 

according  to. 

under. 

on,  upon. 

concerning. 

toward. 

here  is. 

there  is. 

seeing,  considering. 


a  eause  de, 
a  cote  de, 
a  rinstar  de, 


II.  Compound  Prepositions. 


on  account  of. 
by,  next  to. 
in  the  style  of. 


aux  environs  de,  round  about. 
au  lieu  de,  instead  of. 

a  rexception  de,  except. 


106 

PREPOSITIONS. 

i  travers, 

through. 

faute  de, 

for  want  of. 

aa  or  en  defi 

de,  on  this  side  of. 

hors  de. 

out  of. 

au  deli  de, 

(,  on  the  other  side 
\      of,  beyond. 

jusqu'a, 
loin  de. 

as  far  as, 
far  from. 

aupres  de, 

near. 

par  deli. 

beyond. 

autour  de, 

around,  about. 

par-dessus. 

over. 

au  travers  de, 

through. 

pres  de, 

near,  next  to. 

aa-dessQs  de, 

above. 

proche  de. 

near,  by. 

an-dessous  de, 

below,  tender. 

quant  i. 

as  to,  as  for. 

an  milieu  de. 

in  the  middle  of. 

vis-a-vis  de. 

opposite. 

auz  d6pen8  de, 

at  the  expense  of. 

de, 


dans, 

6X1, 

<( 

ehez, 


to. 

It 

at,  in. 

of 
from. 

toith. 


Examples. 

je  vais  i  Paris, 

j'ecris  a  raon  fils, 

je  suis  a  Paris, 

une  table  de  bois, 

il  vient  de  Londres, 

je  suis  content  de  votre  |^ 


de  Chez, 

avant, 

devant, 
contre, 

envers, 

vers, 
apres, 
pour. 


pw, 


into. 
(  at  (the  ^ 
--,  house  of),  -r 
(  with.  ) 
_(  to  (the  I 
(house  of).) 
(from  (the> 
(house  of ).) 
(  before  \ 
\(of  time).) 
(  before  \ 
\(of place).) 

against. 
i   toward, 
\    to  (de- 
noting 

behavior 

to). 

{  toward  ) 

-  (directions- 

( toward). ) 

after. 


travail, 
convert  de  neige, 
dans  la  chambre, 
ils  sont  en  ificosse, 
nous  allons  en  ^cosse, 

11  est  Chez  moi, 


je  vais  chez  Mon-  ) 
sieur  A.,  > 

je  viens  de  chez  mon  ) 
oncle,  I 

avant  le  coucher  du  ) 
soleil,  I 

devant  la  porte, 

il  poussa  contre  la  porte, 


I  go  to  Paris. 

J  write  to  my  son. 

I  am  at  or  in  Paris. 

a  table  of  wood. 

he  comes  from  London. 

I  am   content  with  yow 

work, 
covered  with  snow, 
in  the  room, 
they  are  in  Scotland, 
we  are  going  into  Scotland. 

he  is  at  my  house,  or  he  m 
with  me. 

I  am  going  to  (the  house 

of)  Mr.  A. 
J  am   corning  from  (the 

house  of)  my  uncle. 

before  sunset. 

before  the  door  or  gate, 
he  pushed  against  the  door. 


soyez   poll 
dames, 


envers  les 


>■  be  polite  to  the  ladies. 


vers  Paris, 


for. 


(     to,  in      ( 

(  order  to.  \ 

by. 


aprds  la  bataille, 
apres  vous, 

ce  cadeaii  est  pour  vous, 
Charles  est  parti  pour  \ 

Munich,  ) 

il  fait  cela  pour  vous  \ 

plaire,  > 

il  a  dte  battu  par  vous, 


toward  Paris. 

after  the  battle, 
after  you. 

this  present  is  for  you. 
Charles  has   set   out  for 
Munich. 

he  does  that  to  please  you. 

he  has  been  beaten  by  you. 


PREPOSITIONS.  107 


par, 


throuoL  i^^  reine  a  passe  par  la  jthe  queen  has  passed 
^     \     ville,  (     through  the  town. 


jetezcelaparlafenetre,  I'^'^r,  ff«'  '.^T^^  («»•  ^^^ 
■'  ^   (     oj  )  the  window. 

sous,         wnrfer.       le  chien  est  sous  la  table,     the  dog  is  under  the  table. 

desMUS-    under     |cet  enfant  est  au-dessous  (<Aa<    child  is   under   ten 
^g      k  ■     (     de  dix  ans,  (     years. 

EXEECISE   XXXIX. 


1.  Ma  tante  demeure  chez  un  boulanger.  2.  La  jeune  fille  est 
aveugle  depuis  son  enfance.  3.  Mettez-vous  {put  yourself)  derri&re 
I'armoire.  4.  Le  chien  sauta  de  dessous  le  lit.  5.  Je  I'ai  accom- 
pagn6  jusqu'a  la  gare.  6.  Ma  soeur  a  achetS  de  la  soie,  au  lieu  de 
coton.  7.  Nous  nous  sommes  promenSs  le  long  du  chemin  de  fer, 
8.  Le  chateau  est  situ6  au-dessus  de  la  ville.  9.  II  y  a  un  mur 
autour  du  jardin.  10.  Je  suis  restg  au  lit  fi,  cause  du  mauvais 
temps.  11.  II  y  a  une  grande  diff(§rence  entreles  deux  frferes.  12. 
Monsieur  votre  oncle  est-il  chez  lui  ?  Non,  Monsieur,  il  est  en  ville. 
13.  Ne  demeurent-elles  pas  vis-a-vis  de  la  Bourse  ?  14.  Les  AUe- 
mands  d6fendaient  leur  patrie  contre  leurs  ennemis. 

1.  My  uncle  liyed  at  the  house  of  a  baker.  2.  The  boy  is  blind 
since  his  birth.  3.  Place  youi-selves  behind  the  door.  4.  The  dogs 
leaped  from  beneath  the  table.  5.  We  will  accompany  her  as  far 
as  the  station.  6.  My  sisters  will  purchase  silk  instead  of  cotton. 
7.  We  will  walk  along  the  railway.  8.  Is  your  mother  at  home  ? 
No,  sir,  she  is  in  the  town.  9.  Is  the  country-house  situated  above 
the  town  ?  No,  sir,  it  is  situated  below  tlie  town.  10.  Is  there  a 
wall  around  the  garden  ?  11.  Did  she  remain  in  bed  in  consequence 
of  the  weather  ?  12.  There  was  a  great  difference  between  my  two 
sisters.  13.  Does  not  your  uncle  live  opposite  the  Exchange  ?  14, 
Will  the  French  defend  their  country  against  their  enemies  ? 

B. 

1.  Pour  qui  est  ce  beau  cadeau  ?  II  est  pour  ma  cousine  Emilie. 
2.  Pour  combien  de  temps  avez-vous  lou6  cette  chambre  ?  Je  I'ai 
lou6e  pour  deux  mois.  3.  Quand  partirez-vous  ?  Je  pars  demain 
pour  Munich.  4.  Oil  demeurez-vous  ?  Nous  demeurons  sur  le  bord 
du  Rhin,  vis-^-vis  de  Mannheim.  5.  Oft  allez-vous  si  vite  ?  Je  vais 
chez  mon  grand-pfere.  6.  Quand  gtes-vous  entrgs  ?  Nous  sommes 
entr^s  aprfes  vous.  7.  Quand  gtes-vous  arrives  ?  Hier  (au)  soir, 
vers  les  six  heures,  avant  le  coucher  du  soleil.  8.  A-t-on  pouss6  le 
gar9on  ?  On  Fa  pouss6  contre  le  mur.  9.  Contre  qui  Monsieur  votre 
oncle  est-il  fach6  ?  II  est  fSchg  contre  son  domestique.  10.  fites- 
vous  reconnaissant  envers  vos  bienfaiteurs  ?  Je  le  suis  et  le  serai 
toujours,  toute  ma  vie.  11.  Avez-vous  votre  canne  ?  La  voici,  je 
I'ai  ^  la  main.    12.  Partirez-vous  demain  ?    Selon  les  circonstancea 


108 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


1.  For  whom  is  this  beautiful  present  ?  It  is  for  my  sister  Mary. 
2.  For  how  long  have  you  hired  that  house  ?  1  have  hired  it  for 
six  months.  3.  When  did  your  sister  set  out  ?  She  set  out  yes- 
terday for  London.  4.  Where  does  your  uncle  live  ?  He  lives  on 
the  bank  of  the  Seine,  opposite  Paris.  5.  Where  is  she  going  so 
quick?  She  is  going  to  (the  house  of)  her  aunt.  6.  When  did  she 
come  ?  She  came  in  after  you.  7.  When  did  he  arrive  ?  Yesterday 
evening,  about  {my  toward)  eight  o'clock,  before  sunset.  8.  Who 
has  pushed  the  child  ?  The  boys  have  pushed  him  against  the  wall. 
9.  Is  your  father  angry  ?  Yes,  sir,  he  is  angry  with  {my  against) 
his  servant.  10.  Is  your  nephew  grateful  toward  his  benefactor  ? 
He  is,  and  will  be  always,  all  his  life.  11.  Has  your  sister  her 
umbrella?  There  it  is — she' has  it  in  her  hand.  12.  Will  your 
uncle  set  out  to-morrow  ?     According  to  circumstances. 


XX YII. — Conjunctions  ( Conjonctiona). 

Conjunctions  serve  to  join  words  and  sentences  to- 
gether. They  are  divided  into  Simple  Conjuyictions.,  that 
is,  composed  of  a  single  word :  as,  et,  and,  ou,  or;  and 
Compound  Conjunctions,  that  is,  composed  of  several 
words :  as,  k  moins  que,  unless. 


The  following  are  the  chief  Simple  Conjunctions : 


et, 

and. 

que, 

that. 

ou, 

wit  (qne), 

or. 
whether. 

quand, 
quand  (meme), 

though. 

ni, 

nor. 

pourtant. 

) 

mais, 

hut. 

cependant, 

yet,  however. 

qnoiqne, 

though. 

toutefois, 

) 

car, 

because,  for. 

8i, 

if- 

paisqae, 

since. 

si  (non), 

or  else. 

or, 

now. 

savoir, 

namely. 

ponrqaoi, 

wherefore. 

comme, 

as. 

lorsque, 

when. 

EXBBCI 

Simple  Co 

done, 

SE  XTi. 
njunctions. 

then,  therefore 

1.  Le  pfere  6crit  les  lettres,  et  le  fils  les  copie.  2.  Travaillez  oo 
jouez.  3.  Je  crois  qu'il  fera  l)eau  temps  demain.  4.  On  Tattendit, 
mais  en  vain.  5.  Le  professeur  est  content  de  ses  ficoliers  quand  ils 
sont  appliques ;  mais  s'ils  sont  paresseux,  il  n'en  est  pas  content.   6. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  109 

Mademoiselle  Mathilde  est  jolie ;  cependant  elle  ne  me  plait  pas, 

7.  Puisque  vous  etes  ici,  je  vous  donneral  une  leyon  de  musique. 

8.  Nous  ne  nous  promfenerons  pas  aujourd'hui,  car  il  pleut.  9.  Ce 
petit  gar9on  serait  trJis-heureux  s'il  avait  quelques  bons  livres. 
10.  Demandez-lui  s'il  a  assez  d'argent.  11.  Frederic  est  pauvre, 
n6anmoins  il  est  toujours  habillfi  proprement.  12.  Quand  on 
travaille,  on  gague  de  I'argent. 

1.  The  mother  writes  the  letters,  and  the  daughter  copies  them. 

2.  She  works  or  plays.  3.  I  believe  that  it  will  be  wet  {say  will 
make  bad  weather)  to-morrow.    4.  He  waited  for  you,  but  in  vain. 

5.  If  the  scholars  are  idle,  the  master  is  not  content  with  them. 

6.  Your  niece  is  pretty ;  however,  slie  does  not  please  us.  7. 
Since  you  are  here,  the  professor  will  give  you  a  music-lesson. 
8.  My  uncle  will  not  take  a  walk  to-day,  for  he  is  ill.  9.  This 
little  girl  would  be  very  happy  if  she  had  some  good  books.  10. 
Ask  the  girl  if  she  have  enough  money.  11.  The  boys  are  poor, 
nevertheless  they  are  always  dressed  neatly.  12.  When  the  pupils 
are  diligent,  they  work  and  gain  money. 

Compound  Conjunctions. 

B. 

1.  Tout  le  monde  I'aime,  parce  qu'il  a  un  bon  cceur.  2.  Un  voleur 
a  vol(3  ma  montre  pendant  que  j'6tais  absent.  3.  Ce  jeune  homme 
travaille  tandis  que  son  fi'fere  joue  toujours.  4.  Tant  que  vous 
serez  ici,  vous  demeurerez  chez  moi.  5.  Je  vous  montrerai  la  lettre 
aussitot  que  je  I'aurai  lue.  6.  Mes  sceurs  fitaient  absentes ;  c'est 
pourquoi  on  ne  les  a  pas  invitees.  7.  Avant  quef  vous  quittiez 
notre  ville,  il  faut  que  vous  diniez  avec  nous.  8.  Approchez  pour 
quef  je  vous  montre  cela.  9.  Quoiquef  I'ambition  soil  un  vice, 
elle  est  quelquefois  la  cause  de  grands  exploits.  10.  II  n'ira  pas 
&  moins  quef  vous  ne  lui  demandiez. 

f  Avant  que,  pour  que,  quoique,  a  moins  que,  govern  the 
Subjunctive  Mood:  a.moins  que  requires  ne  with  the  Sub- 
jioictive  Mood  which  it  r/overns. 

1.  Every  one  (say  all  the  world)  loved  him,  because  he  had  a  good 
heart.    2.  The  robbers  robbed  our  watches  while  we  were  absent. 

3.  Those  young  men  worked  while  our  brothers  were  playing. 

4.  As  long  as  she  is  (say  will  be)  here,  she  will  stop  with  us.  5.  We 
will  show  you  the  letter  immediately  we  have  read  it.  6.  My 
brothers  were  al)sent ;  it  is  the  reason  why  my  aunt  did  not  in- 
vite them.  7.  Before  your  sisters  leave  (subj.)  our  town,  they 
must  dine  (say  it  is  necessary  that  they  dine)  with  us.  8.  Draw 
near,  in  order  that  we  may  show  this  present.  9. 1  will  not  go, 
unless  you  ask  me.     10.  We  will  not  go,  unless  you  ask  us. 


110  INTERJECTIONS. — FOBMATIOM    OP  TENSES. 

XXVIII. — Intekjections  (^Interjections). 

Expressing — 

joy,  bon  !  teeU.'  quelle  joie!^ jay. ' 

grief,  helas  !  alas!  all!  oh!  O  del!   0  heaven  J 

pain,  ah!  ahi!  a'iel  ouf!  ah! 

fear,  ah !  ah !  eh !  eh ! 

aversion,  fi  !  fi  done !  Jie  upon  it ! 

surprise,  quoi!   what!  vraiment!  really! 

encouragement,  |  ^°°'^ ;  "'""^  '  ^""""^ '  '"'^''''3^^  *^  '^*'^- 

silence,  chut!  hush! 

attention,  tenez!  here!  voilhl  look  here! 

contradiction,  \  Pardonnez-moi,  /  bey  your  pardon.     Si  or 

'  (      SI  lait,  yea. 

warning,  pr«nez  garde!  garel  take  care!  mind! 


XXIX. — FOKMATION    OF   TeNSES. 

The  Tenses  are  divided  into  Primitive  and  Derivative 
The  Primitive  Tenses  are : 

1.  The  Infinitive,  as  aimer. 

2.  The  Present  Participle,  as  aimant. 

3.  The  Past  Partici/ile,       as  aime. 
i.  The  Present  Indicative,  as  j'aime. 
5.  The  Past  Definite,  as  j'aimai. 

The  Derivative  Tenses  are  formed  from  the  Primitive, 
and  are  the  following : 

L  From  the  iNFiNmvE  are  formed  two  Tenses : 

1.  The  Future^  by  adding  -ai:  as  j'aimer-ai  fiora 

aimer. 

2.  The  Conditional^  by  adding  -ais:  as  j'aimer-ais 

from  aimer. 

n.  From  the  Pbesent  Participle  are  formed  three 
Tenses : 

1.  The  three  persons  plural  of  the  Present  Indica- 

tive, by  changing  -ant  into  -ens,  -ea^  -ent :  as 
aim-ons,  aim-ez,  aim-ent,  from  aim-ant. 

2.  The  Imperfect  Indicative,  by  changing  -ant  into 

-ais:  as.i'aim-ais  from  aim-ant. 


IBBBOULAB   VEBBS.  Ill 

3.  The  Present  Subjunctive,  by  chapging  -ant  of  the  / 
Participle^nto  e :  as  que  j'aimyeTi^in  aim-ante 

HL  From  the  Past  Participle  are  formed  all  Compound 
Tenses  by  means  of  the  Auxiliary  Verb  avoir  or  Stre,' 
as :  j'ai  aime,  j'avais  aime ;  je  suis  venu,  j"^tais  venu. 

IV.  From  the  Pkesent  Indicative  the  Imperative  is 
formed  by  dropping  the  Personal  Pronoun,  as 
aime. 

V.  From  the  Past  Definite  is  formed  the  Imperfect 
Subjunctive,  by  changing  the  termination  into  -asse 
for  the  first  conjugation ;  into  -isse  for  the  second 
and  fourth  conjugations;  and  into  -usse  for  the 
third  and  sometimes  also  for  the  second  and  fourth 
conjugations;  as: 

que  j'aim-asse,     from  j'aimai.  (1) 
que  je  fin-isse,         "     je  finis.  (2) 
que  je  rend-isse,     "     je  rendis.  (4) 
que  je  re^-usse,       "     je  re9us.  (3) 
que  je  cour-usse,     "    je  courus.  (2) 
quejel-usse,  "    je  lus.  (4) 


XXX. — Ieeegulak  Vekbs. 

The  irregularity  in  the  Verbs  is  chiefly  confined  to  the 
Primitive  Tenses.  The  Derivative  Tenses  are  for  the 
most  part  regular. 

In  the  following  list  of  Irregular  Verbs  the  first  person 
only  is  given,  when  the  other  persons  are  regular. 

L  Ibregulak  Verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation. 
1.  Envoyer,  to  send. 

Inf.  envoyer.     Part.  pr€s.  envoyant.     Part,  pa^si,  envoy^. 
Pr€s.  j'envoie ;  nous  envoyons,  vous  envoyez,  ils  envoient. 
Pr^if.  du  Subj.  que  j'envoie,  que  vous  envoyiez. 
Imparf.  j'envoyais,  nous  envoyions,  vous  envoyiez. 
Pas'sk  def.  jenvoyai. 
Iviparf.  du  Subj.  que  j'envoyasse. 
Fut.  jenverrai,  tu  enverras  etc. 
Cond.  j'enverrais,  tu  envenais,  etc. 
Itnp€r.  envoie,  envoyons,  envoyez. 


112  IBBSGULAR    VERBS. 

2.  Aller,  to  go. 

Inf.  aller.  Part,  pre's.  allant.  Part,  pass^,  alld. 

Pr€s.  je  vais,  tu  vas,  il  va ;  nous  allons,  vous  allez,  ils  vont. 
Imparf.  j'allai.s,  tu  allais,  il  allait,  etc. 
Pasa^  def.  j'allai,  tu  alias,  il  alia;  nous  aliames,  vous  allates,  ik   il 

lerent. 
Fut.  j'irai,  tu  iias,  il  ira ;  nous  irons,  vous  irez,  ils  iront. 
Cond.  j'irais,  tu  irads,  etc. 
Pass^  indef.  je  suis  alle. 
Imper.  va  (vas  y,  go  thither)  ;  allons,  allez. 
Pfe.s.  du  duhj.  (jue  j'aille,  que  tu  allies,  qu'il  aille,  que  nous  allions. 

que  vous  alliez,  qu'ils  aillent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  j'allasse,  que  tu  allasses,  etc. 

3.  S'en  aller,  to  go  mcay.  "'^ 

This  Reflective  Verb,  on  account  of  its  frequent  use  and 
its  difliculty,  must  be  conjugated  fully.  Observe  that  en 
is  never  separated  from  the  Pronoun. 

INDICATIVE  MOaD  {Indicalif). 

Present  Tense  (Present). 
Singular.  Plural. 


je  m'en  vais,        /  am  going  away. 

tu  t'en  vas,  thou   art  going 

away. 
il  s'en  va,  he  is  going  away. 


nous  nous  en  )  we  are  going 
allons,  ^      away. 

vous  vous  en  }  you  are  going 
allez,  j       away. 

ils  s'en  vont,  they  are  going 
away. 


je    ne    m 
vais  pas, 


Negative. 

'en  )   /  am   not   going    1  tu  ne  t'en  vas  )  thou  art  not  goinc 
I,      I       away.  |      pas,  etc.,       )       away,  etc. 


Interrogative.  ^ 

m'en  vais-je  ?       am  I  going  away  ?  I  ten  vas-tu  ?  etc.,  ar<   thou  going 

I  away?  etc. 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 

ne  m'en  vais-  )  am   I  not  going    I  ne  t'en  vas-tu  )  art  thou  not  goin 
jepas?         ^      away?  \      pas?  etc.,     )       away? 

Imperfect  Tense  (Imparfait). 


je  m'en  allais,     /  was  going  away. 

tu  t'en  allais,       thou   wast  going 

away. 
a  s'en  allait,        he    was   going 

away. 


nous  nous  en  >  we  were  going 
allions,  )       away. 

vous  vous  en  \  you  tvere  going 
alliez,  )       away. 

ils  s'en  allaient,  they  were  going 
away. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  113 

Negative. 

ne  m'en  al-  )  /  was  not  going  I  tu  ne  t'en  allais  )  thou  wast  not  go- 

lais  pas,         j      away.                 \      pas,  etc. ,        )  ing  away,  etc. 


Interrogative. 

m'en  allais-je  ?     was    I  going        \  t'en  allais-tu,     )  wast   thou  going 
away  f  |      etc. ,  )       away,  etc. 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 

ne  m'en  allais-  )  was  I  not  going  j  ne  t'en  allais-  )  wast  thou  not  go- 
je  pas  ?  )       away  ?  |      tu  pas  ?  etc, ,  )       ing  away  ?  etc. 

Past  Definite  Tense  (Passe'  dejini). 
je  m'en  allai,       /  went  away. 

tu  t'en  alias,      i  thou  didst  go 


away. 
11  s'en  alia,  he  went  away. 


nous  nous  en  al-  ) 

lames,  \  "'"  "'^"^  ««'«i'- 

vousvous  en  al- ) 

lates,  \  y""  "'^"'  ""'"y- 

ils  s'en  allferent,     theyjvent  away. 


Negative. 
je  ne  m'en  allai  pas,     /  did  not  go  away. 

Interrogative. 
m'en  allai-je  ?     did  I  go  away  ? 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 
ne  m'en  allai-je  ?    did  I  not  go  away  f 


Future  Tense  (Futur). 


je  m'en  irai,         I  will  go  away. 

tu  t'en  iras,  thou  tvilt  go  away. 

il  s'en  ira,  he  will  go  away. 


>■  we  will  go  away. 


nous   nous   en 

irons, 
vous  vous  en  irez,  you  ivill  go  away 
ils  s'en  iront,  they  will  go  away 


Negative. 
je  ne  m'en  irai  pas,     /  will  not  go  away. 

Interrogative. 
m'en  irai-je?     shall  I  go  away  f 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 

ne  m'en  irai-je  ?    shall  I  not  go  awayf 
F 


114 


IBSBGULAB   VERBS. 


>/. 


Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Pcus€  indifini). 
^     '^TCLCaBvAialM,  I  have  gone  away. 

ta  t'en  es  all^, 

il  s'en  est  alle, 


thou    hast    gone 

away, 
he  has  gone  away. 


nous  nous  en 
sommes  alles. 

vous  vous  en 
etes  alles. 


ils    s  en 
alles. 


I    )  we  have  gone 
,  I       away. 
\  you    have   gone 
away. 


sont 


they  have  gong 
away. 


Negative. 


is  )  7  have  not  gone   nous  ne   nous   en  >    we  have  not 

)       away.  sommes  pas  alles,  f      gone  away. 

vous   ne   vous  en    }  you  have  not 

etes  pas  alles,        )       gone  away. 

ils   ne   s'en    sont     ^  they  have  not 

pas  alles,  )       gone  away. 


je  ne  m  en  sms 

pas  all^,  )       away 

tu  ne  t'en  es  pas  ^  thou  hast  not  gone 

alle,  )       away. 

il   ne    s'en    est  >  he   has  not  gone 

pas  alle,  f      away. 


Interrogative. 


m'en  sois-je  all^?  have  I  gone 
away  ? 

t'en  es-tu  all^  'i  hast  thou  gone 
away  f 

s'en  est-il  all€?  has  he  gone 
away  f 


nous  en  sommes-  ^  have  we  goju 
nous  alles  ?  j       away  f 

vous  en  etes-vous  )  have  you  gone 
all^s  ?  ^      away  ? 

s'en  sont-ils  alle's?  have  they  gone 
away? 


Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 


uis-je  )   have  I  not  gone 
!  ?  )        away  ? 


ne  m  en  suis-; 

pas  alle 
ne  t'en  es-tu  pas  >  hast  thou  not  gone 

alle  ?  >       away  ? 

ne  s'en  est-il  pas  )  has  he  not  gone 

all^  ?  )       away  T 


ne  nous  en  sommes- )  haot  we  not 
nous  pas  alles  ?      j       gone  awayf 

ne  vous  en  etes-  )  have  you  not 
vous  pas  alles?      )       gone  awayf 

ne  s'en  sont-ils  pas  ^  have  they  not 
all^s  ?  )       gone  away  f 


WIPlcpbrfkct  Tense  (Plus-que-parfait). 


je  m'en  ^tais  all^,  I  had  gone  away. 

tu  t'en  ^tais  all^,    thou   hadst   gone 

away. 
il  s'en  ^tait  alle,     he  hadgom  away. 


nous  nous  en 
etions  all^s, 

vous  vous  en 
^tiez  alMs, 

ils  s'en  ^taient 
alles, 


^  we   had  gone 

^       away. 

)  you  had  gone 

)       away. 

)   they  had  gone 


aw  04/. 


Negative. 
\t  ne  m'en  €tais  pas  al\6,     1  had  not  gone  away. 


Interrogative, 
m'en  ^tais-je  all€?    had  I  gone  away  * 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


lis 


V 


Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 
ne  m'en  etais-je  pas  alle?     had  I  not  gone  away? 

Past  Anterior  Tense  {Pass€  ant€rieur). 


Je  m'en  fus  alTe,     I  had  gone  away. 

ta  t'en  fits  alM,       thou   hadst   gone 

aioay. 
il  s'en  fiit  alle,       he  had  gone  away. 


nous  nous  en  >         ,    , 
fumes  alles,  \  ^^  had  gone  away 

vous   vous    en  )  you    had    gone 

fiites  alles,     j       away. 
ils  s'en  furent  )  they    had  gone 


alles, 


away. 


Negative. 
je  ne  m'en  fas  pas  alle,     J  had  not  gopjs  away. 

Interrogative. 
m'en  fas-je  alld  ?    had  I  gone  awayt 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 
ne  m'en  fus-je  pas  alle  ?     had  I  not  gone  away  f 


__FnT0RE  Antjsrior  Tense  (^Futur  ant€rieur), 

ie  m'en  serai  alM,  /  shall  have  gone 

away. 
tu  ten  seras  all^,  thou    wilt    have 

gone  away. 
il  s'en  sera  alle,     he  will  have  gone 

away. 


nous  nous   en  |^  we  shall  have  gone 

serons  alles,  )  away, 
vous    vous    en  )  you  will  have  gon* 

serez  allds,  >  away. 
ils  s'en  seront  \  they    will   hat^ 

alles,  j      gone  awa^. 


Negative. 
je  ne  m'en  serai  pas  alle,     /  shall  not  have  gone  away. 

Interrogative. 
m'en  serai-je  alle?    shall  I  have  gone  away  t 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 
ne  m'en  serai-je  pas  alle  ?    shall  I  not  have  gone  away  f 

-*4  CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (GmdUimnel). 
Present  Tense  {Present'). 
je  m'en  irais,         I  should  go  away. 

tu  t'en  irais, 

il  s'en  irait. 


thou    wouldst   go 

away, 
he    would   go 

away. 


nous  nous  en  >  we  should  go 
irions,  i       away. 

vous  vous  en  )  you  would  go 
iriez,  )       away. 

ils  s'en  iraient,  they  would  go 
away. 


116 


IBBSGULAB   VERBS. 


N^ative. 
je  ne  m'en  irais  pas,     /  should  not  go  away. 

Interrogative. 
m'en  irais-je  ?     should  I  go  away  f 

Interrogative  with  a  Negative. 
ne  m'en  irais-je  pas  ?     should  I  not  go  away? 


Past  Tense  {Pass€). 


je  m'en  serais  |^  /  should    have 
alle,  j       gone  away. 

tu   t'en    serais  )  thou  wouldst  have 
alle,  /       gone  away. 

il    s'en    serait  )  he   would  have 
all^,  )       gone  away. 


nous  nous  en  se-  )  we  should  have 
rions  alles,        f      gone  away. 

vous  voiis  en  se-  ►  you  would  have 
riez  alles,  ^      gone  away. 

ils  s'en  seraient  )  they  would  have 
all^s,  )       gone  away. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperatif). 


va-t'en, 
allons-nous-en, 


go  away. 

let  us  go  away. 


aliez-vous-en,        go  away. 


ne  t'en  va  pas,  go  not  away. 

ne  nous  en  allons  )  let  us  not  go 

pas,  )       away. 

ne  vous  en  allez  )  . 

pas,  i  ^^  *"*'  """"y* 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  {Subjmdif). 
*RE8ENT  Tense  (Present). 


4.. 


que  je  m'en  aille,  that    I   may    go  1  que  nous  nous  en  >  that  we  may  no 

away.  |      allions,  /      away. 

que  tu  t'en  ailles,  that  thou  mayst  go  '■  que  vous  vous  en  )  that  you  may  go 


qu'il  s'en  aille. 


away, 
that    he    may   go 
away. 


alliez,  )       away. 

qu'ils  s'en  aillent,    that  they  inay  go 
away. 


Negative. 


que  je  ne  m'en  aille  pas,     that  I  may  not  go  away. 
Imperfect  Tense  {Imparfait). 


que  je  m'en  al-  \  that  I  might  go 

lasse,  )       away. 

que  tu  t'en  al-  >  that  thou  mightst 

lasses,  )       go  away. 

qu'il  s'en  all&t,       that  he  might  go 
away. 


que  nous  nons  \  that  we  might  go 
en  allassions,    )       away. 

que  vous  vous  )  that  you  might 
en  allassiez,      )       go  away. 

qu'ils  s'en  alias-  )  that  they  might 
sent,  )       go  away. 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


11! 


Negative. 
que  je  ne  m'en  allassepas,     that  I  might  not  go  away. 

Past  Tense  {Pause). 


que  je  m'en  )  that  I  may  have 
sois  alle,       j     gone  away. 

que  tu  t'en  )  that  thou  mayst 
sois  alle,       )     have  gone  away. 

qn'il  sen  soit  )  that  he  may  have 
alle.  )     gone  away. 


que  nous  nous  en  )  that  we  may  have 
soyons  alles,      /     gone  away. 

que  voiis  vous  en  )  that  you  may  have 
sovez  alles,        )      gone  away. 

qu'ils  s'en  soient  \  that  they  may  have 
alles,  ).      gone  away. 


Negative. 
que  je  ne  m'en  sois  pas  alle,     that  I  may  not  have  gone  away. 

^Pluperfect  Tense  {Plus-que-parfait). 


que  je  m'en  fiisse  alle, 

que  tu  t'en  fusses  alle, 

qu'il  s'en  fut  alle', 

que  nous  nous  en  fussions  alles, 

que  vous  vous  en  fussiez  alles, 

qu'ils  s'en  fussent  a^es, 


that  I  might  have  gone  away, 
that  thou  iiiightst  have  gone  away, 
that  he  might  have  gone  away, 
that  we  mi/kt  have  gone  away, 
that  you  might  have  gone  away, 
that  they  might  have  gone  away. 


Negative. 
que  je  ne  m'en  fiisse  pas  alle,     that  I  might  not  have  gone  away. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinitif). 
Pre's.  s'en  aUer,     to  go  away.  |  ^"^^-  ^'«"  ^^^^    j- 


to  have  gone 
away. 


PARTICIPLES  (Participes) 
Pr^s.  s'en  allant,  going  away. 


Pass€.  sen  €tant  )  having   gone 
alle,  e,  ^      away. 


aller  a  cheval, 
aller  a  pied, 
aller  en  voittire, 


to  go  on  horseback,  to  ride. 

to  go  on  foot,  to  walk. 

to  go  in  a  carriage,  to  driv€. 


Exercise  XLL 


1.  Ou  allez-vous  ?    Je  vais  au  concert.    2.  J'irais  au  bal,  si  j'avais 
plus  d'argent.     3.  Oil  alliez-vous  hier,  lorsque  nous  vous  rencon- 


118  IBBEGULAR   VERBS. 

ti^mes  ?  4.  Oi  irez-vous  demain,  moh  ami  ?  J'irai  k  Paris.  5. 
Irez-vous  S  pied  ou  ^  cheval  ?  Pardon,  Madame,  j'irai  en  voiture. 
6.  A  qui  envoies-tu  ces  pommes,  mon  ami  ?  Je  les  envoie  a  Au- 
gusta ;  plus  tard  j'en  enverrai  aussi  a  Louis.  7.  Oh  es-tu  all6  ce 
matin  ?  Je  suis  allg  au  marchg.  8.  Ou  iront  tes  sceurs  demain  ? 
EUes  iront  a  Londres.  En  voiture  ou  par  le  chemin  de  fer  ?  EUes 
iront  par  le  bateau  fi  vapeur.  9.  A  qui  enverrez-vous  ces  rubans 
bleus?  Nous  les  enverrons  si  nos  cousines  qui  sont  a  la  cam- 
pagne,    10.  AUez  plus  doucement,  n'allez  pas  si  vite. 

Rule. — Verbs  of  wishing  and  desiring  are  followed  by 
que  and  govern  the  Subjunctive;  as: 

il  veat  que  j'aille  au  theatre,  he  wishes  that  I  should  go  to  the  theatre. 

1,  Where  is  he  going  ?  He  is  going  to  the  concert.  2.  We 
should  go  to  the  ball  if  we  had  more  money.  3.  Where  was  she 
going  yesterday  when  I  met  her?  4.  My  father  wishes  that  I 
should  go  (Pres.  du  Svij.)  to  the  concert ;  I  will  go  to-morrow. 
5.  Will  your  brother  walk  or  ride?  Pardon,  Madam,  he  will 
drive.  6.  To  whom  will  you  send  these  grapes,  my  friend  ?  I 
will  send  them  to  William ;  afterward  I  will  send  some  to  John 
also.  7.  Have  you  been  to  the  market  this  morning  ?  I  will  go 
to-morrow.  8.  Will  your  sisters  go  in  a  carriage  or  by  railway  ? 
They  will  go  by  the  steamboat.  9.  To  whom  are  you  sending 
these  ribbons  ?  I  am  sending  them  to  my  sisters,  who  are  in  the 
country.     10.  I  will  go  more  slowly ;  I  will  not  go  so  quickly. 

B. 

1.  Je  m'en  vais.  Vous  en  allez-vous  aussi  ?  2.  Non,  je  ne  m'en 
vais  pas  encore,  je  reste.  3.  Toutes  les  dames  s'en  vont ;  mais  la 
plupart  des  messieurs  restent  encore.  4.  Je  m'en  irai  aussi.  5. 
Guillaume  s'en  est  d6jS  all6.  6.  Allez-vous- en,  vous  n'avez  rien  ^ 
faire  ici.  7.  Les  enfans  s'en  sont  all6s.  8.  Tout  le  monde  s'en 
va.  9.  Nous  nous  en  allons  ensemble.  10.  Je  ne  m'en  suis  pas 
all6  ;  nous  nous  en  irons  demain. 

1.  We  are  going  away.  Will  your  sister  go  away  also?  2.  No, 
she  will  not  go  away ;  she  will  remain.  3.  My  sister  is  going 
away,  but  my  brother  remains.  4.  We  will  go  away  also.  5. 
The  generals  have  already  gone  away.  6.  I  will  go  away ;  I  have 
nothing  to  do  here.  7.  Go  away  quickly.  8.  The  children  had 
gone  away.  9.  My  father  wishes  (veut)  that  I  should  go  away 
[Pres.  du  Svbj.).     10.  We  have  not  gone  away  yet. 

1.  Je  veux  (wish)  m'en  aller.  2.  Pourquoi  t'en  vas-tu  d^ja  ?  3. 
Je  ne  m'en  irais  pas  si  tot  si  j'avais  le  temps  de  rester  plus  long- 
temps.  4.  Je  m'en  allai  avant  les  autres.  5.  Est-ce  que  ta  soeur 
s'en  est  d6jS  all6e  ?    Oui,  elle  s'en  est  all6e  fi  neuf  heures.    6.  Nous 


lEREGULAR   VEEBS.  119 

nous  en  irons  bient6t.  7.  Ne  vous  en  allez  pas  encore.  Je  ne 
m'en  irai  pas  sans  lui.  8.  Je  m'en  serais  d6ja;  all6,  si  on  ne  m'avait 
pas  pri6  de  rester.  9.  On  d6sire  que  tu  ne  t'en  ailles  pas  encore. 
10.  Allez- vous-en  sur-le-champ.  11.  Restons  encore  un  pen,  ne 
nous  en  allons  pas  encore.  12.  Ne  vous  en  allez  pas  sans  nous, 
nous  nous  en  irons  ensemble. 

1.  He  wislies  to  go  away.  2.  Why  do  they  not  go  away  ?  3. 
We  should  not  have  gone  away,  if  we  had  time  to  remain  longer. 
4.  They  went  away  before  the  others.  5.  Have  your  sisters  gone 
away  already  ?  Yes,  they  went  away  at  three  o'clock.  6.  He 
will  go  away  very  soon.  7.  We  will  not  go  away  without  her. 
8.  We  should  not  have  gone  away,  if  one  had  pressed  us  to  re- 
main. 9.  We  desire  that  you  {pi.)  should  not  go  away  yet.  10. 
Will  you  go  away  immediately  ?  No,  I  will  not  go  away  imme- 
diately. 11.  Remain  a  little  while  still ;  do  not  go  away  yet.  12. 
They  will  not  go  away  without  us. 


n.  Iebegular  Verbs  op  the  Second  Conjugation. 
1.  Sentir,  to  feel.,  perceive.,  smell. 

Inf.  sentir.         Part.  pr€s.  sentant.         Part,  pass^,  senti. 
Pr^s.  je  sens,  tu  sens,  il  sent ;  no'is  sentons,  vous  sentez,  ils  sentent. 
Pre's.  du  Subj.  que  je  sente,  que  tu  sentes,  etc. 
Irnparf.  je  sentais. 
Passe  def.  je  sentis. 
Im/)urf.  du  Suhj.  que  je  sentisse. 
Pttt.  je  sentirai. 
Imptr.  sens  ;  sentons,  sentez.  , 

2.  Mentir,  mentant,  menti,  to  lie.         '\  Conjugated 

3.  Partir,    partant,  parti'     to  set  out.    >        like 

4.  Sortir,    sortant,  sorti,      to  go  out.   )      sentir. 

5.  Se  repentir,  to  repent. 

Inf.  se  repentir.     Part.  pr€s.  se  repentant.     I  art.  pass€,  repentl 
Pria.  je  me  repens,  tu  te  repens,  il  se  repent,  etc. — like  sentir. 

6.  Donnir,  to  sleep. 

Inf.  dormir.         Part.  pr^s.  dormant.         Part.  pass€,  dormi. 
Pr^s.  je  dors,  tu  dors,  il  dort ;  nous  dormons,  vous  dormez,  ils  dorment 
Pr<^s.  du  Suhj.  que  je  dorme,  que  tu  dormes,  etc 
Impaif.  je  dormais. 
Passe  dif.  je  dormis. 
Impnrf.  du  Suhj.  que  je  dorm&se. 
Passe  ind.  j'ai  dormi. 
Put.  je  dormirai. 
Imp^r.  dors ;  dormons,  dormez. 


120  IBBBGULAR   VERBS. 

Rule. — Verbs  of  believing  are  followed  by  que  and  the 
Subjunctive  when  used  interrogatively  or  negatively,  as; 

je  ne  crois  pas  qu'il  mente,     J  do  not  believe  that  he  lies. 
croyez-vous  qa'U  mente  ?        do  you  believe  that  he  liesf 

ExBBciSE  XLn. 

1.  Ton  petit  frfere  dort-il  d6jS?  Non,  men  ami,  il  ne  dort  pae 
encore ;  mais  il  dormira  bientot.  2.  Ou  est  votre  pfere  ?  II  est 
sorti  il  y  a  quelques  minutes.  3.  Mon  neveu  paitira  ce  soir  pour 
Paris.  4.  S'est-il  d6jS  lev6?  Non,  il  est  encore  au  lit,  il  dort 
encore.  5.  Combien  d'heures  dormez-vous  ordinairement  ?  Je 
ne  dors  quo  sept  heures ;  je  me  couche  sL  dix  heures,  et  je  me 
Ifeve  fi  cinq  heures.  6.  Je  pars  pour  Paris,  et  mon  beau-frfere  est 
d6ja  parti  pour  Londres.  7.  Partiras-tu  bient6t  ?  Mon  p^re  veut 
que  je  parte  d6ja  domain.  8.  Je  sens  bien  que  vous  avez  raison. 
9.  A  quelle  heure  sortez-vous  ordinairement  ?  Je  sors  ordinaire- 
ment si  onze  heures.  10.  Croyez-vous  {do  you  believe)  que  je  mente 
{Swbj.)'^  Je  ne  mens  jamais.  11.  Ce  gar9on  ment  toujours,  il  est 
grand  raenteur.  12.  Ton  frfere  ira-t-il  au  bal  ce  soir?  Non, 
Mademoiselle,  il  ira  au  concert.  Ira-t-il  it  pied  ou  en  voiture  ?  II 
ira  en  voiture. 

1.  Are  your  little  sisters  already  asleep  ?  No,  my  friend,  they 
are  not  asleep  yet ;  but  they  will  be  asleep  very  soon.  2.  Where 
is  your  mother  ?  She  went  out  some  (few)  minutes  ago.  3.  We 
set  out  this  evening  for  Paris.  4.  We  will  set  out  to-morrow  for 
London.  5.  Shall  you  go  in  a  carriage  or  by  railway  ?  6.  How 
many  hours  does  your  brother  sleep  usually  ?  He  sleeps  only  six 
hours  and  a  half;  he  goes  to  bed  at  eleven  o'clock,  and  rises  at 
half-past  five.  7.  Shall  you  set  out  soon  ?  Our  father  wishes  that 
we  should  set  out  to-morrow.  8.  iJo  you  believe  that  my  brother- 
in-law  lies?  He  never  lies.  9.  These  boys  lie  always.  They  are 
great  liars.  10.  At  what  o'clock  {say  hour)  does  he  go  out  usual- 
ly ?  He  goes  out  usually  at  half-past  ten,  11.  We  feel  that  he  ia 
right.    12.  My  brother-in-law  feels  that  my  sister  is  wrong, 

7.  Servir,  to  serve. 

Inf.  servir.         Part.  pr€s.  servant.         Part,  passi,  servi. 
Pr€s.  je  sers,  tu  sers,  11  sert ;  nous  servons,  vous  ser\ez,  Us  servant. 
Pris.  du  Subj.  que  je  serve. 
Imparf.  je  servais. 


PasU  ddf.  je  servis. 


8.  Courir,  to  run. 


Inf.  courir.         Part.  pr€s.  courant.         Part,  passi,  couru. 
Pr^s.  je  coars,  tu  cours,  il  court;  noui>  courons,  vous  courez,  ils  courent 


IRREGULAR    VERBS.  121 

Pr^s.  du  Suhj.  que  je  coure. 

Imparf.  je  courais. 

Pass^  dif.  je  courus,  tu  courus,  ils  courut ;  nous  cotullmes,  vous  cou- 

rutes,  ils  coururent. 
Imparf.  du  Siibj.  que  je  courusse. 
Passe  indef.  j'ai  couru. 
Fut.  je  courrai,  tu  courias,  il  courra,  etc. 
Imp^r.  cours  ;  courons,  courez. 

Rule. — II  faut  que  is  followed  by  the  Subjunctive  (see 
p.  98),  as : 

il  faut  que  je  sois  a  I'ecole,      /  must  be  at  the  school. 

Exercise  XLIII. 

1.  Ce  domestique  sert  mon  oncle  depuis  plusieurs  ann6es.  2. 
Je  sers  volontiers  mes  amis.  3.  Servez  vos  parents,  et  vous  serez 
r6compens6s !  4.  Je  vous  servirais  volontiers,  si  j'en  avais  le 
temps.  5.  Le  diner  est-il  dSja  servi  ?  Pas  encore,  mais  on  le  ser- 
vira  a  I'instant.  6.  Ou  courez-vous  si  vite  ?  Je  cours  chercher 
un  mSdecin ;  mon  beau-tVfere  est  dangereusement  malade.  Veux- 
tu  que  j'y  coure  aussi  ?  7.  Get  invalide  a  bien  sem  sa  patrie  et 
son  roi.  8.  Courez  plus  vite,  mon  ami ;  il  faut  que  nous  soyons 
a  I'ficole  S  deux  heures.  9.  Ces  enfants  courent  toute  la  journge ; 
je  courrais  aussi,  si  je  n'6tais  pas  indispos§.  10.  Nous  courfimes 
beaucoup  hier,  et  nous  courrous  demain  aussi. 

1.  These  servants  have  served  my  brother-in-law  many  years 
{say,  serve  my  brother-in-law  since  many  yeare).  2.  He  serves 
willingly  his  friends.  3.  We  would  serve  you  willingly  if  we  had 
the  time  for  it.  4.  The  servant  has  run  quickly  to  look  for  a  doc- 
tor. Do  you  wish  (voulez-votis)  that  we  sliould  run  also  ?  5.  Our 
servant  has  not  served  the  dinner.  6.  I  will  serve  my  country 
and  my  king.  7.  Where  does  he  run  so  quickly  ?  He  runs  to 
look  for  a  doctor.  8.  The  children  run  quickly;  they  must  be 
{say,  it  is  necessary  that  they  should  be)  at  tliu  school  at  half-past 
three.  9.  We  should  run  if  we  were  not  unwell.  10.  I  ran  much 
yesterday,  and  I  shall  run  also  to-morrow.  _.__--- 

9.  Mourir,  to  die.        vyKAX^ 

Inf.  mourir.         Part.  pr^s.  mourant.         Part,  passi,  mort. 
Pr€s.  je  meurs,  tu  meurs,  il  meurt ;  nous  mourons,  vous  mourez,  ils 

meurent. 
Pr€s.  du  Suhj.  que  je  meure,  que  tu  meures,.qu'il  meure;  que  nous 

mourions,  que  vous  mouriez,  qu'ils  meurent. 
Imparf.  je  mourais. 
Pass€  def.  je  mourns,  tu  mourus,  il  mourut ;  nous  mour^mes,  vou» 

mourfttes,  ils  moururent. 
Imparf.  du  Sidij:  que  je  mourusse. 
Fut.  je  mouriai,  tu  mourras,  il  mourra,  etc. 
Imper.  meurs :  mourons,  mourez. 

F2 


rr^ 


122  /  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


10.  Tenir,  to  hold. 

Inf.  tenir.  Part.  pr€s.  tenant.  Part,  passi,  teno. 

Pr^s.  je  tiens,  tu  tiens,  il  tient ;  nous  tenons,  vous  tenez,  ils  tiennent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  tienne,  que  tu  tiennes,  qu'il  tienne ;  que  noui 

tenions,  que  vous  teniez,  qu'ils  tiennent. 
Imparf.  je  tenais. 

Passi  dif.  je  tins,  tu  tins,  il  tint ;  nous  tinmes,  toos  tintes,  ils  tinrtnt 
Imparf.  du  Suhj.  que  je  tinsse. 
Fut.  je  tiendrai. 
Imp€r.  tiens ;  tenons,  tenez. 

11.  Venir,  to  come. 

Inf.  venir.  Part.  pris.  venant.  Part,  passf,  venu- 

Pr€s.  je  viens,  tu  viens,  il  vient ;  nous  venons,  vous  vgnez,  ils  viennent. 
Pr€s.  du  Stibj.  que  je  vienne,  que  tu  viennes,  qu'il  vienne ;  que  nous 

venions,  que  vous  veniez,  qu'ils  viennent. 
Imparf.  je  venais. 
Passe  dif  je_yins,  tu  vins,  il  vint ;  nous  vinmes,  vous  vintes,  ils  vin- 

rent. 
Passe  ind^f  je  suis  venu. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  vinsse,  que  tu  vinsses,  qu'il  vint ;  que  nous 

vinssions,  etc. 
Fut.  je  viendrai. 
Imp€r.  viens  ;  venons,  venez. 

1.  Ces  soldats  meurent  de  faim  et  de  soif.  3.  Un  homme  ver- 
tueux  meurt  plus  tranquillement  qu'un  m^chant.  3.  Nous  mourrons 
tous.  4.  Mon  voisin  est  mort;  il  mourut  liier  S  midi.  5.  Qu'est- 
ce  que  vous  tenez  fi  la  main  ?  Je  tiens  ma  montre  d'or.  6.  D'oii 
viens-tu,  mon  cher  ?  Je  viens  de  la  promenade.  7.  Viendrez-vous 
au  spectacle  ce  soir  ?  J'y  irai  probablement.  8.  Vous  m'avez  pro- 
mis  de  venir  me  voir;  vous  nem'avezpastenu  parole.  O.Monfrfereet 
moi,  nous  irons  vous  voir  demain.  10.  Tu  m'as  promis  un  bon  livre; 
il  faut  que  tu  me  tiennes  parole.  1 1.  Get  homme  tiendra-t-il  sa  pa- 
role ?  12.  Quand  viendras-tu  me  voir,  demain  ou  aprfes-demain  ?  Je 
ne  viendrai  ni  demain,  ni  aprSs-demain,  je  viendrai  dimanche. 

1.  These  soldiers  will  die  of  hunger  and  thirst.  2.  The  soldier 
dies  quietly.  3.  His  sisters  are  dead ;  they  died  yesterday  at  two 
o'clock.  4.  What  is  it  that  he  holds  in  his  hand  ?  He  holds  his 
gold  watch.  5.  Whence  does  he  come  ?  He  comes  from  the 
theatre.  6.  Will  you  come  to  the  concert  this  morning?  We 
shall  go  (there)  probably.  7.  He  promised  to  come  to  see  me ;  he 
has  not  kept  his  word.  8. 1  shall  come  to  see  you  to-morrow.  9. 
I  promised  the  girl  a  good  book ;  I  must  keep  my  word.  10. 
You  {t<m^  promised  the  child  a  good  book ;  you  must  keep  youi 
word.  11.  Will  your  uncle  keep  his  word?  12.  AVhen  will  your 
brother  come  to  see  me  ?    He  will  come  (on)  Monday. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  123 

12.  Ouvrir,  to  open. 

Inf.  ouvrir.         Part.  pr^s.  ouvrant.         Part.  pass€,  ouvert. 
Pr^s.  j'oiivre,  tu  ouvres,  il  ouvre ;  nous  ouvrons,vous  ouviez, ils  ouvrent. 
Pr^s.  du  Suhj.  que  j 'ouvre,  etc. ;  que  nous  ouvrions,  etc. 
Imparf.  j'ouvrais. 
Pass€  def.  j'ouvris. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  j'ouvrisse. 
Fut.  j'ouvrirai. 
Impe'r.  ouvre ;  ouvrons,  ouvrez. 

13.  Couvrir,  couvrant,  couvert,  to  cover.     ")      ,.. 

14.  Offrir,  offrant,  offert,  to  offer.  '-     "   . 

15.  Souffrir,  soutfrant,  souffert,  to  suffer,  j  O'^^"^- 

Exercise  XLIV. 

1.  Pourquoi  a-t-on  ouvert  la  porte  ?  Parce  qu'il  fait  trop  chaud 
dans  cette  chambre.  2.  N'ouvrez  pas  la  fengtre !  3.  Mon  frfere 
ouvre  toujours  les  portes  et  les  fengtres.  4.  La  porte  est-elle  ou- 
verte  ?  Nous  souttrons  tous  du  froid.  5.  Ce  nialade  souftre  beau- 
coup;  souifrira-t-il  encore  lojigtemps?  6.  Qui  a  ouvert  toutes 
les  fengtres  ?  7.  Le  tlomestique  m'ouvrit  la  porte,  et  me  mena 
dans  la  chambre  du  comte.  8.  Je  vous  oifre  un  tasse  de  caf6.  9. 
M'offrirez-vous  aussi  une  bouteille  de  vin  ?  10.  Notre  armge  a 
beaucoup  souftert  du  froid  et  de  la  faim, 

1.  Open  the  door  and  the  window.  2.  Do  not  open  the  door 
and  the  window.  3.  The  servant  has  opened  the  doors  and  the 
windows.  4.  Why  has  he  opened  the  doors  and  the  windows  ?  Be- 
cause it  is  too  hot  in  the  room  of  the  count.  5.  The  girl  suffers 
much ;  will  she  still  suffer  long  ?  6.  Who  has  opened  the  win- 
dows ?  The  servants  have  opened  the  windows.  7.  Will  you  open 
(for)  me  the  door  ?  The  servant  will  open  (for)  you  the  door.  8. 
We  offer  you  a  cup  of  coffee;  9.  He  has  offered  me  also  a  bottle 
of  wine.    10. 1  have  suffered  much  from  the  cold  and  from  hunger. 

16.  Fuir,  to  shun,  avoid. 
Inf.  fuir.         Part.  pr^s.  fuyant.         Part.  pass€,  fui. 
Pr^s.  je  fuis,  tu  fuis,  11  fuit ;  nous  fuyons,  vous  fuyez,  ils  fuient. 
Imparf.  je  fujais. 
Passe'  def.  je  fuis. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  fuisse. 
Passe  indif.  j'ai  fui. 
Fut.  je  fuirai. 

Impir.  fuis ;  fuyons,  fuyez. 
N.  B. — FuiK,  as  a  Neuter  Verb,  means  to  flee,  to  fly;  as  Le  temps 
fuit,  time  flies. 

In  like  matnior  B'enfuir,  to  run  away,  escape, 

Pr€s.  je  m'enfuis,  tu  t'enfuis,  etc. 
Pass^  indef.  je  me  suis  enfui. 
Imp^r.  enfuis-t©i;  enfuyons-nous. 


124  IBREGULAB   VBBBS. 

1 7.  VStir,  to  clothe. 

Inf.  vetir.         Part.  pres.  vetant.         Part,  passe,  vftta. 
Pres.  je  vets,  tu  vets,  il  vet ;  nous  vetons,  vous  vetez,  ils  vetent. 
Pres.  du  Subj.  que  je  vete. 
Passe  d€f.  je  vetis. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  vetisse. 
Fut.  je  vetirai. 
Jmper.  vets ;  vetons,  vetez. 

In  like  manner  rev6tir,io  clothe^invest, bestow;  se  rev§tii; 
to  put  on  one's  clothes,  to  dress. 

18.  Cueillir,  to  gather.  , 

In/,  cueillir.       Part.  pres.  cueillant.        Part,  passe,  cueilli. 
Pres.  je  cueille,  tu  cueilles,  il  cueille ;  nous  cueillons,  vous  cueillez, 

ils  cueillent. 
Pres.  du  Subj.  que  je  cueille. 
Imparf.  je  cueillais. 
Passe  def.  je  cueillis. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  cueillisse. 
Fut.  je  cueillerai. 
Imper.  cueille ;  cueillons,  cueillez. 

1.  II  ftiit  de  son  pays.  2.  Les  ennemis  fiiyaient.  3.  On  ne  lui 
reprochera  jamais  d'avoir  fui.  4.  II  s'enfuit  de  la  prison.  5.  Les 
enfants  des  pauvres  sent  ordinairement  mal  vgtus.  6.  Cette  fiUe 
modeste  est  vgtue  simplement.  7.  II  faut  que  tu  te  vStes  plus  chau- 
dement.  8.  Get  homme  g6n6reux  vgtira  les  pauvres  cet  hiver.  9. 
La  servaute  cueille  des  legumes.  10.  Nous  cueillons  les  fruits  des 
arbres  en  automne.  11.  Nous  cueillimes  les  plus  beaux  fruits  de 
cet  arbre.  12.  Quand  cueillera-t-on  ces  abricots  ?  Nous  les  cueil- 
lerons  quand  ils  seront  murs.  13.  J'ai  cueilli  moi-meme  ces  ceri- 
ses. 14.  D6sirez-vous  que  nous  en  cueillions  davantage  ?  Non, 
celles  que  vous  avez  cueillies  nous  suffisent  pour  le  moment. 

1.  They  fly  from  their  country.  2.  The  enemies  will  fly.  3, 
One  will  never  reproach  us  of  having  fled.  4.  They  escaped  from 
the  prison.  5.  The  boy  is  usually  badly  clad.  6.  Those  modest 
girls  are  clad  simply.  7.  We  must  clothe  ourselves  more  warmly. 
8.  These  generous  men  clothed  the  poor  (men).  9.  The  servants 
(fern.)  gather  vegetables.  10.  They  gather  the  fruits  of  the  trees 
in  autumn.  11.  They  gathered  the  most  beautiful  apricots.  12. 
We  will  gather  the  most  beautiful  cherries. 

19.  Acquerir,  to  acquire. 

Inf.  acquerir.      Part.  pres.  acquerant.      Part,  passe,  acquis. 
Pris.  j'acqniers,  tu  acquiers,  il  acquiert ;  nous  acquerons,  voos  ac- 
qu^rez,  ils  acqui^rent. 


IBBBGULAR   VERBS.  125 

Prts.  du  Subj.  que  j'acquifere,  que  tu  acquiferes,  qu'il  acquiere ;   que 

nous  acquerions,  que  vous  acqueriez,  qu'ils  acquierent. 
Imparf.  j'acquerais. 

Passe  def.  j'acquis,  tu  acquis,  il  acquit,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  j'acquisse. 
Fut.  j'acquerrai. 
Iinp^r.  acquiers ;  acqaerons,  acquerez. 

20.  ConqaSrir,  conquerant,  conquis ;  like  acqu6rir. 

21.  Bouillir,  to  boil. 

Inf.  bouillir.        Pai-t.  pris.  bouillant.       Part.  pass€,  bouilli. 
Pr^s.  je  bous,  tu  bous,  il  bout ;    nous   bouillons,  vous   bouillez,  ils 

bouillent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  bouille. 
Imparf.  je  bouillais. 
Pass^  def  je  bouillis. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  bouillisse. 
Fut.  je  bouillirai. 
Imper.  bous ;  bouillons,  bouillez. 

As  an  active  verb  faire  bouillir  is  used,  as : 

elle  fait  bouillir  les  pommes  de  terre,  she  boils  the  potatoes. 

22.  Tressaillir,  to  start,  to  tremble. 

Inf.  tressaillir.    Part.  pr^s.  tressaillant.    Part,  pass^,  tressailli. 
Pr^s.  je  tressaille,  tu  tressailles,  il  tressaille ;  nous  tressaillons,  voos 

tressaillez,  ils  tressaillent. 
Pres.  du  Subj.  que  je  tressaille. 
Imparf.  je  tressaillais. 
Passe  def  je  tressaillis. 
Imparf  du  Subj.  que  je  tressaillisse. 
Fut.  je  tressaillirai. 

Exercise  XLV. 

1.  On  n'acquiert  rien  sans  travail  et  sans  peine.  2.  Par  Tappli- 
cation  et  I'Stude  vous  acqueriez  des  connaissances.  3.  J'ai  acquis 
ce  bien  16gitimement.  4.  Le  bien  mal  acquis  ne  proiite  pas.  5. 
Alexandre-le-Grand  a  conquis  I'Asie.  6.  L'eau  bout.  7.  Les  oeufs 
sont  cuits  (polled).  8.  La  servante  fait  bouillir  les  pommes  de 
terre.     9.  II  tressaille  de  joie.     10.  II  tressaillit  de  peur. 

1.  The  boy  -will  acquire  nothing  without  labor  and  vpithout  pain. 
2.  By  application  and  study  he  acquires  knowledge  (/>?.).  3.  He 
has  acquired  this  pi'operty  lawfully.     4.  The  enemies  conquered 


126  lEEEGtTLAE   VEEBS. 

France.  5,  The  water  will  boil.  6.  The  egg  is  boiled  {my  cooked). 
7.  The  servant  boils  the  water.  8.  The  servant  must  boil  the  po- 
tatoes.   9.  They  start  with  joy.    10.  They  will  tremble  with  fear. 

III.  Ibeegulab  Yeebs  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 

I  ¥&lloiTftobeobliged{must^should,ought).  Impersonal  Verb 
Pr^s.  11  faut.     Imparf.  11  fallait,  etc.     See  conjugation  on  p.  97. 

2,  Valoir,  to  he  worth. 

Inf.  valoir.         Part.  pr€s.  valant.         Part.  pass€,  valu. 
Pr^s.  je  vaux,  tu  vaux,  11  vaut ;  nous  valons,  vous  valez,  lis  valent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  vaille,  que  tu  vailles,  qu'U  valUe ;   que  nous 

valions,  que  vous  vallez,  qu'ils  valUent. 
Imparf.  je  valals. 

Pass€  d€f.  je  valus,  tu  valus,  11  valut ;  nous  valiiines,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  valusse. 
Fut.  je  vaudral,  tu  vaudras,  etc. 
Cond.  je  vaudrals. 
Imp€r.  vaux ;  valons,  valez. 

II  vaut  mleux,  it  is  better. 

3.  Prevaloir,  to  prevail,  is  conjugated  like  valoir,  except  in 
the  Pres.  du  ifSiil^.,  which  is 

Que  je  pr^vale  (not  pr^vallle),  que  tu  prevales,  qu'U  prevale ;   que  nous 
pr^valions,  que  vous  prevallez,  qu'ils  pre'valent. 

Exercise  XLVI. 

1.  II  faut  manger  pour  vivre,  mais  il  ne  faut  pas  vivre  pour 
manger.  2.  II  me  faut  faire  cela  ce  matin.  3.  II  faut  que  je  le 
fasse  avant  de  sortir.  4.  II  faudra  que  nous  disions  la  v6rit6.  5. 
Ce  cheval  vaut  trois  cents  francs.  6.  Ma  montre  vaut  mieux  que  la 
votre.  7.  II  vaut  mieux  ne  pas  y  aller.  8.  Les  pauvres  valent 
souvent  mieux  que  les  riches.  9.  Ce  drap  vaut  sept  francs  le  mfetre. 
10.  Croyez-vous  que  cette  maison  vaille  ce  qu'il  I'a  pay6e?     11. 

II  y  a  beaucoup  d'occasions  o&  il  vaut  mieux  se  taire  que  de  parler. 
12.  Cette  chose  vaut  bien  la  peine  d'y  penser.  13.  Son  adversaire  a 
prSvalu.    14.  II  ndlfaut  pas  que  la  coutume  prevale  sur  la  raison. 

1.  You  must  do  that  this  evening.  2.  You  must  do  it  before 
going  out.  3.  You  will  be  obliged  to  tell  the  truth.  4.  Tins  house 
is  worth  ten  thousand  francs.  5.  This  house  is  better  than  mine. 
6.  This  coat  (habit)  is  worth  two  hundred  francs.  7.  Do  you  be- 
lieve that  this  house  is  worth  what  you  have  paid  (for)  it  ?  8.  Do 
you  believe  that  these  houses  are  worth  what  you  have  paid  (for) 
them  ?  9.  It  will  be  better  for  me  to  be  silent  than  to  speak.  10. 
These  things  are  well  worth  the  trouble  of  thinking  of  them. 


IBREGULAR   VERBS.  127 


4.  Vouloir,  to  he  willing^  to  wish. 

Inf.  vouloir.         Part.  pres.  voulant.         Part.  pass6,  voulu. 
Pr€s.  je  veux,  tu  veux,  il  veut ;  nous  voulons,  vous  voulez,  ils  veulent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  veuille,  que  tu  veuilles,  qu'il  veuille ;  que  nous 

voulions,  que  vous  vouliez,  qu'ils  veuillent. 
Imparf.  je  voulais. 

Passe  dif.  je  voulus,  tu  voulus,  il  voulut ;  nous  vouliimes,  etc 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  voulusse. 
Fut.  je  voudrai. 
Cond.  je  voudrais. 
Imp€r.  veuille ;  veuillez  (be  so  good  as). 


5.  Pouvoir,  to  be  able  {can,  may). 

Inf.  pouvoir.         Part.  pres.  pouvant.         Part,  pass^  pu. 
Pr^s.  je  peux  {or  je  puis),  tu  peux,  il  peut ;  nous  pouvons,  vous  pou- 

vez,  ils  peuvent. 
Pr€s.  du  Suhj.  que  je  puisse,  que  tu  puisses,  qu'il  puisse ;  que  nous 

puissions,  que  vous  puissiez,  qu'ils  puissent. 
Imparf.  je  pouvais. 

Pass^  def.  je  pus,  tu  pus,  il  put ;  nous  piimes,  vous  p&tes,  ils  purent. 
Imparf.  du  Suhj.  que  je  pusse. 
Fut.  je  pourrai. 
Cond.  je  pourrais. 


Exercise  XLVll. 

1.  Je  veux  que  vous  gcriviez  une  lettre  a  votre  oncle.  2.  Vou- 
driez-vous  avoir  la  bont6  de  tailler  ma  plume  ?  3.  Pourriez-vous 
me  dire  quelle  heure  il  est  ?  4.  Non,  monsieur,  je  ne  peux  pas 
vous  le  dire ;  je  n'ai  pas  ma  montre  sur  (with)  moi.  5.  Peut-on  tout 
ce  qu'on  veut  ?  Oh  !  non,  on  ne  peut  pas  toujours  ce  que  I'on  veut. 
6.  Vous  le  pouvez,  si  vous  le  voulez.  7.  Voudrais-tu  que  je  fusse 
malheureux  ?  8.  Si  mon  beau-frSre  ne  veut  pas  vous  accompa- 
gner,  je  ne  le  veux  pas  non  plus.  9.  Pouvez-vous  faire  cela  ?  Oui, 
je  le  peux,  mais  mon  frfere  ne  le  peut  pas.  10.  II  ne  croyait  pas 
que  je  pusse  jeter  cette  grosse  pierre.  11.  Crois-tu  que  tu  puisses 
porter  cela?     12.  Mon  oncle  ne  croit  pas  que  je  veuille  partir. 

1.  He  wishes  that  we  should  write  a  letter  to  his  uncle.  2.  Would 
you  (wish)  have  the  kindness  to  speak  to  my  brother-in-law  ?  3. 
Would  he  be  able  to  tell  me  what  o'clock  it  is  ?  4.  No,  sir,  he 
can  not  tell  (it)  you;  he  has  not  his  watch  with  (sur)  him.  5.  We 
are  able  (to  do)  all  that  we  wish.  6.  He  is  able  (to  do)  it,  if  he 
wish  it.  7.  If  our  brothers  do  not  wish  to  accompany  you,  we 
do  not  wish  it  either.  8.  Is  he  able  to  do  that  ?  Yes,  he  (it)  can, 
but  I  (it)  can  not.  9. 1  do  not  believe  that  you  can  throw  that  large 
stone.    10. 1  did  not  believe  that  you  could  throw  that  large  stona 


128  IRREGULAR    VKRBS. 

6.  Voir,  to  see. 

Inf.  voir.         Part,  pr^s,  voyant.         Part.  pass€,  va. 
Pr^s.  je  vois,  tii  vois,  il  voit ;  nous  voyons,  vous  voyez,  ils  voient. 
Pre's.  du  Subj.  que  je  voie,  que  tu  voies,  qu'il  voie ;  que  nous  voyions, 

que  vous  voyiez,  qu'ils  voient. 
Impurf.  je  voyais. 

Pass^  dif.  je  vis,  tu  vis,  il  vit ;  nous  vimes,  vous  vites,  ils  virent. 
Impurf.  du  Su/>j.  que  je  visse. 
Fut.  je  verrai. 
Impe'r.  vois ;  voyons,  voyez. 

7.  PouTVoir  (k),  to  provide  (for). 

Inf.  pourvoir.     Part,  pre's.  pounoyaut.     Part.  pass€,  pourvu. 
Pr€s.  je  pourvois,  tu  pouivois,  il  pourvoit;   nous  poun'oyons,  vous 

pourvoyez,  ils  pouivoient. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  pourvoie. 
Imparf.  je  pourvoyais. 

Pass^  dif.  je  pourvus,  tu  pourvus,  il  poui-vut,  etc, 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  pourvusse. 
Fut.  je  pourvoirai. 

Exercise  XLVIII. 

1.  Que  voyez-vous  Ifi-bas  ?  Nous  ne  voyons  rien.  2,  Crois-tu 
que  nous  voyions  nos  amis  ?  3.  Voulez-vous  venir  nous  voir  ? 
Nous  verrons,  4.  Je  verrais  mon  beau-tV^re,  si  je  n'6tais  pas  lB,ch6 
contre  lui.  5,  Je  le  vois  presque  tous  les  jours ;  je  le  verrai  peut- 
gtre  encore  ce  soir,  6.  J'ai  vu  votre  cousin,  mais  vous  ne  I'avez 
pas  vu.  7.  Je  le  verrai  bientot  et  ton  ami  le  verra  aussi.  8.  Je  le 
vis  hier  S  la  promenade.  9.  II  ne  voulait  pas  que  je  le  visse.  10, 
Voyez-vous  que  j'ai  eu  raison  ?  Oui,  je  le  vois  maintenant,  11. 
II  a  pourvu  S  tous  nos  besoins.     12.  Dieu  y  poun'oira. 

1.  Wliat  do  you  see  down  there  ?  I  see  nothing.  2.  Does  he 
believe  that  you  will  see  {Subj.)  your  friends  ?  3.  Will  you  (are 
you  willing)  to  come  to  see  my  brother-in-law  ?  I  shall  see.  4, 
The  uncle  would  see  liis  nephew,  if  he  were  not  angr\'  with  {con- 
tre) him.  5,  We  see  him  nearly  every  day;  we  shall  see  him,  per- 
haps, this  evening.  6.  He  has  seen  my  cousin,  but  I  have  not 
seen  him.  7.  We  shall  see  him  very  soon,  and  you  will  see  him 
also.  8.  You  were  not  willing  that  he  should  see  her.  9.  Does 
your  brother-in-law  see  that  I  was  right  ?  Yes,  he  sees  it  now. 
10.  I  have  provided  for  all  your  wants, 

8,  Savoir,  to  know. 

Inf.  savoir.         Part.  pr€s.  sachant.         Part,  pass^,  su. 
Pr€s.  je  sais,  tu  sais,  il  sait;  nous  savons,  vous  savez,  ils  savent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  sache,  que  tu  saches,  qu'il  sache;  que  nous 
sachions,  que  vous  sachiez,  qu'ils  sacbent. 


lEBBGULAB   VERBS.  129 

Imparf.  je  savais. 

Passe  dif.  je  sus,  tu  sus,  il  sat ;  nous  sfimes,  vous  sfttes,  ils  sorent. 

Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  susse. 

Fut.  je  saurai. 

Itnpir.  sache ;  sachons,  sachez. 

Exercise  XLIX. 

1.  Savez-vous  parler  fran9ais  ?  Nous  le  savons  un  peu.  2.  Mon 
cousin,  qui  est  mort  S  Berlin,  savait  plusieurs  langues.  3.  Savez- 
vous  votre  le9on  ?  Oui,  je  la  sais.  4.  Personne  ne  suit  mon  se- 
cret. 5.  II  ne  croit  pas  que  je  sache  son  secret.  6.  Voudrais-tu 
que  je  I'eusse  su  plus  tot  %  7.  II  est  possible  qu'il  le  sache. 
8.  C'est  dommage  que  vous  ne  sachiez  pas  assez  le  frangais  et 
I'anglais.  9.  Sais-tu  d6jS  le  fran9ais  ?  Non,  je  ne  le  sais  pas 
encore,  je  commence  d.  I'apprendre  seulement.  10.  Vous  saurez 
que  notre  ami  est  en  voyage. 

1.  Do  you  know  (how)  to  speak  English  ?  I  know  it  a  littld. 
2.  My  brother-in-law  knows  many  languages.  3.  Does  the  girl 
know  her  lesson  ?  Yes,  she  knows  it.  4.  The  idle  boy  knows 
nothing.  5. 1  do  not  believe  that  you  know  my  secret.  6. 1  should 
have  wished  that  you  had  known  it  sooner.  7.  Is  it  possible  that 
he  knows  it?  8.  It  is  a  pity  (that)  my  nephew  does  not  know 
French  and  English.  9.  Do  you  (vous)  know  French  already? 
No,  we  do  not  know  it  yet,  we  are  only  beginning  to  learn  it. 

9.  Mouvoir,  to  move. 

Inf.  mouvoir.  Part.  pres.  mouvant.  Part.  pass€,  mu. 
Pr^s.  je  meus,  tu  meus,  il  meut ;  nous  mouvous,  vous  mouvez,  ils  mea- 

vent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  meuve,  que  tu  meuves,  qu'il  meuve ;  que  nons 

mouvions,  que  vous  inouviez,  qu'ils  meuvent. 
Pass^  d^f.  je  mus,  tu  mus,  il  mut ;  nous  mflmes,  vous  miites,  ils  mu- 

rent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  musse. 
Fut.  je  mouvrai. 
Imp€r.  meus ;  mouvons,  mouvez. 

10.  Pleuvoir,  to  rain. — Impersonal  Verb. 

Inf.  pleuvoir.  Part.  pr6s.  pleuvant.  Part.  pass€,  plu. 
Pr€s.  il  pleut.  Pr^s.  du  Subj.  qu'il  pleuve.  Imparf.  il  pleiivait, 
Passi  d^f  il  plut.     Imparf.  du  Subj.  qu'il  pldt.     Fut.  il  pleuvra. 

Exercise  L. 

1.  C'est  I'stme  qui  meut  le  corps.  2.  Les  passions  meuvent 
souvent  les  hommes.  3.  Dix  liommes  n'ont  pas  pu  mouvoir  cette 
pierre.  4.  Personne  ne  pent  expliquer  comment  il  est  possible 
que  I'ame  meuve  le  corps.     5.  Get  homme  est  si  malade  qu'il  ne 


130  IBBBGULAB  VEBBS. 

peut  sa  mouvoir.    6.  H  y  a  des  pays  o&  il  pleut  rarement.     7.  II 
plut  k  verse  (in  tcrrenU).     8.  Je  crois  qu'il  pleuvra  bientot. 

1.  The  boy  moves  this  stone.  2.  The  boys  move  this  stone. 
3.  The  boys  will  move  this  stone.  4.  These  men  are  so  ill  that 
they  can  not  move  (themselves).  5.  All  animals  move  (themselves). 
6.  Does  it  rain  ?  Yes,  it  rains ;  it  rained  also  yesterday  all  day 
{my  all  the  day).  7.  It  will  rain  in  torrents  soon.  8.  It  rained 
in  torrents  yesterday  all  day. 


11.  S'asseoir,  to  sit. 

Inf.  s'asseoir.      Part.  pris.  s'asseyant.      Part,  pass^,  assis. 
Pr^s.  je  m'assieds,  tu  t'assieds,  il  s'assied  •  nous  nous  asseyons,  vous 

vous  asseyez,  ils  s'asseyent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  m'asseye. 
Imparf.  je  m'asseyais. 
Pass^  dlf.  je  m'assis,  tu  t'assis,  il  s'assit ;  nous  nous  assimes,  vons  vous 

assites,  ils  s'assirent. 
Imparf.  du  Stihj.  que  je  m'assisse. 
Fut.  je  m'assierai,  tu  t'assieras,  etc. ,  or  je  m 'asseyeraL 
Imp€r.  assieds-toi ;  asseyons-nous,  asseyez- vous. 

12.  D6choir,  to  decay,  to  fall  off. 

* 

Inf.  d^choir.       Part.  pris.  {wanting.')      Part.  pass€,  d^chn. 
Pr^s.  je  d^chois,  tu  dechois,  11  d^choit ;  nous  ddchoyons,  vous  dechoyez, 

ils  dechoient. 
Pr^s.  du  Suhj.  que  je  de'choie,  que  nous  dechoyions. 
Pass^  d^f  je  dechus,  tu  dechus,  il  dechut ;  nous  dechflmes,  vous  de- 

chfltes,  ils  dechurent. 
Imparf.  du  Suhj.  que  je  dechusse. 
Fut.  je  de'cherrai.  tu  d^oherras,  il  d^cberra ;  nous  d^cherrons,  vous 

decherrez,  ils  decherront. 

13.  Echoir^  echeant,  6chu,  to  lapse^  to  fall  to. 
Conjugated  like  dtehoir. 

Exercise  LL 

1.  Le  roi  s'assied  sur  le  trone.  2.  Le  ramoneur  (the  sweep)  s'assit 
Bur  le  toit.  8.  Nous  nous  assimes  sur  une  pierre.  4.  Od  nous 
asseyerons-nous  ?  Vous  vous  assi^rez  sur  ce  banc.  5.  Pourquoj 
ne  t'es-tu  pas  encore  assis?  Je  ne  m'asseyerai  pas  le  premier. 
6.  Assieds-toi.  7.  Asseyez-vous.  8.  Je  desire  qu'on  s'asseye.  9.  Je 
voudrais  qu'on  s'assit.  10.  Nous  nous  6tions  d^jS  assis  S  table, 
lorsqu'on  nous  annon^a  cette  nouvelle.  11.  II  est  fort  d6chu  dans 
I'estime  du  public.     12.  Le  vieillard  commence  a  dfichoir. 


IBBEGULAR   VERBS.  131 

1.  The  king  and  queen  sit  on  the  throne.  2.  The  sweepa  sat 
apon  the  roof.  3.  You  sat  upon  a  stone.  4.  Where  shall  my 
sister  sit  ?  She  will  sit  upon  this  bench.  5.  Why  is  he  not  yet 
seated  ?  He  will  not  sit  (down)  the  first.  6.  We  desire  that  you 
should  sit  (down).  7.  I  was  already  seated  at  table,  when  one 
announced  to  us  that  news.  8.  They  are  much  fallen  in  the 
esteem  of  the  public. 

IV.  Ibbbgulae  Verbs  op  the  Fourth  Conjugation. 
1.  Dire,  to  say. 

Inf.  dire.  Part.  pr€s.  disant.  Part,  passi,  dit. 

Pris.  je  dis,  ta  dis,  il  dit ;  nous  disons,  voifs  dites,  ils  disent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  diss. 
Jmpnrf.  je  disais. 

Pass€  d^f.  je  dis,  tu  dis,  il  dit ;  nous  dimes,  tous  dites,  ils  dirent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  disse. 
Fut.  je  dirai. 
Jmp€r.  dis ;  disons,  dites. 

•  Compounds. — Redire,  to  say  again,  to  r(^)eat,  is  conju- 
gated exactly  like  dire. 

Dedire,  to  disown;  contredire,  to  contradict;  interdire, 
to  forbid;  mddire,  to  slander;  pr^dire,  to  foretell,  are  con- 
jugated like  dire,  except  in  the  2d  Pers.  PI.  of  the  Indie. 
Present,  and  the  Imperative,  which  have  d^disez,  con- 
tredisez,  interdisez,  medisez,  predisez. 

Maudire,  to  curse,  is  conjugated  like  dire,  except  that  it 
doubles  the  s,  as  Part.  pres.  maudissant ;  Ind.  pres.  nous 
maudissons  ;  Imparf  je  maudissais  ;  Pres.  du  Subj.  que 
je  maudisse  ;   Imper.  raaudissez. 

2.  Suffire,  suffisant,  suffi,  to  suffice. 

Conjugated  like  dire,  except  in  the  2d  Pers.  PI.  of  the 
Indie.  Pres.,  and  the  Imperative,  which  have  VOUS  SuffiseZj 
suffisez. 

EXEBCISB   LIL 

1.  Que  me  dites-vous  ?  Je  ne  vous  dis  rien.  2.  Dites-le-moi 
maintenant.  Je  vous  le  dirai  une  autre  fois.  3.  Qu'en  dites-vous  ? 
Je  n'en  dis  rien  du  tout.  4.  Je  dis  hier  a  ma  belle-soeur  de  venir 
nous  voir.  5.  Mon  beau-frfere  disait  souvent  qu'il  regrettait  la  mort 
de  son  ami.  6.  Que  voulez-vous  que  je  vous  dise  ?  7.  Les  enfants 
disent  tout  ce  qu'ils  pensent.  8.  Qu'est-ce  que  vous  me  dites  ?  Je 
yous  dis  ce  qui  est  vrai.    9.  Dites-moi  franchement  ce  que  vous  en 


132  IRRBGULAB   VERBS. 

pensez.  10.  Je  veux  que  chacun  dise  son  opinion,  11.  Qu'est-ce 
que  votre  soeur  dit  de  ce  manage  ?  Elle  n'en  dit  rien,  elle  en  est 
tout  6tonn6e.    12.  Cette  somme  ne  suffit  pas  pour  payer  vos  dettes. 

1.  What  does  he  say  to  you  ?  He  says  nothing  to  me.  2.  He 
will  tell  (it)  you  another  time.  3.  What  does  she  say  about  it 
(en)  ?  She  says  nothing  about  it  at  all.  4.  We  spoke  (my  said) 
yesterday  to  my  brother-in-law  about  coming  (de  venir)  to  see  us. 
5.  What  do  you  wish  that  we  should  say  to  you  ?  6.  We  say 
every  thing  (which)  we  think.  7.  What  does  she  say  (my  what 
is  it  she  says)  ?  She  says  to  you  what  is  true.  8.  I  will  tell  you 
frankly  what  I  think  of  it.  9.  What  is  it  that  your  brother-in-law 
said  about  (de)  that  marriage  ?  He  said  nothing  about  it ;  he  is 
quite  astonished  at  it  (en).  10.  That  sum  will  not  suffice  to  pay 
their  debts. 

3.  Lire,  to  read. 

Inf.  lire.         Part.  pr^s.  lisant.         Part.  p(us€,  m, 
Pr€a.  je  lis,  tu  lis,  il  lit ;  nous  lisons,  voos  lisez,  ils  lisent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  Use. 
Imparf.  je  lisais. 

Pass(  d6f.  je  lus,  tn  Ins,  11  lat ;  nous  Ifimes,  tous  Kites,  ils  lurent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  Insse. 
Fut.  je  lirai. 
Imp€r.  lis ;  lisons,  lisez. 

4.  £lire,  elisant,  elu,  to  electa  to  choose. 
Conjugated  Uke  lire. 

Exercise  LIII. 

1.  Qu'est-ce  que  vous  lisez  Ifi  ?  Je  lis  le  journal.  2.  Avez-vous 
d6jS  lu  le  journal  ?  Non,  Monsieur,  je  ne  Tai  pas  encore  lu ;  mais 
je  le  lirai  ce  soir  apr^s  le  souper.  3.  Vous  lisez  trop  bas,  mes 
enfants ;  lisez  un  pen  plus  haut.  4.  II  entra,  lut  la  lettre  qu'il 
avait  re9ue,  et  partit  aussitot.  5.  Que  lisais-tu  lorsque  j'entrai  ? 
Je  lisais  ce  livre.  6.  As-tu  d6ja  lu  les  auteurs  fran9ais  ?  7.  Non, 
je  ne  les  ai  pas  encore  lus ;  je  lea  lirai  jjlus  tard.  8.  Nous  Iflmes 
cette  nouvelle  dans  une  gazette  (dans  un  journal). 

1.  What  is  (that)  he  is  reading  there  ?  He  is  reading  the  journal. 
2.  Have  you  already  read  the  journal  ?  No,  sir,  we  have  not  yet 
read  it;  but  we  will  read  it  this  morning,  after  breakfast.  3.  He 
reads  too  low ;  he  must  (ilfaut  que)  read  a  little  louder.  4.  They 
entered,  read  the  letters  which  they  had  received,  and  set  out 
immediately.  5.  What  was  he  reading  when  you  entered  ?  He 
was  reading  this  book.  6.  He  has  already  read  the  English 
authors.  7.  We  have  not  yet  read  the  French  authors.  8.  I  read 
this  news  in  a  newspaper. 


lERKGULAB   VERBS.  133 

5.  Ecrire,  to  write. 

Inf.  €crire.         Part,  pre's.  ecrivant.         Part.  pass€,  ecrit. 
Pr^s.  j'e'cris,  tu  ecris,  il  ecrit ;  nous  ecrivons,  voos  ecrivez,  ils  ecrirent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  j'ecrive. 
ItnparJ'.  j'ecrivais. 
Passe  d/f.  j'ecrivis,  tu  ecrivis,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  j'ecrivisse. 
Fut.  jecrirai. 
Tmp&.  ecris ;  ecrivons,  &rivez. 

Exercise  LIV. 

1,  J'6cris  une  lettre.  2.  Louise  §crit  sa  version.  3.  Hier  mon 
pfere  6crivit  dix  lettres.  4.  Les  enfants  6criveut  des  mots  et  de 
petites  phrases.  5.  N'6cris  pas  si  vite.  6.  J'gcrirai  a  mon  ami 
pour  lui  communiquer  cette  nouvelle.  7.  Quand  m'6crirez-vous  ? 
8.  Je  desire  que  vous  m'6criviez  bientot.  9.  II  ne  m'6crivit  que 
deux  mots  pour  m'annoncer  son  depart.  10.  Lui  avez-vous  dfijsl 
gcrit  ce  qui  s'est  pass6  ici?  11.  Qu'6crivais-tu  lorsque  j'entrai? 
12.  Nous  6crivions  des  phrases  fran9aises  lorsque  vous  entrates. 

1.  Are  you  writing  a  letter  ?  No,  sir,  I  am  writing  a  translation. 
2.  What  are  you  writing  ?  We  are  writing  letters.  3.  Yesterday 
my  sisters  wrote  twelve  letters.  4.  Yesterday  the  child  wrote 
words  and  short  phrases.  5.  Do  not  write  (pi.)  so  quickly.  6.  We 
will  write  to  our  brother-in-law  to  communicate  to  him  this  news. 
7,  When  will  he  write  to  us  ?  8.  We  wish  (that)  he  would  write 
to  us  very  soon.  9.  You  only  wrote  to  us  two  words  to  announce 
your  departure.  10.  What  was  he  writing  when  we  entered  ?  He 
was  writing  English  phrases  when  you  entered. 

6.  Eire,  to  laugh. 
Inf.  rire.        Part.  pr^s.  riant.         Part.  pass€,  rL 
Pr€s.  je  ris,  tu  ris,  il  rit ;  nous  rions,  vous  riez,  ils  rieat. 
Pris  du  Subj.  que  je  rie. 
Tmparf.  je  rials. 
Pass^  d£f.  je  ris,  tu  ris,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  risse. 
Fut.  je  rir&i, 
Imp^r.  ris;  rions,  riez. 

Compound,  sonrire,  to  smile. 

Exercise  LV. 
Eire  de,  to  laugh  at. 

1.  Tel  nt  aujourd'hui,  qui  ne  rira  plus  demain.  2.  Le  sage 
sourit,  tandis  que  les  sots  rient.  3.  Nous  rions  de  vos  pretentions. 
4.  J'ai  ri  de  ses  menaces.     5,  Nous  rimes  de  bon  coeur  lorsqu'il 


134  IRBEGULAK  VEEBS. 

nous  raconta  cela.    6.  II  n'est  pas  biens6ant  que  vous  riez  comme 
desfous.  7.  Nous  sourions  de  la  simplicitS  naive  des  campagnards. 

8.  Le  bon  campagnard  6tait  si  embarrass^  que  la  reine  en  sourit. 

9.  Les  courtisans  sourirent  d'un  air  moqueur.     10.  Pourquoi  sou- 
riez-vous  ?    J'ai  souri  de  votre  embarras. 

1.  They  laugh  to-day,  2.  They  will  not  laugh  to-morrow.  3.  He 
laughs  at  our  pretensions.  4.  We  have  laughed  at  your  menaces. 
5.  She  laughed  heartily  when  you  told  her  that.  6.  It  is  not  be- 
coming that  I  should  laugh  like  a  fool.  7.  Did  you  not  smile  at 
the  simplicity  of  the  countryman  ?  8.  The  good  countrymen 
were  so  embarrassed  that  my  uncle  smiled  (at  it). 


7.  Mettre,  to  put^  put  on  (of  clothes). 

Inf.  mettre.         Part.  pr^s.  mettant.         Part.  pass€,  mis. 
Pr€s.  je  mets,  tu  mets,  il  met ;  nous  mettons,  vous  mettez,  ils  mettent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  mette. 
Imparf.  je  mettais. 

Pass€  d(f/.  je  mis,  tu  mis,  il  mit ;  nous  mimes,  vous  mites,  ils  mirent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  misse,  que  tu  misses,  qu'il  mit,  etc. 
Fut.  je  mettrai. 
Impir.  mets  ;  mettons,  mettez. 

Se  mettre  (k),  to  begin;  as :  I'enfant  se  mit  h  pleurer,  the  child  6s- 
gan  to  weep. 


Compounds. 


promettre,  to  promise. 

admettre,  to  admit. 

commettre,  to  commit. 

se  demettre  (d«),  to  resign. 
omettre,  to  omit. 


permettre,         to  permit. 
compromettre,  to  compromise. 
remettre,  to  put  back. 

soumettre,         to  submit. 
transmettre,      to  convey. 


Exercise  LVL 

1.  0\1  avez-vous  mis  mes  gants  ?  Je  les  ai  mis  sur  cette  chaise- 
\k.  2.  Mettons-nous  S  table,  le  diner  est  servi.  3.  0&  voulez-vous 
que  je  mette  votre  journal  ?  Mettez-le,  s'il  vous  plait,  sur  cette 
petite  table.  4.  Charles  mettra  ses  bottes.  5.  Nous  allons  sortir; 
mettras-tu  tes  gants?  6.  Je  veux  que  tu  inettes  un  autre  habit. 
7.  Je  mettrais  d'autres  gants,  si  j'en  avals  de  propres.  8.  Remets 
r6p6e  dans  le  fourreau.  9.  Remettez  ces  livres  a  leur  place. 
10.  Avez-vous  permis  aux  enfans  de  sortir  ?  Oui,  je  leur  ai  donnfi 
la  permission  ;  ils  ont  promis  d'6tre  bien  sages. 

1.  Where  have  you  put  my  boots?  We  have  put  them  on  the 
bench.  2.  Where  do  you  wish  that  we  should  put  your  gloves  ? 
Put  them,  if  you  please,  on  that  chair  (there).     3.  William  will 


IBRKGULAE   VERBS.  185 

put  on  his  coat.  4.  I  am  going  to  set  out;  will  you  put  on 
another  coat  ?  5.  We  wish  (that)  you  would  put  on  other  gloves. 
6.  If  I  had  other  stockings,  I  would  put  on  also  other  boots.  7. 1 
will  put  back  the  sword  into  the  scabbard.  8.  The  children  put 
back  the  books  in  their  place.  9.  He  has  permitted  the  childxen 
to  go  out.     10.  They  have  promised  to  be  good. 


8.  Faire,  to  do,  to  make. 

Inf.  faire.     Part.  pr€s.  faisant  (pronounced  and  sometimes  writtea 
fesant).     Part.  pass€,  fait. 
Pr^s.  je  fais,  tu  fais,  il  fait ;  nous  faisons,  vous  faites,  ils  font. 
Imparf:  je  faisais,  tw  faisais,  il  faisait,  etc. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  fasse,  que  tu  fasses,  qu'il  fasse ;  que  nous  fa»- 

sions,  que  vous  fassiez,  qu'ils  fassent. 
Pass£  (lef.  je  fis,  tu  fis,  il  fit ;  nous  fimes,  vous  fites,  ils  firent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  fisse,  que  tu  fisses,  qu'il  fit ;  que  nous  fissions, 

que  vous  fissiez,  qu'ils  fissent. 
Fui.  je  ferai,  tu  feras,  etc. 
Imp&.  fiiis ;  faisons,  Mtes.  / 


Compounds. 


difaire,  to  undo. 

contrefaire,     to  counterfeit. 
refaire,  to  do  again. 


satisfaire,      to  satisfy. 
se  defaire,     to  get  rid  of. 
surfaire,        to  overcharge. 


Exercise  LVII. 

1.  Fait-il  chaud  ou  froid  ?     II  fait  trfes-chaud  aujourd'hui 

2.  Trouvez-vous  qu'il  fasse  plus  chaud  aujourd'hui  qu'hier  ?  II 
fit  plus  froid  hier.  3.  Chez  quel  tailleur  faites-vous  faire  voa 
habits  ?  4.  Quand  nous  6tions  ^  la  campagne  nous  faisions  tons 
les  jours  de  longues  promenades.  5.  Je  voudrais  que  votre  beau- 
frfere  fit  ce  vogage  avec  moi.  6.  Qui  a  fait  cela  ?  Ce  n'est  pas 
moi,  c'est  mon  frfere  Louis  qui  I'a  fait.  7.  Ces  6coliers  font-ils 
des  progrfes  ?  8.  Vous  feriez  plus  de  progr&s,  si  vous  aviez  plus 
de  zfele.  9.  II  faut  que  vous  me  fassiez  le  plaisir  de  m'accora- 
pagner  a  la  campagne.     10.  Je  fais  ce  que  vous  m'ordonnez. 

11.  Que  ferez-vous  ce  soir  ?     Je  ferai  ce  que  vous  fites  hier. 

12.  Ces  gens  font  tout  ce  qui  leur  plait. 

1.  It  is  very  cold  to-day.     2.  It  is  beautiful  weather  to-day. 

3.  I  find  that  it  is  colder  to-day  than  yesterday.  4.  When  I  was 
in  the  country,  I  took  {say  made)  long  walks  every  day.  5.  I 
should  like  {say  wish)  that  your  sisters  made  this  journey  with 
me.  6.  We  liave  not  done  that ;  it  is  our  sister  who  has  done  it. 
7.  The  scholars  make  progress.  8.  We  have  our  clothes  made 
at  a  ojood  tailor's.     9.  At  what  tailor's  has  he  his  clothes  made  ? 


136  IBBB6ULAB  yiCBB& 

10.  He  must  (Ufaut  que)  do  us  the  pleasure  of  accompanying  us 
into  the  country.  11.  They  do  what  you  order  them.  12.  They 
will  do  what  we  did  yesterday. 

9.  Croire,  to  believe. 

Inf.  croire.         Part.  pr€s.  croyant.         Part.  pass€,  cm. 

Pr^s.  je  crois,  tu  crois,  11  croit ;  nous  croyons,  vous  croyez,  lis  croient. 

Pr€s.  du  Su/tj.  que  je  croie,  que  tu  croies,  qu'il  croie ;  que  nous  croy- 
ions,  que  vous  croyiez,  qu'ils  croient. 

Jmparf.  je  croyais. 

Pass€  def.  je  crus,  tu  cms,  il  crut ;  nous  crflmes,  vous  criites,  ils  era- 
rent. 

Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  cmsse. 

Fut.  je  croirai. 

Iinpir.  crois ;  croyons,  croyez. 


10.  Croitre,  to  grow. 

Inf.  croitre.         Part.  pris.  croissant.         Part,  passi,  crft. 
Pr€s.  je  crois,  tu   crois,  il  croit  •,   nous   croissons,  vous  croissez,  ils 

croissent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  croisse. 
Imparf.  je  croissais. 

Passi  d^f.  je  crfis,  tu  crfis,  il  crftt,  nous  criimes,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  crasse. 
Fut.  je  croitrai. 


Exercise  LVIII. 

1.  Crois-tu  cet  homme  ?  Non.  je  ne  le  crois  pa?;,  je  crois  que 
c'est  un  menteur.  2.  Cet  homme  est  si  cr6dule  qu'il  croit  tout  ce 
qu'on  lui  dit.  3.  Croj'ez-vous  que  cette  nouvelle  soit  vraie  ?  Non, 
nous  ne  le  croyons  pas.  4.  Si  j'avais  cru  mon  ami.  je  ne  serais 
pas  maintenant  dans  cet  embarras.  5.  Que  pensez-vous  de  cet 
homme?  Le  croyez-vous  homme  d'honneur?  6.  Je  le  croyais 
plus  g6n6reux.  Je  Taurais  cru  incapable  de  tromper.  7.  J'em- 
ployai  tons  les  moyens  pour  le  persuader,  mais  il  ne  me  crut  pas. 
8.  Cette  plante  croit  trSs-vite.  9.  Ils  ont  crfl  beaucoup  en  peu 
de  temps.     10.  Cet  arbre  est  mort,  il  ne  croTtra  plus. 

1.  We  do  not  believe  that  man.  We  believe  that  he  is  {c'est)  a 
liar.  2.  These  men  are  so  credulous  that  they  believe  every  thing 
which  one  tells  them.  3.  We  believe  that  this  news  is  true. 
4.  We  believed  those  men  more  generous.  5.  We  should  have 
believed  them  incapable  of  deceiving.  6.  Will  you  believ,e  that 
man  ?  I  will  not  believe  him.  7.  Those  liars  did  not  believe  us. 
8.  These  plants  grow  very  quickly.  9.  This  tree  has  grown  much 
in  a  short  time.    10.  These  trees  are  dead,  they  will  grow  no  more. 


IBBE6ULAB   VEBBS.  137 

11.  Boire,  to  drink. 

Inf.  boire.         Part.  pr^s.  buvant.         Part,  passi,  bn. 
Pr€s.  je  bois,  tu  bois,  il  boit ;  nous  buvons,  vous  buvez,  ils  boivent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  boive,  que  tu  boives,  qu'il  boive ;  que  nous  bn- 

vions,  que  vous  buviez,  qu'ils  boivent. 
Jmparf.  je  buvais. 

Pass€  def.  je  bus,  tu  bus,  il  but ;  nous  bfimes,  vous  biites,  ils  burent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  busse. 
Fut.  je  boirai. 
Imper.  bois ;  buvons,  buvez. 

Exercise  LIX. 

1.  Buvez  done !  Vous  ne  buvez  presque  rien.  2.  Je  voua 
remercie,  j'ai  assez  bu.  3.  Je  bus  hier  deux  verres  de  vin,  et  mon 
beau-frfere  but  avant-hier  deux  bouteilles  de  bifere.  4.  Je  ne  veux 
pas  que  vous  buviez  de  cette  eau ;  elle  n'est  pas  potable.  5.  Croyez- 
vous  que  j'aie  assez  bu  ?  Oui,  je  le  crois.  6.  Get  homme  a  trop 
bu,  il  s'est  enivrg.  7.  Buvons  S  la  sant6  de  notre  capitaine. 
8.  Nous  bumes  de  I'eau  fraiche  a  la  fontaine.  9.  Qu'est-ce  que 
tu  boiras  ?  Je  boirai  un  peu  de  vin.  10.  Nos  parents  ne  veulent 
pas  que  nous  buvions  beaucoup  de  vin. 

l.We  drink  almost  nothing.  2.  We  have  drunk  enough.  3.  We 
drank  yesterday  three  glasses  of  beer,  and  my  brother-in-law 
drank  the  day  before  yesterday  a  bottle  of  wine.  4.  We  do  not 
wish  that  you  should  drink  (any)  of. that  water;  it  is  not  fresh, 
5.  I  believe  that  you  have  drunk  enough.  6.  These  men  have 
drunk  too  much — they  are  intoxicated.  7.  They  drink  to  the 
health  of  their  captain.  8.  We  will  drink  a  little  wine.  9.  My 
father  does  not  wish  that  I  should  drink  much  wine.  10.  We 
will  not  drink  much  wine. 

12.  Vivre,  to  live. 

Inf.  vivre.         Part.  pr6s.  vivant.         Part,  passi,  v&iL 
Pr^s.  je  vis,  tu  vis,  il  vit ;  nous  \-ivons,  vous  vivez,  ils  vivent. 
Pres.  du  Subj.  que  je  vive. 
Imparf.  je  vivais. 
Pass4  dif.  je  vecus,  tu  vecus,  il  vecut ;  nous  v6;(imes,  vous  v^jfltes,  ils 

vecurent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  v^cusse. 
Fut.  je  vivrai. 
Imp4r.  vis ;  vivons,  vivez. 

Compounds. 
revivre,  to  revive.  |  snrvivre  (i),  to  survive. 

>  Exercise  LX. 

1.  Je  vis  heureux  dans  ma  famille.  2.  La  mSmoire  de  ce  h6ro8 
vivra  toujours.     3.  L'enfant  ne  vgcut  qu'un  an.    4.  Us  vficurent  S 

G 


138  IKBEGULAK  VBBBS. 

la  campagne.    5.  Us  ont  toujours  v6cu  en  paix  avec  tout  le  monde 

6.  Vous  vivriez  plus  heureux,  si  vous  aviez  moins  de  besoins. 

7.  Nous  dSsirons  que  vous  viviez  ensemble  en  bons  amis.  8.  De 
quoi  vivez-vous  ?  Nous  vivons  de  notre  travail.  9.  Votre  grand- 
pfere  vit-il  encore  ?  Certainement,  et  il  se  porte  trfes-bien.  10.  H 
est  possible  qu'il  vive  encore  dix  ans. 

1.  We  live  happy  in  our  family.  2.  We  lived  happy  in  our 
family.  3.  The  children  lived  only  three  months.  4.  I  lived  in 
the  country.  5.  I  have  always  lived  in  peace  with  every  body 
{say  all  the  world).  6.  I  should  live  more  happy  if  I  had  fewer 
wants.  7.  I  desire  that  they  should  live  together  as  {en)  good 
neighbors.  8.  Is  your  grandmother  still  alive  ?  Yes,  and  she  is 
very  well.  9.  It  is  possible  that  she  may  live  still  many  years. 
10.  My  grandfather  always  lived  in  peace  with  every  body. 

13.  Prendre,  to  take. 

Inf.  prendre.         Part.  pres.  prenant.         Part,  passi,  pris. 
Pr€s.  je  prends,  tu  prends,  11  prend ;  noos  prenons,  vous  prenez,  lis 

prennent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  prenne,  que  tu  prennes,  qu'il  prenne ;  que  nona 

prenions,  que  vous  preniez,  qu'ila  prennent. 
Imparf.  je  prenals. 

Pass€  cUf.  je  pris,  tu  pris,  il  prit ;  nous  primes,  vous  prites,  ils  prirent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  prisse. 
Fut.  je  piendrai. 
Impir.  prends ;  prenons,  prenez. 


Compounds. 


apprendre,  to  learn. 

eompreqdre,        to  comprehend. 
entreprendre,     to  undertake. 


iii6prendre,      to  mistake. 
reprendre,       to  take  again. 
Burprendre,     to  surprise. 


Exercise  LXI. 

1.  Prendrez-vous  une  tasse  de  th6  ou  de  chocolat  ?  Je  prendrai 
tme  demi-tasse  de  caffe.  2.  Prends  garde,  mon  enfant ;  ne  tombe 
pas.  3.  Je  prends  la  plume  pour  vous  6crire.  4.  Prenez  vos 
livres  et  lisez  a  la  page  trente.  5.  Nous  prenons  deux  repas  par 
jour.  6.  Je  prendrais  volontiers  une  tasse  de  th6.  7.  Avez-vous 
appris  votre  le9on  ?  Je  I'apprendrai  S  prfisent.  8.  Avez-vous 
compris  la  rfegle  que  je  vous  ai  expliqufie  ?  Je  comprends  tout 
ce  que  vous  m'expliquez.  9.  II  serait  a  dSsirer  que  vous  prissiez 
vos  precautions  avant  d'entreprendre  cette  aJQTaire.  10.  Avez-vous 
pris  beaucoup  de  poissons  ? 

1.  He  will  take  a  cup  of  tea  or  coffee.  2.  Take  care,  my  chil- 
dren, do  not  fall.  3.  He  takes  the  pen  in  order  to  write  to  you- 
4.  I  will  take  the  book  and  read  at  (the)  page  twenty.     5.  He 


IREEGULAR   VERBS.  139 

takes  three  meals  a  day.     6.  He  has  not  yet  learned  his  lesson. 

7.  When  will  you  learn  your  lesson  ?  8.  He  has  not  understood 
the  rule  which  the  master  explained  to  him.  9.  It  is  necessary 
that  you  should  undertake  this  affair.  10.  I  have  taken  many 
fishes. 

14.  Connaitre,  to  know. 

Inf.  connaitre.       Part.  pr^s.  connaissant.       Part.  pass€,  connu. 
Pr^s.  je  connais,  tu  connais,  11  connait ;  noas  connaissons,  tous  con- 

naissez,  ils  connaissent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  connaisse. 
Imparf.  je  connaissais. 

Pass€  d€f.  je  connus,  tu  connus,  11  connat,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  connusse. 
Fut.  je  connaitrai. 

Compounds. 
Beconnaitre,  to  recognize.         \      Meconnaitre,  not  to  recognize. 

15.  Paraitre,  paraissant,  Part.  pass€  pani,  to  appear.^   Conjugated 

like 

16.  Paitre,  paissant,  Part.  pass€  wanting,  to  graze.        )  COnnaitre. 

Exercise  LXII. 

1.  Connaissez-vous  ce  monsieur?  Oui,  je  le  connais,  c'eot  M. 
Cousin.  2.  Ce  drap  parait  gtre  bon.  3.  II  commence  fi  paraitre 
dans  le  monde.  4.  Les  ennemis  ont  paru  sur  la  fronti^re.  5.  Con- 
naissez-vous cet  homme  ?  Nous  le  connaissons  trfes-peu,  nous  ne 
le  connaissons  que  de  nom.  6.  Qui  est  cette  dame  ?  Ne  la  con- 
nais-tu  pas  ?  Si,  je  la  connais  depuis  longtemps.  7.  On  veut  que 
je  connaisse  cette  dame.     Elle  vint  a  moi  sans  que  je  la  connusse. 

8.  Je  voudrais  que  tu  la  connusses. 

1. 1  do  not  know  this  gentleman.  2.  This  cloth  does  not  ap- 
pear to  be  good.  3.  They  begin  to  appear  in  the  world.  4.  The 
enemies  have  not  appeared  on  the  frontier.  5.  Does  he  know 
that  man?  He  knows  him  very  little;  he  knows  him  only  by 
name.  6.  Have  you  not  known  that  lady?  7.  He  came  to  us 
without  our  knowing  him.  8.  We  should  like  you  to  know  {my 
wish  that  you  knew)  that  lady. 

17.  Vaincre,  to  conquer. 

Inf.  vaincre.         Part.  pris.  vainquant.         Part,  passi^  vaincu. 
Pt€s.  je  vaincs,  tu  vaincs,  il  vainc ;  nou8  vainquons,  vous  vainquez,  ils 

vainquent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  vainque. 
Imparf.  je  vainquais. 


140  IBBEGULAB  VEBBS. 

Passi  dif.  je  vainquis. 

Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  vainquisse. 

Fut.  je  vaincrai. 

Imp€r.  vaincs ;  vainquons,  vainqaez. 

CoMPomax 
Convaincre,  to  convince. 


Exercise  LXHX 

1.  Ce  g6n6ral  vainc  tous  ses  ennemis.  3.  C6sar  rainquit  les 
Gaulois.  3.  II  a  vaincu  tous  ses  rivaux.  4.  Nous  vainquimes  les 
ennemis  dans  une  grande  bataille.  5.  Je  desire  que  tu  vainques 
tes  passions.  6.  Tes  preuves  ne  me  convainquent  pas.  7.  Elles 
ne  m'ont  pas  convaincu,  8.  L'exp6rience  te  convaincra  de  cette 
v6rit6.  9.  Tu  te  convaincras  que  j'ai  raison.  10.  Le  juge  s'est 
convaincu  que  nous  sommes  innocents. 

1.  These  generals  conquer  all  their  enemies.  2.  This  general 
conquered  his  enemies.  3.  They  have  conquered  all  their  rivals. 
4.  He  will  conquer  all  his  rivals.  5.  We  wish  that  he  should  con- 
quer his  passions.  6.  These  proofs  have  convinced  me.  7.  Will 
these  proofs  not  convince  you  ?  8. 1  have  convinced  myself  of 
this  truth.  9.  He  has  convinced  himself  that  I  am  right.  10. 
The  judge  will  convince  himself  that  I  am  innocent. 

18.  R6soudre,  to  resolve. 

Inf.  r^soudre.         Part.  pr4s.  r^solvant.         Part  pass^,  r^soln.* 
Pr^s.  je  resous,  tu  r^sous,  11  resout ;  nous  resolvons,  voos  r&olvez,  ila 

resolvent. 
Pr^s.  du  Subj.  que  je  resolve. 
Imparf.  je  r^solvais. 
Passi  d€f.  je  r^solns,  tu  r^solus,  etc 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  r^solusse. 
Fut.  je  r^soudrai. 
Impir.  resous ;  resolvons,  r^solvez. 


19.  AbSOUdre,  absolvant,  absons,  to  absolve,  to 

20.  DisSOUdre,  dlssolvant,  dissous, 


o  absolve,  to'\ 

acquit;      V  like  resoudre. 

to  dissolve;  ) 


1.  Qu'a-t-on  r6solu  au  conseil  ?  Le  gouvemement  a  rgsolu  la 
guerre.  2.  Nous  r^solflmes  de  partir.  3.  Nos  amis  rgjolurent  de 
rester.    4.  L'eau  dissout  les  sels.    5.  Certains  acides  dissolvent  les 


•  When  RisouDRE  means  to  eharufe  a  thina  into  another,  its  past  participle  is  re- 
aoua,  which  has  no  feminine,  as  "  Broaillard  riaous  en  plaie,"  mist  (or  fog)  turned 
into  rain.— Aeadtmie. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  141 

mfitaux.  6.  Le  roi  dissoudra  la  chambre.  7.  La  chambre  est  dis- 
soute.  8.  Absolvez  un  accus6,  si  vous  doutez  qu'il  soit  coupable. 
9.  L'accusg  a  616  absous.  10.  Cette  femme  ne  sera  pas  absoute, 
pares  que  tout  le  monde  la  croit  coupable. 

1.  What  have  you  resolved  ?  I  have  resolved  to  set  out.  2.  He 
has  resolved  to  remain.  3.  An  acid  dissolves  this  metal.  4.  The 
king  dissolves  the  chambers.  5.  Will  the  king  dissolve  the  cham- 
bers ?  6.  The  chambers  are  dissolved.  7.  He  will  acquit  the 
accused  (men).  8.  The  accused  (women)  have  been  acquitted. 
9.  The  women  have  been  acquitted.  10.  Why  has  the  woman 
not  been  acquitted  ?     Because  every  body  believed  her  guilty. 

2 1 ,  Plaindre,  to  pity. 

Se  plaindre,  to  complain. 

Inf.  plaindre.         Part.  pris.  plaignant.         Part,  passi,  plaint. 
Pr^s.  je  plains,  tu  plains,  il  plaint ;    nous  plaignons,  vous  plaignez, 

ils  plaignent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  plaigne. 
Imparf.  je  plaignais. 

Passe  def.  je  plaignis,  tu  plaignis,  il  plaignit,  etc. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  plaignisse. 
Flit,  je  plaindrai. 
Ivip^r.  plains,  plaignons,  plaignez. 

22.  Joindre,  joignant,  joint,  to  join.  \ 

23.  Craindre,  craignant,  craint,  to  fear.  \  -r  •> 

24.  Ceindre,  ceignant,  ceint,  to  gird.  V        la'^Hro 

25.  Peindre,  peignant,  peint,  to  paint.  I       pialuCire. 

26.  Teindre,  teignant,  teint,  to  dye.  ) 

And  all  other  verbs  ending  in  'indre. 

Exercise  LXIV. 

1.  Ce  pauvre  homme  est  bien  malheureux,  je  le  plains  extrfime- 
ment.  2.  Ne  le  plaignez-vous  pas?  Nous  plaignons  sa  pauvre 
famille.  3.  Pen  de  gens  te  plaindront,  si  tu  es  malheureux  par  ta 
propre  faute.  4.  De  quoi  ces  gens  se  plaignent-ils  ?  lis  se  plaig- 
nent de  leur  pauvretS.  5.  De  quoi  te  plains-tu  ?  Tu  as  tort  de  te 
plaindre.  6.  Me  suis-je  plaint  a  tort  ?  7.  Nous  les  plaindrions 
moins,  s'ils  avaient  mSritg  leur  malheur.  8.  Qui  a  peint  ce  tableau  ? 
Un  peintre  fran9ais  I'a  peint.  9.  Que  craignez-vous  ?  Je  crains 
la  pluie.     10.  Le  domestique  craignit  de  m'offenser, 

1.  We  pity  this  poor  man  exceedingly.  2.  Do  you  not  fear  him  ? 
We  fear  his  rich  family.  3.  Few  people  will  pity  you,  if  you  are 
idle.  4.  Of  what  do  you  complain  ?  I  complain  of  my  poverty.  5. 
He  is  wrong  in  complaining.  6.  Have  we  complained  wrongly  ?  7. 
1  should  pity  her  less  if  she  had  deserved  her  misfortune.    8.  Who 


142  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

will  paint  the  picture  ?  An  English  painter  will  paint  it.  9, 
Who  lias  feared  the  general  ?  The  enemies  have  feared  the  gen- 
eral.    10. 1  was  afraid  of  oiFending  {say  to  otfend)  you. 

27.  Conduire,  to  lead. 

Inf.  conduire.     Part.  pr^s.  conduisant.     Part,  passi,  conduit. 
Pr€s.  je  conduis,  tu  conduis,  11  conduit;  nous  conduisons,  vous  con- 

duisez,  ils  conduisent. 
Pris.  du  Subj.  que  je  conduise. 
Jmparf.  je  conduisais. 
Pass€  d€f.  je  conduisis. 
Jmparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  conduisisse. 
Fut.  je  conduirai. 

All  Verbs  ending  in  -uire  are  conjugated  like  conduire; 
as: 

28.  Frodaire,  produisant,  produit,  to  produce,  bring  forth. 

29.  Seduire,  se'duisant,  seduit,  to  seduce. 

30.  Introduire,  introduisant,  introduit,  to  introduce. 

31.  Traduire,  traduisant,  traduit,  to  translate. 

32.  Instruire,  instruisant,  instruit,  to  instruct,  teach. 

33.  Construire,  construisant,  construit,  to  construct,  build. 

34.  Uetruire,  detruisant,  de'truit,  to  destroy. 
S.*).  Cuire,  cuisant,  cuit,  to  cook. 

36.  Nuire,  nuisant,  nui,  to  injure. 

37.  Luire,  luisant,  lui,  to  shine. 

Note  that  nuire  and  luire  have  nui  and  lui  in  the  Past  Participle, 
and  that  noire  is  constructed  with  a  (dative). 

Exercise  LXV. 


1.  Le  mauvais  air  nuit  S  la  sant6.  2.  0&  conduisez-vous  cet 
homme  ?  Je  le  conduis  chez  le  mSdecin ;  il  est  raalade.  3.  Que 
cuisez-vous  la  ?  Je  cuis  du  pain.  4.  Voici  des  pommes  de  terre 
bien  cuites.  5.  La  terre  produit  toutes  sortes  de  fruits.  6.  Un  bon 
arbre  produira  de  bons  fruits.  7.  Charles  est  un  jeune  homme  bien 
instruit.  8.  On  a  construit  un  pont,  mais  les  ennemis  I'ont  d6truit. 
9.  L'6colier  a-t-il  traduit  son  thfeme  ?  II  ne  Ta  pas  encore  traduit, 
il  le  traduira  demain.    10.  Les  guides  conduisaient  les  voyageurs. 

1.  That  drink  Qxmson,  f )  will  injure  your  health.  2.  Where  does 
he  lead  those  men?  He  takes  {my  leads)  them  to  the  doctor; 
they  are  ill.  3.  What  is  he  cooking  there  ?  He  is  cooking  meat. 
4. 1  am  eating  well-cooked  potatoes.  5.  The  earth  has  produced 
every  kind  {j)l.)  of  fruits.  6.  A  good  tree  produces  good  fruit 
{pi.).  7.  He  will  instruct  the  young  man.  8. 1  will  conduct  you 
to  ray  friend.  9.  Have  you  translated  the  French  book  ?  I  have 
not  yet  translated  it ;  I  will  translate  it  to-morrow.  10.  The 
guide  has  conducted  the  traveler. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  143 

B. 

1.  Je  vous  conduirai  chez  mon  ami.  3.  Je  d6sire  que  tu  me 
conduises  chez  ton  p6re.     3.  Vous  vous  conduisez  (behave)  mal. 

4.  Je  dfisire  que  vous  vous  conduisiez  mieux.  5.  Nous  nous  con- 
duirons  mieux  S  I'avenir.  -6.  Les  eaux  dStruisirent  la  digue.  7. 
Les  digues  ont  6t6  dStruites  par  les  eaux.  8.  Un  trop  grand  feu 
brflle  la  viande,  il  ne  la  cuit  pas.  9.  On  cuisit  dans  toutes  les 
villes  du  pain  pour  les  troupes.  10.  Qu'est-ce  que  vous  cuisez  la,  ? 
Je  cuis  des  pommes  de  terre. 

1.  He  will  conduct  us  to  his  friend.  2.  We  desire  that  you  should 
conduct  us  to  your  brother-in-lavvr.  3.  He  behaves  (say  conducts) 
himself  badly.  4.  He  desires  that  I  should  behave  myself  better. 
5. 1  will  behave  myself  better  for  the  future.  6.  The  waters  will 
destroy  the  dike.     7.  The  dike  has  been  destroyed  by  the  waters. 

8.  The  meat  has  not  been  well  cooked.  9.  Who  has  baked  (say 
cooked)  bread  for  the  troops?  10.  What  is  (it  that)  he  (is)  cook- 
ing there  ?     He  is  cooking  potatoes. 

38.  Suivre,  to  follow. 

Inf.  suivre.         Part.  pr€s.  suivant.         Part.  pass€,  suivi, 
Pr€s.  je  suis,  tu  suis,  il  suit ;  nous  suivons,  vous  soivez,  Us  suivent. 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  suive. 
Imparf.  je  suivais. 
Pass6  def.  je  suivis. 
Iviparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  suivisse. 
Pass^  ind€f.  j'ai  suivi. 
Fut.  je  suivrai. 
Imp€r.  suis ;  suivons,  suivez. 

Compound. 
Foursuivre,  to  pursue. 

Exercise  LXVI. 
1.  Suivez  les  bons  exemples.  2.  Je  suis  exactement  les  ordon. 
nances  du  m6decin.  3.  AUez  en  avant,  je  vous  suivrai.  4.  II  mar- 
chait  le  premier,  et  les  autres  le  suivaient.  5.  Nous  les  suivtmes 
de  rue  en  rue.  6.  Je  les  suivis  de  prfes.  Les  autres  nous  sui- 
virent  de  loin.  7.  Pourquoi  ne  m'avez-vous  pas  suivi  ?  8.  Vous 
avez  marchg  trop  vite,  il  nous  a  6t6  impossible  de  vous  suivre. 

9.  Le  ggngral  exigea  que  les  officiers  suivissent  exactement  ses  or- 
dres.     10.  II  poursuit  les  voleurs. 

1. 1  will  follow  good  examples.  2.  My  son  follows  exactly  the 
prescriptions  of  the  doctors.  3.  Go  (on)  first,  he  will  follow  you, 
4. 1  was  going  (say  marched),  first,  and  the  others  followed  me. 

5.  We  followed  them  closely ;  my  brother  followed  them  at  a  dis- 
tance. 6.  He  has  followed  us  from  street  to  street.  7.  Why  did 
she  not  follow  us?  8.  It  was  impossible  for  us  to  pursue  the 
robbers.  9.  The  general  required  that  the  troops  should  pursue 
the  robbers.     10.  Why  did  you  not  pursue  the  robbers  ? 


144  IBRBGULAB  TEBBS. 

39.  Plaire,  to  please. 

Inf.  plaire.         Part.  Pr€s.  plaisant.         Part.  Pass^,  pla. 
Pr€s.  je  plais,  tu  plais,  il  plait ;  nous  plaisons,  vous  plaisez,  ils  plaisent 
Pr€s.  du  Subj.  que  je  plaise. 
Imparf.  je  plaisais. 
Pass^  dif.  je  plus,  tu  plus,  11  plut ;  nous  pldmes,  vous  plfites,  ils  plo* 

rent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  plusse. 
Fut.  je  plairai. 
Imp€r.  plais ;  plaisons,  plaisez. 

Plaire  is  constructed  with  a  (dative). 

Compounds. 
D6plaire  (k),  to  displease.     |      Complaire  (i),  to  please. 

40.  Taire,  to  conceal,  not  to  say. 

Taire,  taisant,  tu,  like  plaire,  except  that  the  3d  pers.  sing,  of  the 
Pres.  Indie,  is  tail  without  the  circumflex. 
Se  taire,  to  be  silent,  to  hold  one's  tongue. 
Pr€s.  je  me  tais,  /  am  silent, 
Pass^  d€f.  je  me  tus. 
Pass€  ind€f.  je  me  suis  tu. 
Impir.  tais-toi,  taisez-vous. 

Exercise  LXVll. 

1.  Cette  jeune  fiUe  est  si  aimable  qu'ellc  plait  a  tout  le  monde. 
2.  Elle  plaira  a  tout  le  monde  par  sa  douceur  et  sa  raodestie.  3. 
Ses  mani^res  ne  me  plaisent  pas  du  tout ;  elles  me  dgplaisent  fort. 

4.  Je  I'ai  observ6  en  soci6t6  et  sa  conduite  ne  m'a  pas  plu  du  tout. 

5.  R6pondez-moi,  s'il  vous  plait.  6.  Pourquoi  vous  taisez-vous  ? 
Je  me  tais,  parce  que  cela  me  plait.  7.  Donnez-moi  cela,  s'il  vous 
plait.  8.  Vous  plait-il  d'gtre  de  la  partie  ?  9.  II  salt  taire  ce  qu'il 
£aut  taire.     10.  Aprfes  avoir  dit  cela,  il  se  tut. 

1.  These  young  girls  are  so  amiable  that  they  please  every  one. 

2.  They  will  please  every  one  by  their  gentleness  and  modesty. 

3.  His  manners  did  not  please  me  at  all ;  they  displeased  me  much. 

4.  His  conduct  does  not  please  me  at  all.  5. 1  will  answer  you,  if 
you  please.  6.  Why  is  lie  silent  ?  He  is  silent  because  he  pleases. 
7. 1  will  give  it  you,  if  it  please  you.  8.  Give  me  some  water,  if 
you  please.  9. 1  will  conceal  what  I  ought  to  conceal.  10.  After 
having  said  that,  I  was  (passe  def.)  silent. 

41.  Naitre,  to  be  born. 

Inf.  nfutre.         Part.  pr€s.  naissant.         Part.  pass€,  n€. 
Pr€s.  je  nais,  tu  nais,  il  nait ;  nous  naissons,  vous  naissez,  ils  naissent. 


IBBE6ULAB  YEBBS.  140 

Prfy.  du  Subj.  que  je  naisse. 

Imparf.  je  naissais. 

Pass€  d€f.  je  naquis  {I was  bom),  tu  naquis,  il  naquit;  nous  naquimes, 

vous  naquites,  ils  naquirent. 
Imparf.  du  Subj.  que  je  naquisse. 
Fut.  je  naitrai. 

COMPOtTND. 

Senaitre,  to  be  bom  again. 


Exercise  LXYIII. 

1.  lis  naquirent  le  m^me  jour,  dans  la  mgme  annge.  2.  II  est  n6 
de  parents  riches.  3.  II  lui  est  ng  un  fils.  4.  Les  passions  nais- 
sent  en  nous.  Toccasion  les  dSveloppe.  5.  Lui  et  moi,  nous  na- 
quimes la  mgrae  annfie.  6.  Ces  deux  grands  hommes  naquirent 
le  mgtne  jour.  7.  Les  grands  hommes  sont  n6s  pour  les  grandes 
choses.  8.  Vous  6tes  n6  musicien.  9.  Monsieur  votre  frfere  est 
n6  artiste.     10.  Ces  deux  messieurs  sont  n6s  en  France. 

1. 1  was  born  the  same  day.  2.  She  was  born  of  poor  parents. 
3.  A  daughter  was  born  to  him.  4.  You  were  born  the  same  day, 
and  in  the  same  year.  5.  He  was  born  a  musician.  6.  They  were 
born  artists.  7.  He  was  born  for  great  things.  8.  I  was  born  tlie 
same  day,  in  the  year  1863  (lonte  the  date  in  full). 

G2 


146 


IBBBGULAR    VERBS. 


XXXL — Alphabetical  List  of  Ireegulak  Verbs. 


Inflnitit 

Pres. 

Part.  pr. 

Part,  passo. 

Pae86  det 

Absoudre,  to  acquit 

j'absous 

absolvant 

absous,  te 

(wanting). 

Acquerir,  to  acquire 

j'acquiers 

acquerant 

acquis,  e 

j'acquis. 

AUer,  to  go 

je  vais 

allant 

alle,  e 

j'aliai. 

Assaillir,  to  attack 

j'assaille 

assaillant 

assailli,  e 

j'assaillis. 

S'asseoir,  to  sit  down 

je  m'assieds 

s'asseyaiit 

assis,  e 

je  m'assis. 

Atteindre,  to  reach 

j'atteins 

atteignant 

atteint,  e 

jatteignis. 

Boire,  to  drink 

je  bois 

buvant 

bu,  e 

je  bus. 

Bouillir,  to  boil 

je  bous 

bouillant 

bouilli,  e 

je  bouillis. 

Ceindre,  to  gird 

je  ceins 

ceignant 

ceint 

je  ceignis. 

Conclure,  to  con- 

je conclus 

concluant 

conclu,  e 

je  conclus. 

clude 

Conduire,  to  lead 

je  conduis 

conduisant 

conduit,  e 

je  conduisia 

Confire,  to  preserve 

je  confis 

confisant 

confit,  e 

je  confis. 

(fruits,  etc.) 

Connaitre,  to  know 

je  connais 

connaissant 

connu, e 

je  connus. 

Coudre,  to  sew 

je  couds 

cousant 

coHsu,  e 

je  cousis. 

Courir,  to  run 

je  cours 

courant 

couru,  e 

je  couras. 

Couvrir,  to  cover 

je  couvre 

couvrant 

couvert,  e 

je  couvris. 

Craindre,  to  fear 
Croire,  to  believe 

je  crains 

craignant 

craint,  e 

je  craignis. 

je  crois 

croyant 

cru,  e 

je  crus. 

Croitre,  to  grow 

je  crois 

croissant 

era,  e 

je  crfls. 

Cueillir,  to  pluck 

je  cueille 

cueillant 

cueilli,  e 

je  cueillis. 

Cuire,  to  cook 

je  cois 

cuisant 

cuit,  e 

je  cuisis. 

D^choir,  to  decay 

je  dechois 

(wanting) 

dechu,  e 

je  d&hns. 

Dire,  to  say 

jedis 

disant 

dit,  e 

je  dis. 

Dormir,  to  deep 

je  dors 

dormant 

dormi 

je  dormiB. 

iSchoir  to  fall  due 

il  (5choit 

echdant 

echu, e 

il  echut. 

^crire,  to  write 

j'^cris 

6crivant 

ecrit,  e 

j'ecrivifi. 

Faire,  to  do 

je  fais 

faisant 

fait,  e 

je  fis. 

Falloir,  must 

11  faut 

(wanting) 

fallu 

il  fallut. 

Faillir,  to  fail 

je  fanx 

faillant 

faiUi 

je  faillis. 

Frire,  to  fry 

je  fris 

(wanting) 

frit,  e 

(wanting). 

Fuir,  to  fly 

je  fuis 

fuyant 

fui 

je  fuis. 

Instruire,  to  instruct 

j'instruis 

instruisant 

instruit,  e 

j'instruisis 

Joindre,  to  join 

je  joins 

joignant 

joint,  e 

je  joignis. 

Lire,  to  read 

je  lis 

lisant 

In,  e 

je  lus. 

Luire,  to  shine 

je  luis 

luisant 

lui 

(wanting]). 

lEREGULAB  VERBS. 


U1 


Inflnitif. 
Mentir,  to  lit- 
Mettre,  to  put 
Moudie,  to  ffrind 
Mourir,  to  die 
Mouvoir,  to  move 


PrtB, 

je  mens 
je  mets 
je  mouds 
je  meurs 
je  meus 


Part.  pr.        Part.  pass6.     Pass6  det 


mentant 
mettant 
moulant 
mourant 


menti 
mis,  e 
moulu,  6 
moit,  e 


mentis, 
mis. 
moulus. 
mourus. 


mouvant        mfi,  mue  je  mus. 


Naitre,  to  be  born    je  nais 
Nuire,  to  injure       je  nuis 


naissant 
nuisant 


ne,  e 
nui 


je  naquis. 
je  nuisis. 


Offrir,  to  offer 
Ouvrir,  to  open 

Paraitre,  to  appear 
Partir,  to  set  out 
Peindre,  to  paint 
Plaindre,  to  com- 
plain 
Plaire,  to  please 
Pleuvoir,  to  rain 
Pourvoir,  to  pro- 
vide 
Pouvoir,  to  be  able 
Prendre,  to  take 


j'ofFre 
j'ouvre 

je  parais 
je  pars 
je  peins 
je  plains 

je  plais 
il  pleut 
je  pourvois 


ofFrant 
ouvrant 

paraissant 
partant 
peignant 
plaignant 

plaisant 
pleuvant 
pourvoyant 


offert,  e    j'offris. 
ouvert,  e  j'ouvris. 


je  peux  (puis)  pouvant 
je  prends  prenant 


paru 
parti,  e 
peint,  e 
plaint,  e 

plu 
plu 
pourvu 

pu 
pris,  e 


je 


je 


parus. 
partis, 
peignis. 
plaignis. 

plus, 
plut. 
pourvus. 


je  pus. 
je  pris. 


Repentir  se,  to  re-  je  me  repens    se  repentant  repenti,  e  je  me  repentia 

pent 
Rire,  to  laugh  je  ris  riant  ri  je  ris. 


Saillir,  to  project 
Savoir,  to  know 
Sentir,  to  /'eel 
Servir,  to  serve 
Sortir,  to  go  out 
Soulfrir,  to  suffer 
Suffire,  to  sujfice 
Suivre,  to  follow 


il  saille 
je  sais 
je  sens 
je  sers 
je  sors 
je  souiFre 
je  suifis 
je  suis 


saillant 

sachant 

sentant 

ser^'ant 

sortant 

souft'rant 

suffisant 

suivant 


sailli 
su,  e 
senti,  e 
servi,  e 
sorti,  e 


il  saillit. 

je  sus. 

je  sentis. 

je  servis. 

je  sortis. 
souffert,  e  je  souffris. 
suffi  je  suffis. 

suivi,  e     je  suivis. 


Taire,  to  conceal  je  tais 

Teindre,  to  dye  je  teins 

Tenir,  to  hold  je  tiens 

Traire,  to  milk  je  trais 

Tressaillir,  to  start  je  tressaille 


taisant  tu,  e  je  tus. 

teignant  teint,  e  je  teignis. 

tenant  tenu,  e  je  tins, 

trayant  trait,  e  (wanting), 

tressaillant  tressailli  je  tressaillis, 


Vaincre,  to  conquer  je  vaincs  vainquant 

Valoir,  to  be  worth  je  vaux  valant 

Venir,  to  come  je  viens  venant 

Vetir,  to  clothe  je  vets  vetant 

Vivre,  to  live  je  vis  vivant 

Voir,  to  see  je  vois  voyant 

Vouloir,  to  wish  je  veux  voulant 


vaincu,  e  je  vainquis. 

valu  je  valus. 

venu,  e  je  vins. 

vetn,  e  je  vetis. 

vecu  je  vecus. 

vu,  e  je  vis. 

voulu,  e  je  voulous. 


VOCABULARIES. 


List  of  Abbreviations. 

odr. 

=    adverb. 

irr.  V. 

— 

irregular  verb. 

adj. 

=    adjective. 

m. 

=:; 

masculine. 

COtij. 

=:    conjunction. 

n. 

= 

noun. 

f. 

=    feminine. 

part. 

= 

participle. 

imp.  V. 

=:    impersonal  verb. 

prep. 

= 

preposition. 

ini. 

=    inteijection. 

pi. 

— 

plural. 

Vocabulary  L 

cheval,  m. 
enfant,  m.f. 


jardin,  m. 
Uvre,  m. 
mere,y! 
oncle,  m. 
pere,  m. 
pomme,y. 
rose,y. 
tante,yi 


horse, 
child, 
garden, 
book, 
mother, 
uncle, 
father, 
apple, 
rose, 
aunt. 


ami,  m. 
amie.y. 
chien,  m. 
habit,  m. 


bras,  m. 
canif,  m. 
chat,  m. 
chatte,/. 
fils,  m. 
fleiir,^^. 
lettre,y. 
palais,  m. 


Vocabolary  2. 

jHend,  vi. 
friend,/. 

dog. 

coat. 

Vocabulary  8. 

arm. 

penknife, 
cat. 

she  cat. 
son. 

flower, 
letter, 
palace. 


Vocabulary  4. 


bijou,  m. 
caillou,  m. 
cerise,  y. 
charaeau,  m. 
chapeau,  in. 


jewel. 

pebble. 

cherry. 

camel. 

hat. 


chateau,  m. 

corail,  m. 

couteau,  wi. 

feu,  m. 

fune'railles,y.  pi. 

ge'ne'ra),  m. 

joujou,  m. 

lunettes,  y.  pi. 

noix,/. 

ceil,  7«.  (pi.  yeux)  eye. 

reine,  y.  queen. 

tableau,  m.  picture, 


country  houm 

coral. 

knife. 

Jire. 

funeral. 

general. 

plaything. 

spectacles. 

nut. 


Vocabulary  5. 


maison,y. 
porte,/." 
voisin,  m. 
voisine,/. 


hotise. 
door. 

neighbor,  m, 
neighbor,/ 


Vocabulary  6. 


canne,/. 
ciseaux,  m.  pi. 
cousin,  m. 
cousine,  f. 
fr^re,  m. 
portrait,  m. 
poire,/, 
roi,  TO. 
8cear,y. 


cane. 

scissors. 

cousin,  m. 

cousin,  f 

brother. 

likeness. 

pear. 

king. 

sister: 


Vocabulary  7. 


argent,  m. 
beurre,  m. 
hihre,f. 
cafe,  m. 


silver,  money, 
butter, 
beer, 
coffee. 


VOCABULARIES. 


149 


crayon,/. 
Einilie,y. 
encre,/. 
fille./. 
fromage,  m. 
Madame./ 
marchand,  m. 
Monsieur,  m. 
or,  m. 
pain,  m. 
papier,  m. 
plume,/, 
sel,  m. 
the,  m. 
viande,/. 
vin,  m. 


pencil. 

Emily. 

ink. 

daughter,  girl. 

cheese. 

Mrs.,  Madam. 

merchant. 

Sir,  Mr. 

gold. 

bread. 

paper. 

pen. 

salt. 

tea. 

meat. 

wine. 


Vocabulary  8, 

bouteille,/  bottle. 

livre,  /.  pound. 

personne,/.  person. 

Sucre,  m.  sugar. 

verre,  m.  glass. 

Vocabulary  9. 


Afrique,/ 
Amerique,/ 
Angleterre,/. 
Asie,/. 
Berlin,  m. 
Charles,  ???. 
Dresde,/. 
Europe,/. 
Frederic,  m. 
gant,  /«. 
Guillaume,  m. 
Jean,  in. 

Londres,  m.  or/ 
Marie,/ 
oil,  adv. 
Paris,  m. 
partie,/ 
Pierre,  m. 
Prusse,/ 
Saxe,/ 
Vienne,/ 


Africa. 

A  inerica. 

England. 

Asia. 

Berlin. 

Charles. 

Dresden. 

Europe. 

Frederick. 

glove. 

William. 

John. 

London. 

Mary. 

where. 

Paris. 

part. 

Peter. 

Prussia. 

Saxony. 

Vienna. 


Vocabulary  10. 
ecolier,  m.  pupil,  vi. 

ecoliere,/  pupil,/, 

maitre,  m.  master. 

montre,/.  watch. 


oiseau,  m. 
plaisir,  m. 
robe,/ 
soie,/ 


bird, 
pleastire. 
dress, 
silk. 


Vocabulary  11. 

Ex.  11,  A,  B,  C,  D. 


chambre,/ 
content,  e, 
dejeuner,  /«. 
difficile, 
diner,  m. 


room,  chamber, 
content,  salisjied, 
breakfast, 
difficult, 
dinner. 


domestique,  7n./.  servant,  m.f. 


faible, 

fidele, 

juste, 

Louis,  m. 

Louise,/ 

malade, 

pauvre, 

poste,/ 

riche, 

servante,/ 

spectacle,  m. 
temps,  m. 
theme,  m. 
triste, 


weak, feeble. 

faithful. 

just. 

Louis. 

Louisa. 

ill. 

poor. 

post. 

rich. 
S  servant,  maid- 
\     servant. 

play  {the). 

time. 

exercise, 

sad. 


Vocabulary  12. 


actif,  ve, 
&ge,  m. 
aimable, 
amer,  ere, 
applique,  e, 
arbre,  m. 
beau,  bel,  belle, 
bon,  bonne, 
Caroline,/ 
dans,  prep. 
eau,/ 
eglise,/ 
fortune,/ 
frais,  fraiche, 
grand,  e, 
grand'mere, 
grand-pere, 
heureux,  se, 
joli,  e, 
lait,  m. 

malhenreux,  se> 
m^ecine,/ 


active, 
age. 

amiable, 
bitter, 
diligent, 
tree. 

beautiful, 
good. 
Caroline, 
into,  in. 
water, 
church, 
fortune, 
fresh, 
great. 

grandmother, 
grandfather, 
happy, 
pretty, 
viilk. 
unhappy, 
medicine. 


150 


VOCABULARIES. 


muet,  te, 
neuf,  ve, 
Douvelle,  n.f. 
obdissant,  e, 
paresseux,  se, 
petit,  e, 
sot,  te, 
trfes,  adv. 
trop,  adv. 
vieux,  vieil,  eille, 
vif,  ve, 
vrai,  e, 


dumb. 

new. 

news. 

obedient. 

idle. 

small,  little. 

foolish. 

very. 

too,  too  nuich. 

old. 

lively. 

true. 


Vocabulary  13. 


alleraand,  e, 
amusnnt,  e, 
blanc,  be, 
bleu,  e, 
cher,  ^re, 
couleur,  /. 
demain,  adv. 
doux, douce, 
encore,  adv. 
franfais,  e, 
gar9on,  m. 
gens,  m.  pi. 
gris,  e, 
bier,  adv. 
bomme,  m. 
italieu,  ne, 
jour,  m. 
langue,/. 
mais,  conj. 
mauvais,  e, 
mechant,  e, 
meilleur,  e, 
mfir,  e, 
musique,y. 
naturej^", 
noir,  e, 
pour,  prep. 
quand,  adv. 
raisin,  m. 
rond,  e, 
rouge, 
table,/, 
vftrt,  e. 


German. 

amusing. 

white. 

blue. 

dear. 

color. 

to-morrow. 

sweel. 

yet,  still. 

French. 

boy. 

men,  people. 

gray. 

yesterday. 

man. 

Italian. 

day. 

language. 

but. 

bad. 

wicked. 

better. 

ripe. 

music. 

nature. 

black. 

for. 

when. 

grape. 

roimd. 

red, 

table. 

green. 


Vocabulary  14. 
agr^able,  agreeable. 

Alleraagne,,/.  Germany. 

attentif,  ive,  attentive. 

autre,  other. 


Belgique,/. 

chocolat,  7H. 

fertile, 

fort,  e, 

fou,  fol,  folle,  adj. 

fou,  m. 


foUe,/.  j 

France,/, 
baut,  e, 
Hollande,/. 
Italic,/. 
Julie,/, 
laborieux,  euse, 
lune,/ 

Mademoiselle,  /. 
metal,  m. 
pesant,  e, 
peuple,  e, 
Ilussie,  / 
sage,  adj. 
sage,  n.  m. 
savant,  e, 
soleil,  m. 
terre,/. 
ville,/ 
violette,/. 


Belgium. 

chocolate. 

fertile. 

strong. 

foolish. 

fool,  madman 

madwoman, 

fool,f. 
France, 
high. 
Holland. 
Italy. 
Julia, 
laborious, 
moon. 


metal. 

heavy. 

populous. 

Russia. 

wise. 

wise  man. 

learned. 

sun. 

earth. 

city,  tovm, 

violet. 


Vocabulary  10, 
to  Exercises  15,  16,  17. 
ann^e,/. 
boite,/ 
cabier,  m. 

combien,  axlv.    \ 

ici,  adv. 

maintenant,  adv. 
mois,  m. 
moyen,  m. 
neveu,  m. 
nifece,/ 


year, 
box. 

copy-book, 
how  much,  Aov 

many, 
here. 

now,  at  present 
month, 
means, 
nephew, 
niece. 


Vocabulary  18. 


classe,/ 
dernier,  hre, 
demi,  e, 
^tage,  m. 
fen^tre,/ 
heure,/ 
n^,  e,  part. 
place,/ 
quel,  le,  adj. 
Ricbard,  m. 


class. 

last. 

half. 

story, floor. 

window. 

hour. 

bom. 

place. 

what. 

Richard. 


VOCABULARIES. 


151 


8emalne,y. 
Suede,  y. 
vu,  e,  part. 


week. 

Sweden. 

seen. 


Vocabulary  19. 


campagne,y'. 
certain,  e, 
chagrin,  ?«, 
chose,  y. 
different,  e, 
e'pine,/. 
faute,./". 
mortel,  le, 
nom,  m. 
pays,  7H. 

paysan,  m. 


No  words 


country. 

certain. 

sorrow,  grief. 

thing. 

different. 

thorn. 

fault. 

mortal. 

name. 

country. 
(  countryman^ 
\      peasant. 

in  Exereise  20. 


Vocabulary  21. 


Ex.  21, 
admirer, 
aimer, 
anglais,  e, 
apporter, 
arriver, 

beaucoup,  adv. 
bottler,  m. 

chercher,  ). 

chez,  prep. 
demander, 
donner, 

escalier,  m.       \ 

jeu,  m. 

iouer, 

loner, 

manger, 

Mathilde,./: 

mort,  e,  part. 

neige,/. 

nid,  m. 

on,  pron. 

paquet,  m. 

parasol,  ni. 

parler, 

penser, 

peut-etre,  adv. 

pleurer, 

porter, 

pourquoi,  adv. 


A,  B,  c. 
to  admire, 
to  love. 
English, 
to  bring, 
to  arrive, 
much, 
bootmaker, 
to  look  for,  to 

seek, 
to,  at. 
to  ask. 
to  give, 
ladder,  stairs, 

staircase, 
play,  game, 
to  play, 
to  praise, 
to  eat. 
Matilda, 
dead, 
snow, 
nest. 

one,  they, people, 
parcel, 
parasol, 
to  speak, 
to  think, 
perhaps, 
to  weep, 
to  carry, 
why. 


Soulier,  m. 
souvent,  adv. 
tomber, 
toujours,  adv. 
travailler, 
trouver, 


shoe, 
often, 
to  fall, 
always, 
to  work, 
to  find. 


Vocabulary  22. 


acheter, 

appeler, 

chasse,/". 

chemin,  m. 

commencer, 

coGter, 

deja,  adv. 

esperer, 

essuyer, 

etudier, 

franc,  m. 

geler, 

Jeter, 

jeunesse,y. 

larme,y. 

lever, 

lire,  irr.  v. 

mener, 

nettoyer, 

ou,  conj. 

payer, 

pierre,/. 

preferer. 

soir,  m, 

tout,  e, 

vieillesse,y. 


to  buy. 
to  call, 
chase,  hunt, 
road, 
to  begin, 
to  cost, 
already^  yet, 
to  hope, 
to  wipe, 
to  study, 
franc, 
to  freeze, 
to  throw, 
young, 
tear, 
to  lift, 
to  read, 
to  lead, 
to  clean, 
or. 

to  pay. 
stone, 
to  prefer, 
evening, 
all,  every, 
old  age. 


Vocabulary  23. 


bS,tir, 

flatterie,y. 

finir, 

hair, 

le9on,/. 

noiirrir, 

obeir, 

parent,  m. 

parente,y. 

punir, 

plus,  adv. 

remplir, 

Remus,  m. 
Bomulus,  m. 
saisir, 
vertu,y. 


to  build, 
flattery, 
to  finish, 
to  hate, 
lesson, 
to  nourish, 
to  obey, 
parent,  m. 
parent,  f. 
to  punish, 
more, 
to  fill,  to  fill 

again. 
Revius. 
Romulus, 
to  seize,  cztch. 
virtue. 


162 


VOCABULARIES. 


Vice,  m. 
vid^,  e,  part. 
vider, 
voleur,  m. 


vice, 
empty, 
to  empty, 
robber. 


Vocabulary  24. 


apercevoir, 

attaquer, 

concevoir, 

devoir, 

lumiere,y. 

passe,  e,  part, 

projet,  m. 

recevoir, 

Romain,  n.  m. 

soldat,  ;/i. 

solde,y. 

verite,/. 

volonte,^; 


to  perceive. 

to  attack. 

to  conceive. 

to  owe. 

light. 

past.* 

project. 

to  receive. 

Roman 

soldier. 

pay.\ 

truth. 

loish. 


Vocabulary  25. 


attendre, 

battre,  irr.  v. 
bourse,,/", 
bruit,  m. 

croire,  irr.  v. 

cruel,  le, 
defendre, 
droit,  e, 
entendre, 
gauche,  adj. 
innocent,  e, 
longtemps,  adv. 
nuit,/. 
perdre, 
repandre, 
repondre, 
rien,  m. 
me,  f. 
sang,  m. 
vendre. 


(   to  wait /or,  to 


expect, 
to  beat, 
purse, 
noise, 
to  believe,  to 

think, 
cruel. 
to  defend, 
right, 
to  hear, 
left. 

innocent, 
a  long  time, 
night, 
to  lose, 
to  shed,  spill, 
to  answer, 
nothing, 
street, 
blood, 
to  sell. 


Vocabulary  26. 

aujourd'hui,  adv.  to-day, 

bientot,  adv.  soon. 

botte.  /.  boot. 

dire,  irr.  v.  to  speak,  to  tell. 

fiure,  irr.  v.  to  do,  to  make. 


{ait,  e,  part. 
garder, 
g^ographie,/. 
Henri,  m. 
mouton,  m. 
notre,  pron. 

pardonner, 

regie,/, 
relieur,  m. 
savoir,  irr.  v. 
soif,/. 
tailler, 
tant,  adv. 
tout  de  suite. 


done,  made, 
to  keep, 
geography. 
Henry, 
sheep, 
our. 

to  pardon,  for- 
give, 
rule. 

bookbinder, 
to  know, 
thirst, 
to  cut. 

so  many,  so  much 
immediately. 


Vocabulary  27. 


casser, 
corbeille,/. 

demain  matin,  < 

demeurer,  -| 

ecrire,  trr.  v. 
^crit,  e,  part. 
Leopold,  m. 
matin,  m. 
pour,  prep. 
tasse,y. 
venir,  »/r.  v. 


to  break. 

basket. 

to-morrow  morn- 
ing. 

to  dwell,  reside, 
to  live. 

to  write, 

written. 

Leopold. 

morning. 

for. 

cup. 

to  come. 


Vocabulary  28. 


affaire,/, 
gateau,  m. 
jambon,  m. 
niorceau,  m. 
parapluie,  m. 
prier. 


business, 
cake, 
ham. 

piece,  bit. 
umbrella, 
to  pray,  beg. 


Vocabulary  29. 


connaitre,  irr.  v. 
comment,  adv. 

desirer,  -j 

froid,  e, 
preter, 
ruban,  m. 


to  know. 

how. 

to  desire,  vnth 

for. 
cold, 
to  lend, 
ribbon. 


aucun, e, 
bague,/. 


Vocabulary  30. 
any.t 
ring. 


*  La  semaine  passee,  last  v*ek.       t  A  soldier's  pay.        t  With  a  negative,  none, 


TOCABULABIES. 


153 


coq,  m. 

cock. 

dormir,  irr.  v. 

domestique,  adj 

tame. 

prince,  m. 

etoffe,/ 

stuff",  cloth. 

professeur,  m. 

facteur,  m. 

postman. 

lester. 

merci,  m. 

thanks,  thank  you. 

tot.  ud,\ 

oie,/. 

goose. 

(plus  tot, 

pris,  e,  part. 

taken. 

voyager, 

prix,  tn. 

prize,  price. 

Vocabulary  31. 
ige,  e,  adj.  old,  aged. 

an,  m.  year. 

anssi,  adv.  also,  too. 

contraire,  m.        contrary. 

(au  contraire,  on  the  contrary.^ 
done,  conj.  then. 

jeune,  young, 

same, 
less. 
J  behold,  here  is, 
(       here  are. 


meme,  adj. 
moins,  adv. 

voici,  prep. 


Vocabulary  32. 
chanter,  to  sing. 

danser,  to  dance. 

messieurs,  m.  pi.  gentlemen,  Messrs. 


plaisir,  m. 
preter, 

plupart,/. 

plusieurs,  ind. 
pro. 


pleasure. 

to  lend. 

most  part,  greatest 
\       part,  majority. 
j   most,   several,    the 
\       greater  part. 


to  sleep. 

prince. 

professor. 

to  remain, 

soon. 

sooner.) 

to  travel. 


Vocabulary  35. 


bal,  m. 

bl&mer, 

blesser. 


Vocabulary  33. 
baU. 
f  to  blame,  to  find 
\      fault  with, 
to  wound, 
count. 
Greek, 
to  invite. 


comte,  m. 
Grec,  m. 
inviter, 

nouveau,  nou- 
vel,  nouvelle 
officier,  m.  officer. 

parce  que,  conj.  beccCuse, 
Troie,/.  Troy. 


a 


Vocabulary  34. 
assez,  adv.  enough. 

bien,  adv.  well. 


s  amuser, 

s'appeler, 

apres,  prep. 
se  coucher, 
s'egarer, 

s'eveiller, 

foret,y. 

s'babituer, 

se  laver, 

se  lever, 
parent,  e,  n.  m, 

se  promener, 

remercier, 
Robert,  m. 
si,  adv. 
tard,  adv. 

se  tromper, 

violon,  m. 


(  to  amuse  one't 
i       self 
C  to   be   called, 
<       to  call  one's 
(      self 

after. 

to  go  to  bed. 

to  lose  one' sway. 
(  to  awake,  wake 

\       Af- 
forest. 

(  to   accustom 
(       one's  self. 
(  to    wash    one's 
1       self 

to  rise,  get  vp. 

relation. 
(  to  walk,  take  a 
(       walk. 

to  thank. 

Robert. 

so  much. 

late. 
(  to  deceive  one's 
\       self 

violin. 


/• 


Vocabulary  36, 


car,  conj. 

cesse,/. 

cesser, 
compte,  m. 
cruche,/! 
Eclair,  m. 

falloir,  imp.  ■ 

fort,  e, 


for,  because. 

ceasing,  inter- 
mission. 

to  cease. 

bill,  account. 

pitcher. 

lightning. 

must,  should, 
ought. 

strong. 


•  il  fant,  it  is  necessary,  it  mueU 


154 


VOCABULARIES. 


journde,y.  -< 

necessaire, 
neiger,  imp.  v. 
pas  encore, 
peu,  m. 

pleuvoir,  imp.  v. 
pluie,/. 

rendre,  -< 

sans,  jTrep. 

taire,  irr.  v.         < 

se  taire,  irr.  v. 
temps,  711. 
tonner, 


dat/  (the   whole 

day), 
necessary, 
to  snow, 
not  yet. 
little,  few. 
to  rain, 
rain, 
to   return,  give 

back, 
without, 
to   say    nothing 

of,  conceal, 
to  be  silent, 
weather, 
to  thunder. 


Vocabulary  37. 


agir, 

constamment, 

egalement, 

facilement, 

fois,  y; 

legerement, 

lentement, 

marcher, 

mieux.  adv. 

prochain,  e, 

nrudemment, 

recompenser, 

richement, 

severement, 

traiter, 

travail,  m. 

vite,  adv. 

vraiment, 


to  act. 

constantly. 

equally. 

easily. 

time. 

lightly,  slightly. 

slowly. 

to  ivalk. 

better,  more. 

next. 

prudently. 

to  reward. 

richly. 

severely. 

to  treat. 

work. 

quickly,  fa^t. 

truly. 


Vocabulary  38. 


ailleurs,  adv. 
aller,  irr.  v. 
a  peu  pres, 
apporter, 
autre, 
baigi.er, 
davantage,  adv. 
dehors,  adv. 
en  haut, 
journal,  m. 

ik-bas 

moulin,  m. 
nulle  part, 
par  hasard. 


elsewhere. 

toga. 

nearly. 

to  bring. 

other. 

to  bathe,  wash. 

more. 

outside. 

above,  upstairs. 

newspaper. 
J  yonder,  there  be- 
(       low. 

mill. 

nowhere. 

accidentally. 


par-iCT, 
partout, 
passer, 
peu,  adv. 
presque, 
quelquefois, 
rencontrer, 
Stuttgard,  m 


this  way. 
every  whert^ 
to  pass, 
little, few. 
almost, 
sometimes, 
to  meet. 
Stuttgart. 

Vocabulary  39. 


a  cause  de, 
accompagner, 
AUemand  (un), 
armoire,/". 
au  lieu  de, 
aa  tour  de, 

aveugle,  n.  »i.y,  < 

aveugle,  adj. 
boulanger,  m. 
bourse,  yi 


on  account  of. 
to  accompany, 
a  German, 
cupboard,  closet, 
instead  of. 
around,  about, 
blind     man    oi 

woman, 
blind, 
baker, 
exchange. 


cbemin  de  fer,  m.  railway. 

ch^z,prep.         \  ^t^ftheho^ 
^^    '            (        of,  among,  to. 

(il  est  cbez  Ini,  he  is  at  ho7ne.] 


contre, 
coton,  m. 
depuis, 
derrifere, 

dessous, 

dessus, 

(an-dessus, 
en,  prep. 

enfance,y. 

entre.  prep. 
Fran9ais,  m. 
Fran9aise,y". 
gare,./: 
jusqu'a, 
leur,  pass.  adj. 
lit,  m. 
long,  m. 
mettre,  irr.  v. 
mur,  m. 
naissance,y. 
sauter, 
situ^,  e,  adj. 
situer, 
vis-a-vis  (de) 

avant, 
bienfaiteur,  m. 


against. 

cotton. 

since,  from,  for. 

behind. 

under,  under- 
neath. 

on,  upon. 

above.) 

in,  into,  to. 

infancy,  chUd- 
hood. 

between. 

Frenchman. 

French  woman. 

railway  station, 

as  far  as. 

their. 

bed. 

length. 

to  put. 

wall. 

birth. 

to  leap,  jump. 

situated. 

to  place. 

opposite. 


before, 
benefactor. 


VOCABULAEIES. 


155 


bienfaitrice,y. 

hsTiefactress. 

bord.  in. 

bank.,  shore. 

cadeau,  m. 

present. 

circonstance,/. 

circumstance. 

coucher,  m. 

sitting,  sleeping. 

entrer, 

1 

to  enter,  come 
in. 

envers,  prep. 

to,  toward. 

fache,  e,  adj. 

angry,  vexed. 

facher, 

1 

to  offend,  to  an- 

ger. 

louer, 

to  let,  hire. 

Munich,  m. 

Munich. 

partir, 

to  set  out,  start. 

pousser, 

to  push. 

reconnaissant, 

e, 

grateful. 

selon, 

according  to. 

sur, 

on,  upon,  over. 

vers,  prep. 

toward,  about. 

Vocabulary  40. 

cependant, 

yet,  however. 

copier, 

to  copy. 

gagner, 

to  gain,  earn. 

neanmoins. 

nevertheless. 

plaire,  irr.  v. 

to  please. 

proi)iement, 

neatly. 

puisque, 

since. 

quelque,  adj. 

some,  any. 

vain,  e. 

vain. 

(en  vain, 

vainly,  in  vain.) 

absent,  e. 

absent. 

ambition,/. 

ambition. 

a  moins  que, 

unless. 

approcher, 

to  draw  near. 

aussitot, 

immediately. 

avant  que, 

before. 

avec, 

with. 

cause,/. 

cause. 

coeur,  m. 

heart. 

diner,  v. 

to  dine. 

exploit,  m. 

i 

exploit,  achieve- 
ment. 

lire,  irr.  v. 

to  read. 

monde,  m. 

world. 

(tout  le  monde 

every  body.) 

montrer, 

to  show. 

pendant  que. 

while. 

( 

in  order  that,  so 

pour  que. 

that. 

pourqaoi, 

why,  wherefore. 

quitter, 
quoique, 
tandis  que, 
tant  que, 
vice,  ///. 
voler, 
voleur,  m. 


to  quit,  leave. 

although,  though. 

while,  whilst. 

as  long  as. 

fault. 

to  rob,  steal. 

thief. 


Vocabulary  41. 
aller  a  pied,  tn*.  (to  go  on  foot,  to 

V.  \     walk. 

aller  en  voiture,   <  to  go  in  a  carriage, 

irr.  v.  \     to  drive. 

s'en  aller,  irr.  v.  to  go  away. 


Auguste,  VI. 
bateau,  vi. 
bateau  a  va-    ) 
peur,  m.        j 
champ,  m. 
concert,  m. 
ensemble, 
envoyer,  irr.  v. 
lorsque, 
marche,  m. 
par,  ]irep. 
pardon,  m. 
plus, 

plus  longtemps, 
plus  tard, 


Augustus, 
boat. 

steamboat, 

field. 

concert. 

together. 

to  send. 

when. 

market. 

by. 

pardon. 

more. 

longer. 

afterward,  later. 

Vocabulary  42. 
■beau-frere,  m.       brother-in-law 

■  _  .  (  ever  (with  a  neg- 

jamais,  <         ^>-  ^  ^ 

•'  '  (      ative,  never). 

menteur,  se,  m.f.  liar. 

mentir,  to  lie. 

minute,/.  minute  {of  time). 

ordinairement,     usually. 

raison,/.  reason,  sense. 

(vous  avez  raison,  you  are  right.) 

sentir,  to  feel,  perceive. 

sortir,  to  go  out. 

Vocabulary  43. 

courir,  irr.  v.        to  run. 

dangereusement,  dangerously. 
I  ^coIh,/. 

indispose,  e, 
I  instant,  m. 


(a  I'instant, 
invalide,  m.f. 


school, 
unwell, 
instant. 

instantly,  immedi- 
ately. ) 
invalid^  pensioner! 


166 


TOCABULAEIBS. 


medecin,  m. 

patrie,/. 

servir,  irr.  v. 
volontiers, 


doctor,  physician. 
(  native  country, 
\     country. 

to  serve. 

willingly. 


apres-demain,    -< 

faim,y. 
main,_/*. 
midi,  m. 

(a  midi, 
mourir,  irr.  v. 
parole,./', 
probabiement, 
promenade,./", 
promettre,  irr.  v. 
promis,  e,  part. 
tenir,  irr.  v. 


tranquillement. 


yenir,  irr.  v. 
vertueux,  se, 
voir,  irr.  v. 


the  day  after  to- 
morrow, 
hunyer. 
hand, 
noon, 
at  noon.) 
to  die. 
word, 
probably, 
walk,  promenade, 
to  promise, 
promised, 
to  hold,  keep, 
tranquilly,  quiet- 

to  come, 
virtuous, 
to  see. 


Vocabulary  44. 


annee,y.  army. 

chaud,  e,  hot,  warm. 

fenetre,^'.  window. 

froid,  n.  m.  cold. 

,  J              ^  (  invalid,  sick  per- 

malade,  n.m.  f.  <             '         ^ 

'         •'  (     son. 

ouvrir,  irr.  v.  to  open. 

soutFrir,  irr.  v.  to  suffer. 

vetir,  irr.  v.  to  clothe. 


abricot,  m. 
aiitoinne,  m. 
chaudement, 
com[)le'tement, 
cueillir,  irr.  v. 

s'enfuir,  irr.  v. 

ennemi,  m. 
enneraie,y". 
fruit,  TO. 
fnir,  irr.  v. 
geuereux,  se, 
hiver,  m. 
legume,  m. 
mal,  adv. 
modes  te, 
moment,  m. 


apricot. 

autumn. 

warmly. 

completely. 

to  gather. 
1  to  run  away,  es- 
[      cape. 

enemy,  m. 

enemy,/. 

fruit. 

to  shun,  avoid. 

generous. 

winter. 

vegetable. 

badly. 

modest. 

moment. 


pauvre,  adj. 

pauvre,  n.  m. 

prison,  y. 

reprocher, 

simplement, 

suflBre,  irr.  v. 


poor,  needy. 
(  poor  person,  pavf 
(       per. 

prison. 

to  reproach. 

simply. 
(    to   suffice,  to  be 
\       sufficient. 


Vocabulary  45. 


acquenr,  trr.  v. 
Alexandre,  m. 
application, y. 
bien,  n.  m. 
bouillir,  irr.  v. 
connaissance,y. 
conquerir,  irr.  v. 
etude,./', 
joie,./. 

legitimement, 
oeuf,  m. 
peine,/, 
peur,/ 

profiler,  4 

tressaillir,  irr.  v. 


to  acquire. 
A  lexander. 
application, 
property, 
to  boil, 
knowledge, 
to  conquer, 
study, 
joy. 

lawfully, 
egg. 

patn,  trouble, 
fear. 

to  profit,  im- 
prove, 
to  start,  tremble. 


Vocabulary  46. 


adversaire. 


dre,  m.    \ 

coutume,y. 
drap,  ni. 
falloir,  imp.  v. 
metre,  m. 
prevaloir,  irr.  v. 
riche,  n.  m. 
valoir,  irr.  v. 
vivre,  irr.  v. 


adversary,  oppo- 

nent. 
habit,  custom, 
cloth. 

to  be  obliged, 
meter, 
to  prevail, 
rich  man. 
to  be  worth, 
to  live. 


haai6,f. 


gros,  se, 
non  plus, 
oh !  int. 
pouvoir,  irr.  v. 

vouloir,  irr.  v.  < 


Vocabulary  47. 

f  goodness,  kind- 
\      ness. 
great,  large, 
no  longer. 
O!  oh; 
to  be  able, 
to  be  willing,  to 
wish. 


Vocabulary  48. 
besoin,  m.  want. 

Dieu,  m.  God. 

pourvoir,  irr.  v.      to  provide. 


VOCABULARIES. 


157 


Vocabulary  49. 

apprendre,  in:  v.  to  learn. 

dommage,  m.         hurt,  injury. 
(c'estdommage,  it  is  a  pity.) 

plus  tot,  sooner. 

possible,  possible. 

secret,  m.  secret. 

tout,  n.  m.  every  thing. 

voyage,  m.  voyage,  journey. 

(etre  en  voyage,  to  be  on  a  jour- 
ney, to  be 
abroad.) 

Vocabulary  50. 


ame,/. 
animal,  m. 
bref,  eve, 
corps,  m. 
expliquer, 
mouvoir,  irr.  v, 
passion,/, 
personne, 
rarement, 

*verse,  a,  adv.  \ 


spirit,  soul, 
animal, 
short, 
body. 

to  explain, 
to  move, 
passion, 
nobody . 
seldom 

very  hcffd,  in  tor- 
rents. 


Vocabulary  61. 


annoncer, 
s'asseoir,  irr.  v. 
banc, m. 
dechoir,  irr.  r, 
estime,  f. 
premier,  ere, 
public,  m. 
toit,  m. 
trone,  m. 
vieillard,  m. 


to  announce. 

to  .<nt  down,  sit. 

bench. 

to  decay, /all  off. 

esteem. 

Jirst. 

public. 

roof. 

throne. 

old  man. 


Vocabulary  52. 

belle- soeur,/'.        sister-in-law. 
contredire,  irr.  v.  to  contradict. 


dedire,  irr.  v. 
dette,  /". 
de  venir, 
etonner, 
etonne,  e,  part. 
franchement, 
interdire,  irr.  v. 
mariage,  m. 
maudire,  irr.  v. 


to  disown. 

debt. 

about  coming. 

to  astonish. 

astonished. 

frankly. 

tofwbid. 

marriage. 

to  curse. 


medire,  irr.  v. 
mort,  n.  f. 
opinion,/, 
predire,  irr.  v. 

redire,  irr.  v. 

regretter, 
rien  du  tout, 
somme,y. 


to  slander, 

death. 

opinion. 

to  foretell. 

to  say  again,  re- 

peat, 
to  regret, 
nothing  at  all. 


Vocabulary  53. 


auteur,  m.f 
bas,  adv. 
elire,  irr.  v. 
gazette,  f. 
haut,  adv. 
journal,  m. 
souper,  m. 


author. 

low. 

to  choose. 

gazette. 

loudly. 

newspaper, 

supper. 


Vocabulary  54. 


communiquer 

depart,  m. 
mot,  m. 
phrase,y. 
version,/. 


■] 


to  communicate, 

tell, 
departure, 
word. 

phrase,  sentence, 
translation. 


Vocabulary  55. 


bienseant,  e, 
campagnard,  m. 
campagnarde,y. 
de  bon  coeur, 
embarras,  ?». 
embarrasse,  e, 
menace,/'. 

naif,  naive, 

pretention,/, 
raconter, 
rire,  irr.  v. 
rire  de,  irr.  v. 
simplicite,/; 
sot,  te,  n.  m.f. 
sourire,  irr.  v. 

tel,  le,  ] 


becoming, 
countryman, 
country-woman, 
heartily, 
embarrassment, 
embarrassed, 
menace,  threat, 
naive,  artless, 

plain, 
pretension, 
to  tell,  relate, 
to  laugh, 
to  laugh  at. 
simplicity, 
fool, 
to  smile, 
such,  such  a  one. 

many  a  one. 


bas,  n.  m. 
chaise,/, 
e'pee,/. 


Vocabulary  66. 
stocking, 
chair, 
sword. 


Used  of  raining. 


158 


VOCABUXARIES. 


fourreau,  m. 

scabbard. 

permission, y. 

permission. 

plaiie,  iir.  v. 

to  please. 

propre,  adj. 

own. 

remettre,  irr.  v 

to  put  back. 

sage,  adj. 

well-behaved. 

♦table,/. 

table. 

Vocabulary  57. 

ordonner, 

to  order. 

progrfes,  m. 

progress. 

tailleur,  m. 

tailor. 

zele,  VI. 

zeal. 

Vocabulary  58. 

cr^dule, 

credulous. 

conseil,  m. 

{ 

advice,  counsel, 
council. 

croitre,  irr.  v. 

to  grow. 

employer, 

to  employ. 

en  pen  de  temps, 

in  a  short  time. 

honneur,  m. 

honor. 

incapable, 

incapable. 

persuader. 

to  persuade. 

plante,y. 

plant. 

sec,  seche, 

dry. 

tromper, 

to  deceive,  cheat. 

Vocabulary  69. 

boire,  irr.  v. 

to  drink. 

capitaine,  m. 

captain. 

enivrer, 

to  intoxicate. 

s'enivrer, 

{ 

to  get  intoxicat- 
ed. 

fontaine,y. 

fountain,  spring. 

potable, 

drinkable. 

sant^,/. 

health. 

Vocabulary  60. 

certainement, 

certainly. 

famille,y. 

family. 

heros,  wi. 

hero. 

memoire,/. 

memory. 

paix,/. 

peace. 

revivre,  irr.  v. 

to  revive. 

survivre,  irr.  v 

to  survive. 

poisson,  m. 
precaution,/, 
prendre,  irr.  v. 
prendre  garde, 

present  (a),      -j 

repas,  m. 


fsh. 

precaution.    , 
to  take, 
to  take  care, 
at  the  present  mo- 
ment, at  present, 
meal. 


Vocabulary  62. 
dame,/.  lady. 

frontiere,/  frontier. 

paraitre,  irr.  v.      to  appear. 

Vocabulary  68. 
absoudre,  irr.  v.    to  absolve,  acquit 


acctised  person, 
acid, 
battle. 
CcEsar. 


accuse,  e,  m.f. 
acide,  n.  m 
bataille,/. 
Cesar,  m: 
convaincre,  irr.  v.  to  convince. 

coupable,  guilty. 

dissoudre,  irr.  v.  to  dissolve. 

experience,  /.  experience. 

Gaulois,  m.  pi.  Gauls. 
gouvernement,  m.  government, 

guerre,/.  war. 

juge,  m.  judge. 

preuve,/  proof. 

resoudre,  trr.  v.  to  resolve. 


Vocabulary  61. 
comprendre.  irr.  v.  to  comprehend. 
page,/  page. 


rival,  e,  n.  m.f. 

rival. 

vaincre,  irr.  v. 

to  conquer. 

Vocabulary  64. 

craindre,  irr.  v. 

to  fear. 

extremement, 

exceedingly. 

malheur,  m. 

misfortune. 

me'riter, 

to  deserve. 

ofFenser, 

to  offend. 

pauvrete,/ 

poverty. 

peindre,  irr.  v. 

to  paint. 

plaindre,  irr.  v. 

to  pity. 

se  plaindre, 

to  complain. 

tort,  m. 

wrong. 

(avoir  tort. 

to  be  wrong 

Vocabulary  65. 

air,  m. 

car. 

avenir,  m. 

future. 

boisson,/. 

drink. 

briiler. 

to  burn. 

conduire,  irr.  v. 

to  lead. 

*  se  mtttre  k  table,  to  ait  down  at  table. 


VOCABULAEIB8. 


169 


se  conduire,  irr.   (  to  conduct,  to  be- 
V.  (       have  one!s  self. 

construire,  irr.    (  to  construct, 
V.  \       build, 

to  cook. 


cuire,  irr.  v. 
detruire,  irr.  v. 
digue,  /". 
guide,  m. 
instruire,  irr.  v. 
nuire,  irr.  v 


ponimedeterre,y.  potato. 


to  destroy. 

dyke. 

guide. 

to  instruct,  teach. 

to  injure. 


pont,  m. 
produire,  irr.  v. 
sorte,/. 
terre,y. 
traduire,  irr.  v, 
troupe,  y! 


bridge, 
to  produce, 
kind,  sort, 
earth,  land, 
to  translate, 
troop. 


Toyageur,  se,  n.  )  ^^^^^^ 

m.f.  3  '       J 


Vocabulary  66. 


exactement, 
exemple,  m. 
exiger, 

loin,  adv. 

marcher, 

ordonnanca. 


exactly, 
example, 
to  require. 
(  at  a  distance, 


./{ 


far  off. 
to  march, 
order,  prescrip- 
tion. 


ordre,  m.  order. 

poursuivre,  irr.  v.  to  pursue. 
rue,_/.  street. 

(de  rue  en  rue,  from  street  to 
street.) 
suivre,  irr.  v.  to  follow. 

suivre  de  pres,       to  follow  close. 

Vocabulary  67. 


conduite,/. 

de'plaire,  irr.  v. 
douceur,  y. 
fort,  adv. 
maniere,_/. 
modestie,y. 
observer, 
partie,  f. 
plaire,  irr.  v. 
societe,y. 


conduct,  behav- 
ior, 
to  displease, 
gentleness, 
very  much, 
manner, 
modesty, 
to  observe, 
party, 
to  please, 
company,  society 


Vocabulary  68. 


artiste,  m.f. 
developper, 
musicien,  m. 
musicienne,y. 
naitre,  irr.  v. 
ronaitre,  irr.  v. 


artist,  m.f. 
to  develop, 
musician,  m. 
musician,  f. 
to  be  born, 
to  be  bom  again 


INDEX  I.  TO  VOCABULARIES. 

FRENCH   WORDS. 


A. 

abricot,  vi. ,  apricot. 

absent,  e,  absent. 

absoudre,  to  absolve,  ac- 
quit. 

a  cause  de,  on  account  of. 

accompagner,  to  accom- 
pany. 

accuse,  »«.,  accused,  ac- 
cused person,  m. 

accusee,  /.,  accused,  ac- 
cused person,  f. 

acheter,  to  buy. 

acide,  n.  m.,  acid. 

acquerir,  irr.  v.,  to  ac- 
quire. 

actif,  ve,  active. 

admirer,  to  admire. 

adversaire,  m.,  adver- 
sary, opponent. 

affaire,  /!,  business. 

Afrique,/.,  Africa. 

age,  in.,  age. 

age,  e,  old,  aged. 

agir,  to  act. 

agreable,  agreeable. 

ailleurs,  elsewhere. 

aimable,  amiable. 

aimer,  tb  love. 

air,  111. ,  air. 

Alexandre,  m.,  Alexan- 
der. 

AXLemagne,/., Germany. 

Allemand,  n.  m.,  German. 

allemand,  e,  adj.,  German. 

aller,  irr.  v. ,  to  go. 

aller  a  pied,  irr.  v. ,  to  go 
on  foot,  to  walk.  \ 


AFR^B-DRMAIN. 

aller  en  voiture,  irr. v. , 
to  go  in  a  carriage, 
to  drive. 

s'en  aller,  irr.  v.,  to  go 
away. 

vmhiXxon,  f,  ambition. 

ame,y.,  spirit,  soul. 

amer,  ere,  bitter. 

Am6rique,/. ,  A  merica. 

ami,  in.,  friend,  m. 

amie,  f. ,  friend,  f. 

d.  moins  que,  unless. 

amusant,  e,  amusing. 

s'  amuser,  to  amuse  ones 
self. 

an,  m. ,  year. 

Anglais,  e,  English. 

Angleterre,  /.,  En- 
gland. 

animal,  m.,  animal. 

annee,  f. ,  year. 

annoncer,  to  announce. 

s'annoncer,  to  present 
one's  self 

apercevoir,  to  perceive. 

&  peu  pr^s,  nearly. . 

appeler,  to  call. 

s'appeler,  to  be  called, 
to  call  one's  self. 

application,  /. ,  appli- 
cation. 

appliqu^,  e,  diligent. 

apporter,  to  bring. 

apprendre,  irr.  v.,  to 
learn. 

approcher,  to  draw 
near. 

aprds,  prep.,  after. 

apres-demain,  the  day 
after  to-morrow.       \ 


AVEUGLK. 

I'apres-midi,  the  after^ 

noon. 
arbre,  m. ,  tree. 
argent,  m. ,  silver,  inon^ 

ey. 
arm6e,y.,  army. 
armoire,  f,  cupboard, 

closet. 
arriver,  to  arrive. 
artiste,  m.f,  artist,  m. 

/. 

Asie.y.,  Asia. 

s'asseoir,  irr.  v.,  to  tit, 
sit  down. 

assez,  adv.,  enough. 

attaquer,  to  attack. 

attendre,  to  wait  for,  tc 
expect. 

attentif,  ive,  attentive 

ancun,  e,  adj.,  any.* 

Auguste,  m.,  Augustus. 

aujourd'hui,  adv.,  to- 
day. 

au  lieu  de,  instead  of. 

aussi,  adv.,  also,  too. 

aussi,  conj.,  but,  there- 
fore. 

auteur,  m.f,  author. 

antomne,  m.,  autumn. 

au  tour  de,  around, 
about. 

autre,  adj.,  other. 

avant,  prep.,  before. 

avant  que.  ronj. ,  before. 

avec,  prej). ,  with. 

avenir,  n.  m.,  future. 

aveugle,  adj. ,  blind. 

aveugle,  n.  m.f,  blind 
person. 


•  ^th  a  negative,  none. 


INDEX  TO   VOCABULARIES. — FRENCH   WORDS. 


161 


bIottb. 


B. 

bague,/.,  ring. 

baigner,  to  bathe,  wash. 

bal,  ?«.,  ball. 

banc,  m. ,  bench,  seat. 

bas,  adv.,  low. 

bas,  n.  m. ,  stocking. 

bataille,/.,  battle. 

bateau,  m.,  boat. 

bateau  a  vapeur,  m., 
steamboat. 

batir,  to  build. 

battre,  irr.  v.,  to  beat. 

beau,  bel,  belle,  beauti- 
ful. 

beaucoup,  adv.,  much. 

beau-frere,  m.,  brother- 
in-law. 

Belgique,/.,  Belgium. 

belle-8oeur,y. ,  sister-in- 
law. 

Berlin,  m.,  Berlin. 

besoin, ;».,  want. 

beurre, ;«.,  butter. 

bien,  n.  m.,  property. 

bien,  adv.,  well. 

bieniaiteur,m.,  benefac- 
tor. 

bienfaitrice,y. ,  benefac- 
tress. 

bienseant,  e,  becoming. 

bientot,  adv.,  soon. 

biere,y.,  beer. 

bijou,  m. ,  jewel.  ! 

blimer,  to  blame,  find 
fault  with. 

blanc,  he,  white. 

blesser,  to  wound. 

bleu,  e,  blue. 

boire,  irr.  v. ,  to  drink. 

boisson,  n.  f. ,  drink. 

boite,/;,  box. 

bon,  bonne,  adj.,  good. 

bont6,  goodness,  kind- 
ness. 

bord,  m.,  bank,  shore. 

botte,y.,  boot. 

bottier,  m. ,  bootmaker. 

bouillir,  irr.  v.,  to  boil. 

boulanger,  m.,  baker. 


OHATEAV. 


bourse,/: ,  purse. 
bourse,  y,  exchange. 
bouteille,y.,  bottle. 
bras,  m.,  arm. 
bref,  breve,  short. 
bruit,  ?«.,  noise. 
broler,  to  burn. 

c. 

cadeau,  m.,  present. 

cafe, ;«.,  coffee. 

cahier,  m..,  copy-book. 

caillou,  m. ,  pebble. 

campagnard,  m.,  coun 
tryman. 

campagnarde,  y,  coun- 
try-woman. 

campagne, y ,  country. 

canif,  m. ,  penknife. 

canne,y ,  cane. 

capitaine,  m.,  captain. 

car,  conj..for,  because. 

Caroline,  y,  Caroline. 

casser,  to  break. 

cause, y,  cause. 

a  cause  de,  on  account  of.  i 

cependant,    adv. ,    yet, 
however. 

cerise,y. ,  cherry. 

certain,  e,  certain,  some. 

certainement,  adv. ,  cer- 
tainly. 

C6sar,  m.,  Co'sar. 

cesse,  n.  f ,  ceajsing,  in- 
termission. 

cesser,  to  cease. 

chagrin,     m. ,    sorrow, 
grief 

chaise,  y,  chair. 

chambre.y,  room,  cham- 
ber. 

chameau,  m.,  camel. 

champ,  m. ,  field. 

chanter,  to  sing. 

chapeau,  m.,  hat. 

Charles,  m.,  Charles. 

cha88e,y ,  chase,  hunt. 

chat,  m.,  cat. 

chatte,  y ,  she  cat. 

chateau,    m. ,    country 
house. 

H 


OOVBTAMUVJUI. 

chaud,  e,  hot,  warm. 
chaudement,  warmly. 
chemin,  m. ,  road. 
chemin  de  fer,  m.,  rail- 
way. 
Cher,  ere,  dear. 
chercher,  to  look  for,  to 

seek. 
cheval,  ?».,  horse. 
Chez,  prep.,  to,  at, at  the 

house  of  among. 
chien,  ?«.,  dog. 
chocolat,  m. ,  chocolate, 
chose,  f,  thing. 
circonEtance,y.,  circum- 
stance. 
ciseauz,  m.  pi. ,  scissws. 
classe,  y ,  chiss. 
coeur,  m.,  heart. 
coeur  (de  bon),  heartily. 
combien,  adv.,  how  much, 

how  many. 
commencer,  to  begin. 
]  comment,    adv. ,    how, 
I      what. 

I  communiqner,    to  com-. 
(      municute,  tell. 
completement,  adv.,cotn- 
I      pletely. 
\  comprendre,  irr.  v.,  to 

comprehend. 
compte,  m.,  bill, account, 
comte,  //(.,  count. 
concert,  m.,  concert. 
concevoir,  to  conceive. 
conduire,     irr.    v.,     to 

lead. 
se  conduire,  irr.  v.,  to 
j      conduct,     to     behave 

one's  self 
conduite,y. ,  conduct,  be- 
havior. 
j  connaiEsance,y ,  knowl- 
[      edge,  acquaintance. 
connaitre,    irr.    v.,    t* 

know. 
conqnerir,  irr.  v.,  tocon- 

quer. 
conseil,  m. ,  advice,  coun- 
sel, council. 
constamment,  adv. ,  con- 
!      stantly. 


162         INDEX   TO   VOQABULARIKS. FRENCH   WOEDS. 


OONBTBDIRB. 

constroire,  irr.  v.,  to 
construct,  build. 

content,  e,  content,  satis- 
fied. 

oontraire,  m.,  contrary 
{au  contraire,  on  the 
contrary). 

OOntre,  prep. ,  against. 

eontredire,  irr.  v.,  to 
contradict. 

eonvaincre,  irr.  v.,  to 
convince. 

bopier,  to  copy. 

COq,  m. ,  cock. 

oorail,  m. ,  coral. 

oorbeille,/.,  basket. 

corps,  m.,  body. 

coton,  m.,  cotton. 

coacher,  n.  m.,  sitting, 
sleeping. 

coacher,  to  rest,  to  sleep. 

86  coacher,  to  go  to  bed. 

ooalear,y.,  color. 

coapable,  guilty. 

coasin,  m. ,  cousin,  m. 

eoasine,  /. ,  cousin,  f. 

ooateaa, ;«. ,  knife. 

oonter,  to  cost. 

•oatame,  y*.,  habit,  cus- 
tom. 

craindre,  irr.  v.,  to  fear. 

crayon,  f. ,  pencil. 

cr6dale,  credulous. 

croire,  irr.  v. ,  to  beUeve, 
to  think. 

eroitre,  irr.  v.,  to  grow. 

emche,  f ,  pitcher. 

omel,  le,  cruel. 

eaeillir,  irr.v.,  to  gather. 

eaire,  irr.  v. ,  to  cook. 

D. 

dame,/.,  lady. 

dangereasement,  dan- 
gerously. 

dans,  prep.,  in,  into. 

danser,  to  dance. 

davantage,  adv.,  more. 

de,  prep.,  of,  from,  by, 
with. 


DOMEBTIQUK. 

de  bon  coear,  heartily 

dechoir,  irr.  v.,  to  decay, 
fall  off. 

dedire,  irr.v.,  to  disown. 

d^fendre,  to  defend. 

dehors,  adv.,  outside. 

deja,  adv. ,  already,  yet. 

d^jeoner, ;«.,  breakfast 

ieTaaia,adv.,to-niorrow. 

domain  matin,  to-mor 
row  morning. 

apres-demain,  day  after 
to-morrow. 

demander,  to  ask. 

demearer,  to  dwell,  re- 
side, live. 

demi,  e,  half. 

depart,  m. ,  departure. 

d6plaire,  irr.  v.,  to  dis- 
please. 

depuis,  adv. ,  since. 

depais,  prep.,  since,  for, 
from. 

dernier,  ere,  adj. ,  last. 

derriere,  adv. ,  behind. 

d^sirer,  to  desire,  wish 
for. 

dessoas,  adv. ,  under,  un- 
derneath. 

dessoas,   prep.,    under, 
beneath. 

dessas,  adv.,  on,   upon 
(au  dessus),  above. 

detraire,  irr.  v.,  to  de- 
stroy. 

dette,y',  debt. 

d^velopper,  to  develop. 

devoir,  to  owe. 

Diea,  7/1. ,  God. 

different,  e,  different. 

difficile,  difficult. 

digvie,f.,dyke. 

diner,  m.,  dinner. 

diner,  to  dine. 

dire,  irr.  v. ,  to  speak,  tell. 

dissoadre,  irr.  v.,  to  dis- 
solve. 

domestiqae,  m.,servant, 
m. 

domestique,/.,  servant, 
/■ 


F.NTEKDRK. 

domestique,  adj.,  tame. 
dommage,  m.,  hurt,  in- 

jury.* 
done,  conj.,  then. 
donner,  to  give. 
dormir,  to  sleep. 
douceur,/.,  gentleness. 
doux,  douce,  sweet. 
drap,  TO.,  cloth. 
Dteade,}:,  Dresden. 

E. 

eau,/.,  water. 
6clair,  m.,  lightning. 
6cole,/.,  school. 
ecolier,  m. ,  pupil,  m. 
ecoliere,  f. ,  pupil,  f. 
6crire,  irr.  v.,  to  write. 
6crit,  6,  part.,  written. 
6galement,  adv.,  equal- 

ly. 

8'6garer,  to  lose  one's 
way. 

^\i%e,  f.,  church. 

elire,  irr.  v.,  to  choose. 

embarras,  7/1.,  embar- 
rassment. 

embarrasse,  e,  embar- 
rassed. 

Emilie,/.,  Emily. 

employer,  to  employ. 

en,  prep. ,  in,  into,  to. 

en,  pron.,  m.  f,  sing, 
and  pi. ,  of  him,  of  her, 
of  it,  of  them. 

encore,  adv.,  yet,  still. 

encie,  f ,  ink. 

enfance,  /.,  infancy, 
childhood. 

enfant,  m.,  child,  m. 

enfant,  /. ,  child,  f. 

s'enfuir,  irr.  v.,  to  run 
away,  escape. 

enivrer,  to  intoxicate. 

s'enivrer,  to  get  intoxi- 
cated. 

ennemi,  m.,  enemy,  m. 

ennemie,  /. ,  enemy,  f. 

enserab\e,adv., together. 

entendre,  to  hear. 


*  c'est  dommaga,  it  is  a  pitf. 


IKDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. FRENCH    WORDS. 


163 


ENTBB. 

entre,  prep.,  between. 

entrer,  to  enter,  come  in. 

euveis,  prep.,  to,  toward. 

envoyer,  irr.  v.,  to  send. 

epee,y.,  sword. 

epme,y.,  thorn. 

eacalier,     m.,     Liddo 
stairs,  staircase. 

esperer,  to  hope. 

essuyer,  to  wipe. 

estime,  /!,  esteem. 

etage,  /«.,  story,  floor. 

etoffe,  f. ,  stuff,  cloth. 

etonner,  to  astonish. 

6tonne,  e,  astonished. 

6tade,/..  study. 

etudier,  to  study. 

ezactement,  adv.,  ex- 
actly. 

exemple,  m.,  example. 

exiger,  to  require.     . 

experience,  f.,  experi- 
ence. 

expliquer,  to  explain. 

exploit,  m.,  exploit, 
achievement. 

extremement,  adv.,  ex- 
ceedingly. 

Europe,/.,  Europe. 

8'eveiller,  to  awake, 
wake  up. 

F. 

K.che,  e,  adj.,  angry, 
vexed. 

f&cher,  to  offend,  to  an- 
ger. 

facilement,  adv. ,  easily. 

facteur,  ?«. ,  postman. 

faible,  weak,  feeble. 

faim,  /.,  hunger. 

faire,  irr.v.,  to  do,  make, 

fait,  e,  part.,  made,  done. 

falloir,  imp.  v.,'  to  be 
obliged,  must,  should, 
ought  (il  faut,  it  is 
necessary,  it  must). 

famille,  /. ,  family. 

faute,  f. ,  fault. 

fenetre,y.,  window. 

fertile,  fertile. 


G  iTEAU. 

feu,  m.,jire. 

Mele,  faithful. 

fllle,y.,  daughter,  girl. 

fils,  m.,  son. 

flnir,  tojinish. 

flatterie,  /. ,  flattery. 

Ae\U,f.,  flower. 

ioiB,f.,  time. 

fontaine,  f,  fountain, 
spring. 

toretff,  forest. 

fort,  adv.,  very  much, 
very. 

fort,  e,  adj.,  strong. 

forttine,  f. ,  fortune. 

fou,  foUe,  n.  m.f,,fool, 
madman,  madwoman. 

fou,  fol,  folle,  adj., fool- 
ish. 

fourreau,  m.,  scabbard. 

franc,  m.,  franc. 

franchement,     adv., 
frankly. 

Frangais,   m..   French- 
man. 

Frangaise,  f.  French- 
woman. 

Frangais,     e,     adj. , 
French. 

France,  /',  France. 

frais,  fraiche,  yVesA. 

Frederic,  m.,  Frederick. 

frere,  m.,  brother. 

froid,  e,  adj.,  cold. 

froid,  n.m.,  cold. 

fromage,  m.,  cheese. 

frontiere,  f. ,  frontier. 

fruit,  m.,  fruit. 

fuir,  irr.  v.,  to  shun, 
avoid. 

funerailles,  /.  pi.,  fu- 
neral. 

G. 

gagner,  to  gain,  earn. 
gant,  7/1.,  glove. 
gargon,  m.,  boy. 
garder,  to  keep. 
gare,  f,  railway  sta- 
tion. 
g&teau,  m.,  cake. 


INSTBUIBK. 

gauche,  adj.,  left. 

Craulois,  m.  pi. ,  Gauls. 

geler,  to  freeze. 

general,  /«.,  general. 

gdnerenx,  se,  generous. 

gens,  m.pl.,  men,  people. 

geograpliie,/:,  geogra- 
phy. 

gouvernement,  m. ,  gov- 
ernment. 

grand,  e,  great. 

grand'  mere, grandTuoth- 
er. 

gprand-pere,  grandfa- 
ther. 

Grec,  m. ,  Greek. 

gris,  e,  gray. 

gros,  se,  great,  large. 

guerre,/.,  war. 

gfuide,  »n. ,  guide. 

Goillaume,  m.,  William. 

H. 

habit,  771.,  coat. 
s'habituer,  to  accustom 

one's  self. 
hair,  to  hate. 
haut,  72. 771.,  height. 
(en  haut,  upstairs.) 
haut,  e,  adj.,  high. 
haut,  adv.,  loudly. 
Henri,  7/1.,  Henry. 
heros,  77*.,  hero. 
heure,/,  how. 
heureux,  se,  happy, 
hier,  adv.,  yesterday. 
hiver,  m.,  winter. 
homme,  771.,  inan. 
honneur,  771.,  honor. 

I. 

ici,  adv.,  here. 

incapable,  incapable. 

indispose,  e,  unwell. 

innocent,  e,  innocent. 

instant,  77(.,  instant. 

(a  r  instant,  instantly, 
immediately.) 

instruire,  irr.  v.,  to  in- 
struct, teach. 


164 


INDEX  TO  VOCABULAEIES. FEENCH  WORDS. 


TNTBBniBB. 

interdire^  trr.  v. ,  to  for- 
bid. 

invalide,  n.  wi.  /.,  in- 
valid, pensioner. 

inviter,  to  invite. 

Italie,/.,  Italy. 

Italien,  ne,  Italian. 

J. 

januds,   ever    {with    a 

ne.ff.),  never. 
jambon,  m. ,  ham. 
jardin,  m. ,  garden. 
Jean,  m.,  John. 
Jeter,  to  throw. 
jeu,  m.,  play,  game. 
jenne,  young. 
jeunesse.y.,  youth, 
joie,/.,  joy. 
joli,  e,  pretty. 
joner,  to  play. 
joQjon,  rn. ,  plaything. 
jour,  >«..  day. 
journal,  m. ,  newspaper. 
joumee,/.,  day. 
JBge,  m.]  judge. 
Jolie,/.,  ./w/ta. 
jnsque,  ire/j.,  os/ar  a«. 
jn8te,jus^ 

L. 

IfUbas,  adv.,  yonder, 
there  below,  down 
there. 

la])orieaz,  ease,  labori- 
ous. 

lait,  m.,  mt/X;. 

langne,/.,  langmge. 

larme,  /'.,  <ear. 

se  laver,  to  wash  one's 
self. 

Ie$on,y.,  lesson. 

16gdrement,  adv. ,  light- 
ly, slightly. 

l^timement,    adv., 
lawfully. 

16gnme,  m.,  vegetable. 

lentemojii,  adv.,  slowly. 

Leopold,  m.,  Leopold. 

lettre,/,  letter. 


MA  BODE. 

leur,  poss.  adj.,  their. 

lever,  to  lift. 

se  lever,  to  rise,  get 
up. 

lieu,  m.,  place,  spot. 

(au  lieu  de,  instead  of.) 

lire,  irr.  v. ,  to  read. 

lit,  m. ,  bed. 

livre,  /«.,  600^. 

hvxe,f.,pound(weigh  t). 

loin,  adv.,at  a  distance, 
far  off. 

Londres,  m.  orf,  Lon- 
don. 

long,  m.,  length. 

longtemps,  adv. ,  a  long 
time,  a  long  lohile, 
long. 

lorsqae,  conj.,  when. 

louer,  to  praise. 

louer,  to  let,  to  hire. 

Louis,  m.,  Louis. 

Louise,  y.,  Louisa. 

lumiere,/.,  light. 

lune,y,  moon. 

lunettes,  y.  pi.,  specta- 
cles. 


m. 


Mrs., 


Kadame,    f. , 
Madam. 

Mademoiselle,/^,  Miss. 

main.y.,  hand. 

maintenant,  adv.,  now, 
at  present. 

mais,  conj.,  but. 

maison,  /. ,  house. 

maitre,  /«.,  master. 

mal,  adv.,  badly,  wrong. 

malade,  adj.,  ill. 

malade,    n.   m.  f,   in- 
valid, sick  person. 

malheur,    »«.,   misfor- 
tune. 

malheureuz,  se,  unhap- 
py- 

manger,  to  eat. 

mani6re,y.,  manner. 

marchand,     m.,     mer- 
chant. 

marcli6,  m.,  market. 


MOBTEL. 

marcher,    to    walk,  t» 
march. 

mariage,  m.,  marriage. 

Marie,  y,  Mary. 

MatliUde,y.,  Matilda. 

matin,  m.,  morning. 

maudire,    irr.    ».,    U 
curse. 

mauvais,  e,  bad. 

mechant,  e,  wicked. 

medecin,  nu,  doctor,  phy- 
sician. 

medecine,y.,  medicine. 

medire,  irr.  v.,  to  slan- 
der. 

meilleur,  e,  adj.,  better. 

meme,  adj.,  same. 

memoire,y,  memory, 

menace,    f ,     menace^ 
threat. 

mener,  to  lead,  conduct. 

menteur,  m.,  liar,  m. 

menteu8e,y.,  hur,f. 

merci,  m.,  thanks,  thank 
you. 

m6re,y.,  mother. 

meriter,  to  deserve. 

messieurs,  vt.  pi. ,  < 
men,  Messrs. 

metal,  tn.,  metal. 

metre,  m.,  meter. 

mettre,  irr.  v.,  to  ptU, 
put  on. 

midi,  m. ,  noon. 

mieuz,     adv. ,     better, 
more. 

minute,  y,  minute. 

modeste,  adj.,  modest 

modestie,y,  modesty. 

moins,  adv.,  less. 

mois,  m.,  month. 

moment,  m.,  moment. 

monde,  m.,  world. 

(tout  le   monde,  every 
body.) 

Monsieur,  m..  Sir,  Mr. 

montre,y,  watch. 

montrer,  to  show. 

morceau,  m.,  piece,  bit, 

mort,  n.f,  death. 

mort,  e,  part. ,  dead. 

mortel,  le,  adj.,  mortal 


INDEX  TO  VOCABULARIES. — FRENCH   WORDS. 


165 


MOT. 

mot,  m.,  word. 

moolin,  m.,  mill. 

monrir,  irr.  v. ,  to  die. 

mouton,  m.,  sheep. 

mouTOir,  irr.  v. ,  to  move. 

moyen,  m.,  means. 

muet,  te,  dumb. 

Munich,  m.,  Munich. 

mar,  n.  m.,  wall. 

mur,  e,  adj.,  ripe. 

musicien,  m.,  mrmcian, 
in. 

masicieone,  f.,  musi- 
cian, J". 

ma8iqae,y.,  music. 

N. 

naif,  naive,  plain,  art- 
less. 

naissance,/.,  birth. 

naitre,  irr.  v.,  to  be  born. 

nature, _/.,  nature. 

n6,  e,  part.,  born. 

n6anmoins,  ac^t;.,  never- 
theless. 

n^cessaire,  necessary. 

neiger,y.,  snow. 

neiger,  imp.  v.,  to  snow. 

nettoyer,  to  clean. 

neuf,  ve,  new. 

neveu,  m.,  nephew. 

nid,  m.,  nest. 

niece,  y.,  niece, 

noir,  e,  black, 

noix,y. ,  nut. 

nom,  VI.,  name. 

non,  adv.,  no,  not. 

non  plus,  no  longer. 

notre,  pron. ,  our. 

nouveau,  nouvel,  non- 
velle,  new. 

nonvelle,  »../'.,  news. 

noarrir,  to  nourish. 

nnire,  to  injure. 

nuit,/.,  niyht. 

nnl,  le,  adj.,  not  any,  no. 

nnlle  part,  nowhere. 

0. 

oMir,  to  obey. 


PAEOLB. 

ob^issant,  e,  obedient. 

observer,  to  observe. 

ceil,  m.  (pi.,  yeux),  eye. 

oeuf,  m.,  eyg. 

ofFenser,  to  offend. 

officier,  /«.,  officer. 

oh!  interj.,  01  ho!  oh! 

oie,y.,  goose. 

oiseau,  m.,  bird. 

on,pro7i.,  one,  they,  peo- 
ple. 

oncle,  tn.,  uncle. 

opinion,  /'. ,  opinion. 

or,  m. ,  gold. 

ordinairement,  adv., 
usually. 

ordonnance,  /.,  order, 
prescription. 

ordonuer,  to  order. 

ordre,  m. ,  order. 

ou,  conj.,  or. 

ou,  adv.,  where. 

onvrir,  irr.  v. ,  to  open. 

P. 

p&ge,/.,page. 

pain,  /«.,  bread. 

paix,  f. ,  peace. 

palais,  m., palace, 

papier,  m. ,  paper. 

paquet,  in.,  parcel. 

par,  prep. ,  by. 

paraitre,  to  appear. 

parapluie,  m,,  umbrella. 

parasol,  m.,  parasol. 

parce  que,  conj.,  he- 
cause. 

pardon,  m., pardon. 

pardonner,  to  pardon, 
forgive. 

puent,  m. ,  parent,  m. ; 
relation,  m. 

parente,  /.,  parent,/. ; 
relation,/. 

paresseux,  se,  idle. 

par  hasard,  adv.,  acci- 
dentally. 

par  ici,  adv. ,  this  way. 

Paris,  m.,  Paris. 

parler,  to  speak. 

parole,  y.,  word. 


FLAISIS. 

partie,y.,  part,  party. 

partir,  irr.  v. ,  to  set  out, 
start. 

partout,  every  where. 

pas,  adv.,  no,  not. 

pas  encore,  adv.,  not 
yet. 

pass^,  e,  part., past, 

passer,  to  pass. 

passion,  f. ,  passion. 

patrie,  f. ,  country,  na- 
tive country. 

pauvre,  adj.,  poor, needy. 

pauvre,  n.  m. ,  poor  per- 
son, pauper. 

pauvrete,/. ,  poverty. 

payer,  to  pay, 

pays,  m.,  country. 

paysan,  m. ,  countryman^ 
peasant. 

peindre,  irr. v.,  to  paint. 

T^eine,  /'.,  pain,  trouble. 

pendant  que,  conj.,  while. 

perdre,  to  lose. 

penser,  to  think. 

p^re,  m.,  father. 

permission,  f. ,  permis- 
sion. 

pesant,  e,  heavy. 

personne.y. ,  person. 

peisonae,  pron.  m.,  any 
one  {with  negative, 
nobody). 

persuader,  to  persuade. 

petit,  e,  small,  little. 

peu,  n.  m..  little,  few. 

peu,  adv.,  little,  few. 

peu  de  temps,  a  short 
time. 

peuple,  e,  populous. 

peuple,  m.,  people. 

pe\XT,f.,fear. 

peut-etre,  adv.,  perhaps. 

phrase,  f,  phrase,  sen- 
tence. 

Pierre,  m.,  Peter. 

pierre,  _/".,  stone. 

pl&ce,  f ,  place. 

plaindre,  irr.  v.,  to  pity. 

se  plaindre,  to  complain. 

plaire,  irr.  v.,  to  please. 

plaisir,  m,,  pleasure. 


166 


INDEX  TO   VOCABULAEIES. — FRENCH   WOBD8. 


'  PLANTS. 

plante,/.,  ;>/ant. 

pleorer,  to  weep. 

pleavoir,  t7np.  v.,  to  rain. 

plaie.y.,  rain. 

plume,  y.,/>cn. 

plnpart,  ind.  pron. ,  most 
part,  greatest  part, 
majority. 

plus,  adv.,  more. 

plas  longtemps,  adv., 
longer. 

plus  tard,  adv.,  after- 
ward, later. 

plus  tot,  adv.,  sooner. 

plusieurs,  ind.  pron., 
most,  several. 

poire,  /. ,  pear. 

poisson,  m.,Jish. 

poinnie,y.,  apple. 

pomme  de  terre,./".,  po- 
tato. 

pont,  m.,  bridge. 

^xXa,f.,  door. 

porter,  to  carry. 

portrait,  m. ,  likeness, 
portrait. 

possible,  possible. 

poste,/.,  post. 

potable,  drinkable. 

pour,  prep.,  for,  on  ac- 
count of. 

pour  que,  conj. ,  in  order 
that,  so  that. 

pourquoi,  adv.,  why. 

pourquoi,  conj. ,  why, 
wherefore. 

poursuivre,  irr.  v.,  to 
pursue. 

pourvoir,  irr.  v.,  to  pro- 
vide. 

pouBser,  to  push. 

pouvoir,  irr.  v.,  to  be 
able. 

precaution,  /.,  precau- 
tion. 

pr^dire,  irr.  v.,  to  fore- 
tell 

pr^ferer,  to  prefer. 

premier,  ere,  jiVs<. 

prendre,  irr.  v.,  to  take. 

prendre  garde,  to  take 
care. 


QCI.  I 

pr6sent,  a,  at  the  present  I 
moment,  at  present. 

presque,  adv.,  almost. 

pretention,  f,  preten- 
sion. 

preter,  to  lend. 

preuve,y.,  proof. 

pr6valoir,  irr.  v.,  to  pre- 
vail. 

prier,  to  pray. 

prince,  m.,  prince. 

pris,  e,  part.,  taken. 

prix,  m. ,  prize,  price. 

Tpiiaon,f.,  prison. 

probablement,     adv., 
probably. 

prochain,  e,  next. 

produire,  irr.  v.,  to  pro- 
duce. 

professeur,  m.,professor. 

proflter,  to  profit,  im- 
prove. 

pr(^es,  VI.,  progress. 

projet,  m. ,  project. 

promenade,/.,  walk. 

se  promener,  to  walk, 
to  take  a  walk. 

promettre,    irr.  v.,  to 
promise. 

promis,  e,  part. ,  prom- 
ised. 

propre,  adj.,  own. 

proprement,  adv.,  neat- 
ly. 

prudemX2fint,  adv. ,  pru- 
dently. 

Prusse,/.,  Prussia. 

public,  7«. ,  public. 

puisque,  conj.,  since. 

pnnir,  to  punish. 

Q' 

qnand,  adv.,  when. 
que,  conj.,  that,  hoiv. 
quel,  le,  adj.,  what. 
quelque,  adj.,  some,  any. 
quelque,  adv. ,  however. 
quelquefois,  adv.,  some- 
times. 
qui,  relat.  pron.,  who, 
I      that,  which. 


quitter,  to  quit,  leave. 
quoi,  pron.,  which,  what 
quoique,  conj.,  although^ 
though. 

R. 

raconter,  to  tell,  relate. 
raisin,  m. ,  grape. 
raison,  f. ,  reason,  sense.. 
rarement,  adv.,  seldom. 
recevoir,  to  receive. 
recompenser,  to  reward. 
reconnaissant,  e,  grater- 

ful. 
redire,  irr.  v.,   to  say 

again,  repeat. 
regie,/.,  rule. 
regretter,  to  regret. 
reine,/.,  queen. 
relieur,  m.,  bookbinder. 
remercier,  to  thank. 
remettre,  irr.  v.,  to  put 

back. 
remplir,  to  fill,  to  fill 

again. 
H^mus,  m.,  Remus. 
renaitre,    to    be    bom 

again. 
rencontre,  to  meet. 
rendre,  to  give  back,  re- 

turn. 
r6pandre,  to  shed,  spill. 
repas,  m.,  meal. 
r^pondre,  to  answer. 
reprocher,  to  reproach. 
rester,  to  remain,  stay. 
resoudre,  irr.  v.,  to  rev 

solt>e. 
revivre,  irr.  v.,  to  re- 
vive. 
Richard,  m.,  Richard. 
riche,  adj.,  rich. 
riche,  n.  m.,  rich  man. 
richement,  adv.,  richly 
rien,  m.,  nothing. 
rien  du  tout,  nothing  at 

all 
rire,  irr.  v.,  to  laugh. 
rire  de,  to  laugh  at. 
rival,  n.m.f,  rival. 
robe,/.,  dress. 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. FRENCH   WORDS. 


167 


Bobert,  to.,  Robert. 
roi,  TO.,  kiny. 
Homain,  n.  in.,  Roman. 
Bomulus,  TO.,  Romulus. 
rond,  e,  round. 
rose,/".,  rose. 
rouge,  red. 
ruban,  ?».,  ribbon. 
rue,/.,  street  (de  rue 

en  rvie,  J'rom  street  to 

street). 
Ba88ie,y!,  Russia. 

8. 

sage,  adj.,  wise,  well- 
behaved. 

sage,  n.  to.,  wise  man. 

saisir,  to  seize,  catch. 

sang,  m.,  blood. 

sans,  prep.,  without. 

sant6,/.,  health. 

sauter,  to  leap,  jump. 

savant,  e,  learned. 

savoir,  irr.  v.,  to  know. 

8axe,y.,  Saxony. 

sec,  slcbe,  dry. 

secret,  to.,  secret. 

sel,  in.,  salt. 

selon,  prep.,  according 
to. 

semaine,/.,  week. 

sentir,  to  feel,  perceive. 

servante,  /.,  servant, 
maid-servant. 

servir,  to  serve. 

36verement,  adv. ,  se- 
verely. 

si,  adv.,  so  much,  so. 

si,  conj.,  if,  whether. 

simpletnent,  adv.,  sim- 

simplicite,  f.,  simplic- 
iti^ 

situe,  e,  adj.,  situated. 

situer,  to  place. 

societe,  f ,  company,  so- 
ciety. 

soBur,y.,  sister. 

soie,y*.,  silk. 


TABD. 

soif,/.,  thirst. 

soir,  TO.,  evening,  night. 

soldat,  m.,  soldier. 

solde,f.,pay  (a  soldier^s 
pay). 

soleil,  7/2.,  sun. 

Bomme,  f. ,  sum. 

sorte,  /:,  kind,  sort. 

sortir,  to  go  out. 

sot,  te,  adj.,  foolish. 

sot,  n.  m.,  fool,  TO. 

sotte,  n.f.,fool,f. 

souflFrir,  irr.  v.,  to  suffer. 

Soulier,  to.,  shoe. 

souper,  TO.,  supper. 

sourire,  irr.  v.,  to  smile. 

souvent,  adv.,  often. 

spectacle,  to.,  play  {the). 

Stuttgard,  m.,  Stutt- 
gart. 

Sucre,  TO.,  sugar. 

Suede,/.,  Sweden. 

sufBre,  irr.  v.,  to  suffice, 
to  be  sufficient. 

suivre,  irr.  v. ,  to  follow. 

suivre  de  pres,  to  follow 
close. 

wax,  prkp.,  on,  upon, 
over. 

survivre,  to  survive. 

T. 

table,  /:,  table.* 

tableau,  m. ,  picture. 

tailler,  to  rut. 

tailleur,  to.,  tailor. 

taire,  irr.  v.,  to  say 
nothing  of,  to  con- 
ceal. 

se  taire,  irr.  v.,  to  be 
silent. 

tandis  que,  conj.,  while, 
whilst. 

tant,  adv.,  so  many,  so 
much. 

tant  que,  adv.,  as  long 
as. 

tante,y*.,  aunt. 

tard,   adv.,  late  (plus 


TBOTTVEB. 

tard,  afterward,  Ian 

ter). 
tasse,/.,  cup. 
tel,  le,  adj.,  suck,  such 

a  one,  many  a  one. 
temps,  m.,  weather. 
temps,  TO.,  time, 
tenir,  irr.  v.,  to  Jwid, 

keep. 
terre,/.,  earth,  land. 
the,  TO.,  tea. 
theme,  to.,  exercise, 
toit,  TO.,  roof. 
tomber,  to  fall. 
tonner,  to  thunder. 
tort,   TO.,  wrong  (avoir 

tort,  to  be  wrong). 
tot,    adv.,     soon    (plu 

tot,  sooner). 
toujours,  adv.,  always. 
tout,  n.  m.,  every  thing. 
tout,  e,  adj.,  all,  every. 
tout    le    monde,   every 

body. 
tout,  adv.,  quite,  entire- 

tout  de  suite,  adv.,  tm- 

inediately,  directly. 
tout  (rien  du),  nothing 

at  all. 
traduire,  to  translate. 
traitor,  to  treat. 
tranquillement,     adv., 

tranquilly,  quietly. 
travail,    to.    (travaoz, 

pi.),  work. 
travailler,  to  work. 
tres,  adv.,  very. 
tressaillir,    irr.    v.,   to 

start,  tremble. 
triste,  sad. 
Troie,/.,  Troy. 
tromper,     to     deceive, 

cheat. 
se  tromper,  to  deceive 

one's  self. 
trone,  to.,  throne. 
trop,  adv.,  too,  too  much, 
troupe,/.,  troop. 
trouver,  to  find. 


*  Be  mettre  k  table,  to  sit  down  at  tabU. 


168 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. FRENCH   W0RD8. 


vain,  e,  vain  (en  vain, 
vainly,  in  vain'). 

vaincre,  irr.  v.,  to  con- 
quer. 

valoir,  irr.  v.,  to  be 
worth. 

vendre,  to  sell. 

veuir,  irr.  v.,  to  come. 

venir  (de),  about  com- 
ing. 

verite,y.,  truth. 

verre,  m. ,  glass. 

vers,  prep.,  toward, 
about. 

verse,  a,  adv.,  very  hard, 
in  torrents.* 

version,/.,  translation. 

vert,  e,  green. 

vertu,/.,  virtue. 

vertueaz,  se,  virtuotis. 


VOLKB. 

v£tir,  irr.  v.,  to  clothe. 
viande,y.,  meat. 
vice,  VI.,  vice,  fault. 
vid6,  e,  part. ,  empty. 
vider,  to  empty. 
vieillard,  m.,  old  man. 
vieillesse,/.,  old  age. 
Vienne,/.,  Vienna. 
vienz,  vieil,  le,  old. 
vif,  vive,  lively. 
ville,y.,  city,  town. 
vin,  m.,  wine. 
violette,/.,  violet. 
violon,  in.,  violin. 
vis  a  vis,  opposite. 
vite,  adv. ,  quickly,  fast. 
vivre,  irr.  v.,  to  live. 
voici,  prep. ,  behold,  here 
I      is,  here  are. 
I  voir,  irr.  v.,  to  see. 
voisin,  m. ,  neighbor,  m. 
I  voi8ine,y.,  neighbor,  f. 
I  voler,  to  rob,  steal. 


ZKLE. 

voleur,  »7i. ,  robber,  thief, 

volont6,/.,  wish. 

volon  tiers,  adv.,  willing^ 
ly. 

votre,  pass.  adj. ,  your. 

vouloir,  irr.  v.,  to  be 
willing,  to  wish. 

voyage,  m.,  voyage, 
journey  (etre  en  voy- 
age, to  be  on  a  jour- 
ney,  to  travel  abroad), 

voyager,  to  travel. 

voyageur,  m.,  traveler, 
m. 

voyageuse, /■. ,  traveler, 

/• 
vrai,  e,  true. 
vraiment,  adv.,  truly. 
vu,  e,  part.,  seen. 

z. 

zMe,  m.,  zeal. 


*  Uatd  qf  raining. 


INDEX  II.  TO  VOCABULARIES. 

ENGLISH    WORDS. 


A. 

able,  to  be,  pouvoir,  irr. 

V. 

about,   prep.,    au    tour 

de,  vers,  devers. 
about,  adv.,  environ,  a 

peupres,  autour,  (a  et 

la. 
above,  adv.,  en  haut. 
above,  prep.,  au  dessus 

de. 
absent,  absent,  e. 
absolve,  absoudre,  irr.  v. 
accidentally,    par    ha- 

sard. 
accompany,      accompa- 

gner. 
according  to,  prep.,  se- 

lon,  suivant. 
account,  compte,  m. 
accused,  n.  m. ,  accus€,  e, 

m.f. 
accustom     one's     self, 

s^habituer. 
acbievement,  exploit,m. 
acid,  n.,  acide,  m. 
acquire,  acqu€rir,  irr.  v. 
acquit,  absoudre,  irr.  v. 
act,  to,  agir. 
active,  actif,  ve. 
admire,  admirer, 
adversary,    adversaire, 

m. 
advice,  conseil,  m. 
Africa,  Afrique.f. 
after,  prep.,  apres. 
afternoon,  n.,  apres-mi- 

di,  m. 
afterwards,  plus   tard, 

apres,  ensuite,  puis. 


AKTIBT. 

against,  contre. 

age,  age,  m. 

aged,  adj.,  dg€,  e. 

agreeable,  agr€able. 

air,  air,  m. 

Alexander,  Alexandre, 
m. 

all,  adj.,  tout,  toute. 

almost,  adv., presque. 

already,  adv.,  d€ja. 

also,  adv.,  aussi. 

although,  conj. ,  quoi- 
que,  bien  que. 

always,  adv.,  toujours. 

ambition,  ambition,  f. 

America,  Am^rique. 

amiable,  aimable. 

among,  prep. ,  chez, 
avec,  entre,  parmi. 

amuse     one's     self, 
s'amuser. 

amusing,  amusant,  e. 

anger,  to,  fdcher. 

angry,  adj.,facM,  e. 

animal,  animal,  m. 

announce,  annoncer. 

answer,  to,  r^pondre. 

any,  adj.,  quelque,  au- 
cun,  e  (vvith  negative, 
none),  du,  de  la,  des, 
en. 

appear,  paraitre,  irr.  v. 

apple,  po7nme,f. 

application,  applica- 
tion,/. 

apricot,  abricot,  m. 

April,  Avril,  m. 

arm,  bras,  m. 

army,  arm6e,f. 

around,  au  tour  de. 

arrive,  to,  arriver. 

artist,  artiste,  m.f. 


BED. 

artless,  naif,  naive. 

as,  conj.,  comme,  ainsi 
que. 

as  far  as,  prep.,jusque. 

as  long  as,  adv.,  tant  que. 

as  much,  adv.,  autant. 

Asia,  Asie,f. 

ask,  demander. 

astonish,  €tonner. 

at,  prep. ,  a,  chez. 

at  present,  adv.,  main- 
tenant. 

at  the  house  of,  chez. 

attack,  to,  attaquer,  as- 
saillir,  irr.  v. 

attentive,  attentif,  ive. 

August,  Aout,  m. 

Augustus,  Atiguste,  tn. 

aunt,  tante,f. 

author,  auteur,  m.f. 

autumn,  automne,  m. 

avoid,  ywiV,  irr.  v. 

awake,  to,  s'€veiUer. 

B. 

bad,  mauvais,  e. 
badly,  rnal. 
baker,  boulanger,  m, 
bank,  bord,  m. 
ball,  bat,  m. 
basket,  corbeille,f, 
bathe,  baigner. 
battle,  bataille,f. 
be,  to,  etre. 
beat,  battre. 
beautiful,     beau,     bel, 

belle. 
because,  conj. , car,  parce 

que. 
becoming,  biens€ant,  e. 
bed,  lit,  m. 


170 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULABIES. ENGLISH    WOKDS. 


BKEK. 

beer,  biere,f. 

before,    adv.    of    time, 

avant. 
before,  conj.,  avant  que, 

plutot  (pie. 
before,  prep. ,  avant  (of 

time),     devant      {of 

place). 
beg,  prier. 
begin,  commencer. 
behave  \  one's  self,  se 
conduct  )       conduire. 
behavior,  conduite,f. 
behind,  prep.,  derriere. 
behold,  int.,  void. 
Belgium,  Belgique,f. 
believe,  croire,  irr.  v. 
below,  adv.,  en  bos. 
bench,  banc,  m. 
benefactor,  bienfaiteur, 

VI. 

benefactress,      bienfai- 

trice,f. 
Berlin,  Berlin,  m. 
better,  adj. ,  meilleur,  e. 
better,  adv.,  mieux. 
between,  etitre,  prep. 
bill,  compte,  m. 
bird,  oiseau,  m. 
birth,  naissance,f. 
bit,  morceau,  m. 
bitter,  amer,  ere. 
black,  noir,  e. 
blame,  to,  bldmer. 
blind,  adj.,  avewjle. 
blind  man,  avewjle,  m. 
blind  woman,  aveugle,f. 
blood,  sang,  m. 
blue,  bleu,  e. 
boat,  bateau,  m. 
body,  corps,  7n. 
boil,  bouillir,  irr.  v. 
book,  livre,  m. 
bookbinder,  relieur,  m. 
boot,  botte,f. 
bootmaker,  bottler,  m. 
bom,  part.,  ne,  e. 
bom,  to  be,  naitre,  irr.  v. 
bom  again,  to  be,  re- 

naitre,  irr.  v. 
bottle,  bouteille,f. 
box,  boUe,f. 


boy,  garfon,  m. 
bread,  pain,  m. 
break,  casser. 
breakfast,  dejeuner,  m. 
bridge,  pont,  m. 
bring,  apporter. 
brother,  yrere,  m. 
brother-in-law,  beau- 

frere,  m. 
boild,  bdtir,  construire, 

irr.  V. 
bum,  to,  bruler. 
business,  affaire,  f. 
but,  conj. ,  mais,  qui  ne. 
butter,  beurre,  m. 
buy,  acheter. 
by,  prep. ,  par. ,  pres  de. 
by,  adv.,  pres. 

c. 

Caesar,  C€sar. 
cake,  gateau,  m. 
call,  ap/ieler. 
call  one's  self,  s'appeler. 
called,  to  be,  s'appeler. 
camel,  chameau,  m. 
cane,  canne,f. 
captain,  capitaine,  m. 
Caroline,  Caroline,  f. 
carry,  porter. 
cat,  m. ,  chat. 
cat  (she),/.,  chatte. 
catch,  saisir. 
cause,  cavise,f. 
cease,  cesser. 
ceasing,  cesse,f. 
certain  (some  one),  adj., 

certain,  e. 
certainly,  certainement, 

certes,  assur€ment. 
chair,  chaise,  f. 
Charles,  Charles,  m. 
chase,  n.,  chasse,f. 
cheat,  tromper. 
chwS6,  fromage,  m. 
cherry,  cerise,  f. 
child,  enfant,  m.f. 
childhood,  enfnnre,f. 
chocolate,  chocolat,  m. 
choose,  ^/ire,  irr.  v. 
church,  €gliite,f. 


COOK. 

circumstance,      circoA' 

stance,  f. 
city,  ville,f. 
class,  classe,f. 
clean,  to,  nettoyer. 
closely,  de  pres. 
closet,  armoire,f. 
cloth,  drap,  VI. 
Cloth,  Stuff,  aoffe,f. 
clothe,  velir,  irr.  v, 
coat,  habit,  m. 
cock,  coq,  m. 
coffee,  caf€,  m. 
cold,  adj.,  f raid,  e. 
cold,  n.,froid,  m. 
color,  couleur,f. 
come,  venir,  irr.  v. 
come  in,  entrer. 
communicate,  communis 

quer. 
company,  soci(t€,f. 
complain,  se  plaindre, 

irr.  V. 
completely,     compUte- 

vient. 
comprehend,    compren- 

dre,  irr.  v. 
conceal,  taire,  irr.  v. 
conceive,  concevoir. 
concerning,  prep.,  can- 
cer nant,  touchant. 
concert,  concert. 
conclude,  to,    conclure, 

irr.  v. 
conduct,    to,    conduire, 

irr.  v. 
conduct,  conduite.f. 
conquer,  conqu^rir. 
conquer,  vaincre,  irr.  v. 
considering,  j/rep.,  at- 

tendu. 
constantly,      constam- 

ment. 
construct,       construire, 

irr.  V. 
content,  content,  e. 
contradict,    contredire, 

irr.  V. 
contrary,  contraire,  m. 
convince,      convaincre, 

irr.  v. 
oook,  to,  cuire,  irr.  v. 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULAEIES. ENGLISH    WORDS. 


171 


copy,  to,  copier. 
copy-book,  cahier,  m. 
coral,  corai/,  m. 
cost,  to,  couter. 
cotton,  colon,  m. 
counsel,  conseil,  m. 
coant,  cointe,  m. 
•onntry  (native  place), 
patrie^f.  ;  pays,  m. 
country,  campngne,/. 
country-house,  chateau. 


EMBABBABSMENT. 

destroy,  detruire,  irr.  v. 

develop,  de'velopj>er. 

die,  inourir,  irr.  v. 
I  different,  different,  e. 
!  difficult,  difficile. 

dike,  digue,  f. 

diligent,  a/>plique,  e. 

dine,  to,  diner. 

dinner,  diner,  m. 

disown,  de'dire,  irr.  v. 
I  displease,  d^plaire,  irr. 


countryman, 

guard,  vi.  I 

countryman,  paysan,  m.  | 
countrywoman,  compa- , 

gnarde,/.  j^ 

cousin,  m.,  cousin,  m.  iJ 
cousin,  /I,  cousine,//' 
cover,  to,  couvrir,  irr.  v. 
credulous,  credule. 
cruel,  cruel,  le. 
cup,  tasse,f. 
cupboard,  armoire,  f. 
curse,  to,  maudire,  irr.  v. 
custom,  couiume,J'. 
cut,  to,  tailler. 


campa-   dissolve,  dissoudre,  irr. 


dance,  danser. 
dangerously,      danger- 

eusement. 
daughter,  ^7/e,/. 
day  (the  whole  day), 

jour  nee,  f. 
day,  jour,  m. 
day    after    to-morrow, 

apres-demain. 
dead,  part.,  mart,  e. 
dear,  cfter,  ere. 
death,  mort,f, 
debt,  dette,f. 
decay,  to,  dechoir,  irr.  v. 
December,  D^cemhre,  m. 
deceive,  tromper. 
deceive    one's   self,   se 

tromper. 
defend,  de/endre. 
departure,  depart,  m. 
deserve,  m€riter. 
desire,  to,  d^sirer. 


distance,  at  a,  loin. 
do  (to  make), /aire,  irr. 

V. 

doctor,  m^decin,  m. 
dog,  chien,  m. 
done,  part.,  fait,  e. 
f'.oor,  parte,  f. 
draw  near,  approcher. 
Dresden,  Dresde,/. 
dress,  robe,/. 
drink,  boisson,f. 
drink,  to,  boire,  irr.  v. 
drinkable,  potable. 
drive,  v.  n. ,  aller  en  voi- 

ture. 
dry,  sec,  seche. 
dumb,  muet,  te. 
daring,  prep.,  pendant. 
dwell,  demeurer. 
dye,  to,  teindre,  irr.  v. 

E. 

each,  adj.,  chaque. 
early,  adi).,  de   bonne 

heure. 
earlier,  adv.,  de  meil- 

leure  heure. 
easily,  facilement. 
earn,  gagner. 
earth,  terre,f. 
eat,  to,  manger. 
egg,  aw/,  »«• 
elsewhere,  ailleurs. 
embarrassed,  part.,  em- 

harrasse,  e. 
embarrassment,  embar- 

ras,  m. 


Emily,  Emilie,f. 
employ,  employer. 
empty,  to,  vider. 
empty,  part.,  vid^,  e. 
enemy,  m. ,  ennemi,  m. 
enemy, y.,  ennemie,  f. 
England,  A  ngkterre,  f. 
English,  Anglais,  e. 
enough,  adv.,  assez. 
enter,  entrer. 
equally,  e'galement. 
escape,  senfuir,  irr.  v, 
esteem,  estime,/. 
Europe,  Europe,/. 
even,  adv.,  mime. 
evening,  soir,  m, 
ever,  jamais. 
every  (all),  tout,  e. 
every     body,    tout    It 

monde. 
every  thing,  tout,  n.  m. 
every  where,  partout. 
exactly,  exactement. 
example,  exemple,  m. 
exceedingly,     extreme- 

ment. 
except    (save),   prep., 

except^,  hors,  hormis. 
exchange,  bourse,/. 
exercise,  theme,  m. 
expect,  attendre. 
experience,  experience. 
expire,  to,  echoir,  irr.  v. 
explain,  expliquer. 
exploit,  exploit,  m. 
eye,  ceil,  m.  {pi.  yenz). 

F. 

fail,  faillir,  irr.  v. 
faithfnl,  Jidele. 
fall,  to,  tomber. 
fall  off,  dechoir. 
family,  famille,  /. 
far  off,  loin. 
fast,  adv.,  vite. 
father,  pere,  m. 
t?kXi\X,/nute,/. ;  vice,  m. 
fear,  peur,/. 
fear,  to,  craindre,  irr.  v 
feeble,  faible. 
feel,  sentir,  irr.  v. 


172 


INDEX  TO   VOCABTJLARIBS. — ENGLISH    WORDS. 


FEBTTLK. 

fertile,  fertile. 

few,  adv.,peu. 

few,  n. ,  peu,  m. 

field,  champ,  m. 

fill,  fill  again,  remplir. 

find,  trouver. 

find  faalt  with,  bldmer. 

finish,  ^nir. 

fire,  yew,  m. 

first,  prerriler,  ere. 

fish,  poisson,  m. 

flattery,  /.  ,Jlatterie. 

floor,  €tage,  m. 

flower,  Jleur,/. 

flyt  to,_/«iV,  tVr.  r. 

follow,  suivre,  irr.  v. 

follow   close,  suivre  de 

pres. 
fool,  v\.,fou,  sot,m. 
tool,/., folk,/.;  sotte,/. 
foolish,  sol,  te;  fou,fol, 

folk. 
for,  conj.,  car. 
for,  prep., pour, par,  de. 
forbid,  interdire,  irr.  v. 
forest, /oret,f. 
foretell,  pr^dire,  irr.  v. 
forgive,  pardonner. 
fortune,  fortune,  f. 
fountain,  fontaine.  f. 
franc,  franc,  m. 
France,  France,  f. 
fr  an.'klj,franchement. 
February,  Fourier,  m. 
Frederick,  Fr^d^ric,  m. 
freeze,  geler. 
French,  Franpais,  e. 
Frenchman,    Francois, 

m. 
Frenchwoman,     Fran- 

paise,f. 
fresh,  frais,fmiche. 
Friday,  Vendredi, »«. 
friend,  m.,  ami,  m. 
friend,/.,  amie,f. 
from,  prep.,  depuis,  de, 

des. 
frontier,  frontiere.  f 
fruit,  fruit,  m. 
fry,  to.  frire,  irr.  v. 
fojieral,     enterrement ; 

fun€railles,f.  pi. 


fatnrd,  n. ,  avenir,  m. 

G. 

gain,  to,  gagner. 
game,  jeu,  m. 
garden,  jardin,  m. 
gather,  cueillir,  irr.  v. 
Gauls,  Gaulois,  m.  pi. 
gazette,  gazette,  f. 
general,  g^n€ral,  m. 
generous,  g€nereux,  se. 
gentlemen,    messieurs, 

m.  pi. 
gentleness,  douceur,  f. 
geography,  geographic, 

/■ 
German,  adj.,  alletnand, 

e. 
German,  n. ,  A  llemand. 
Germany,  Allemagrte,  e. 
get  up,  to,  se  lever. 
gird,  to,  ceindre,  irr.  v. 
gir\,Jille,f. 
give  back,  rendre. 
give,  donner. 
glove,  gant,  m. 
go,  to,  aller. 
go  away,  sen  aller,  irr. 

V. 

go  in  a  carriage,  aller 
en  voiture. 

go  out,  sortir. 

go  on  foot,  aller  a  pied. 

go  to  bed,  se  coucher. 

God,  Dieu,  m. 

gold,  or,  m. 

good,  bon,  bonne. 

goodness,  bonte,f. 

goose,  oie,f. 

government,  gouveme- 
ment,  m. 

grandfather,  grand- 
pere,  m. 

grandmother,  grand- 
mere,  f 

grape,  raisin,  m. 

grateful,  reconnaissant, 
e. 

gray,  gris,  e. 

great,  grand,  e,  gros, 


HOW  JtCOH. 

greater  part,  plusieurs, 

ind.  pron. 
greatest  part,  plupart, 

ind.  pron. 
Greek,  n.,  Grec,m. 
Greek,      adj.,     grtc, 

grecque. 
green,  vert,  e. 
grief,  chagrin,  m. 
grind,  moudre,  irr.  v. 
grow,  croitre,  irr.  v. 
g^de,  m. ,  guide,  m. 
guilty,  coupMe. 

H. 

habit,  coutume,f. 
half,  deini,  e. 
ham,  jainbon,  m. 
hand,  main,f. 
happy,  heureux,  se. 
hard    (very),    a    vertt 

(used    of    raining), 

adv. 
h&t,  chapeau,  m. 
hate,  to,  hair. 
have,  to,  avoir. 
health,  sant€,f. 
hear,  entendre. 
heart,  cceur,  m. 
heartily,  de  bon  cattr. 
heavy,  pesant,  e. 
Henry,  Henri,  m. 
here,  adv.,  id. 
here  is,  prep.,  void. 
hero,  h€ros,  m. 
high,  haut,  e. 
hire,  to,  louer. 
hold,  to,  tenir,  irr.  v. 
Holland,  Hollande,f. 
home,  maison,f. 
honor,  honneur,  m. 
hope,  to,  esp^rer. 
horse,  cheval,  m. 
hot,  chaud,  e. 
hour,  heure,f. 
house,  maison,f. 
how,  adv.,  comment. 
how  many,  adv.,  com- 

bien. 
how  much,  adv.,  cont- 

bien. 


INDEX  TO   V0CA.BULAE1ES. — ENGLISH   WORDS. 


173 


HOWETKB. 

however,  cependant. 
hunger, /am,/, 
hunt,  n.,  chasse,f. 
hurt,  dommage,  m.  (c^est 
dommage,  it  is  a  pity). 

I. 

idle,  paresseux,  se. 

if,  conj.,  si. 

ill,  malade. 

immediately,  adv. ,  aus- 
sitot,  tout  de  suite, 
sur-le-champ. 

improve,  profiler. 

in,  prep.,  en,  dans,  a, 
chez. 

in  order  that,  ponr  que. 

incapable,  incapable. 

infancy,  enfance,/. 

injure,  nuire,  irr.  v. 

injury,  dommage,  m. 

ink,  encre,y. 

innocent,  innocent,  e. 

instant,  instant,  m. 

instead  of,  au  lieu  de. 

instruct,  instruire,irr.v. 

intermission,  cesse,/. 

into,  prep.,  dans,  en. 

intoxicate,  enivrer. 

intoxicated,  to  get,  s' eni- 
vrer. 

invalid,  n.,  invalide,  m. 
f. ;  malade,  m.  f. 

invite,  to,  inviter. 

Italian,  Italien,  ne. 

Italy,  Italic,/. 

J. 

January,  Janvier,  m. 
jewel,  bijou,  m. 
John,  Jean,  m. 
join,  to,  joindre,  irr.  v. 
journey,  voyage,  m. 
joy,  joie,f. 
judge,  juge,  m. 
Julia,  Julie,/. 
July,  Juillet,  m. 
jump,  to,  sauter. 
June,  Juin,  m. 
iviit,  juste. 


E. 

keep,  to,  garder,  tenir. 
kind,  71.,  sorte,/. 
kindness,  bont^,/. 
king,  roi,  m. 
knife,  couteau,  m. 
know,  connaitre,  irr.  v. ; 

savoir,  irr.  v. 
knowledge,      connais- 

sance,/. 

L. 

laborious,  laborieux,  se. 
ladder,  escalier,  m. 
lady,  dame,/. 
land,  terre,/. 
language,  langue,/. 
large,  gros,  se;  grand,  e. 
last,  dernier,  ere. 
late,  adv.,  tard. 
later,  plus  tard. 
laugh,  laugh  at,  rire, 

rire  de,  irr.  v. 
lawfully,  legitimement. 
lead,  to,  mener,  condu- 

ire,  irr.  v. 
leap,  to,  sauter. 
learn,  apprendre,  irr.  v. 
learned,  savant,  e. 
least,  at  the,  adv.,  au 

mains. 
leave,  to,  quitter. 
left,  adj. ,  gauche. 
lend,  prefer. 
length,  long,  m. 
length,  at,  adv.,  enfin. 
Leopold,  Leopold,  m. 
less,  adv.,  mains. 
lesson,  leffon,/. 
let,  to,  louer. 
letter,  lettre,/. 
liar,  menteur.  se,  n.  m./. 
lie,  to,  mentir,  irr.  v. 
lift,  to,  lever. 
light,  lumiere,/. 
lightly,  l/'jereinent. 
lightning,  eclair,  m. 
likeness,  portrait,  m. 
little,  R. ,  p^u,  m. 


HEBOUAMT. 

little,  adv. ,  peu,  un  peu. 
little,  adj. ,  petit,  e. 
live,  to,  vivre,  irr.  «.; 

demeurer. 
lively,  vi/  vive. 
London,  Londres,  m./. 
long  (a  long  time),  long. 

temps,  adv. 
longer,  plus  longtemps. 
look  for,  chercher. 
lose,  perdre. 
lose  one's  way,  s'igarer. 
loudly,  haut.  - 
Louis,  Louis,  m. 
Louisa,  Louise,/. 
love,  to,  aimer. 
low,  adv.,  has. 

M. 

Madam,  Madame,/. 
made,  part., /ait,  e. 
madman, /ou,  m. 
madwoman,  /olle,  / 
maid-servant,  servante, 

majority,    plupart,   / 

ind.  pron, 
make, /aire,  irr.  v. 
man,  homme,  m. 
manner,  maniere,/ 
many,    adj. ,   plusieurs, 

pi. ;  maint,  e. 
March  (month),  Mars, 

m. 
march,  to,  marcher. 
market,  march^,  m. 
marriage,  mariage,  m. 
Mary,  Marie,/. 
master,  viaitre,  m. 
Matilda,  Mathilde,/. 
May,  Mai,  m. 
meal,  repas,  m. 
means,  moyen,  m. 
meat,  viande,/. 
medicine,  m^decine,/. 
meet,  to,  rencontrer. 
memoiy,  m^moire,/. 
men,  gens,  m.  pi. 
menace,  menace,/. 
merchant,     marchand 

m. 


114        mDBX  TO   VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH   WORDS. 


1IE8SB8. 

Messrs.,  messieurs,  7n.pl, 
metal,  m^tal,  m. 
meter,  metre,  m. 
milk,  lait,  m. 
milk,  to,  traire,  irr.  v. 
mill,  movlin,  m. 
minute,  minute,/. 
misfortune,  malkeur,  m. 
Miss,  Mademoiselle,/. 
modest,  modeste. 
modesty,  modestie,/ 
moment,  moment,  m. 
Monday,  Lundi,  m. 
money,  argent,  m. 
month,  viois,  m. 
moon,  tune,/. 
more,  adv.,  plus,  davan- 

tage,  mieux,  encore. 
more,  adj. ,  plus. 
morning,  matin,  m. 
mortal,  adj.,  mart  el,  le. 
most,    ind.  pron.,  plu- 

sieurs. 
most,  at  the,  adv.,  tout 

au  plus. 
most  part,  ind.  pron., 

plupart. 
mother,  mere,/. 
move,  to,  mouvoir,  irr.  v. 
Mr.,  Monsieur,  m. 
Mrs.,  Madame,/. 
much,  adv.,  beaucoup. 
Munich,  Munich,  m. 
music,  musique,/. 
musician,  musiden,  ne, 

m./ 
must,    should,    ought, 

falloir,  imp.  v. 

N. 

naive,  nal/  cave. 
name,  nom,  »«.* 
nature,./.,  nature. 
nearly,  a  peu  pres. 
neatly,  proprement. 
necessary,  n€cessaire. 
necessary,  it  is,  il/aut. 
neighbor,  m.,  voisin,  m. 
neighbor,/.,  voisitie,/ 


OFTKW. 

nephew,  neveu,  m. 

nest,  nid,  m. 

never,  adv. ,  jamais,  ne 

jamais. 
nevertheless,      n^an- 

moins. 
new,neuf,ve;  nouveau; 

nouvel,  le. 
news,  nouvelfe,  n./ 
newspaper,  journal,  m. 
next,  prochain,  e. 
niece,  niece,/. 
night,  nuit. 
noise,  bruit,  m. 
no,  adv. ,  non,  ne  point. 
no  longer,  non  plus. 
no  more,  ne  plus. 
nobody,  personne,/. 
none,  no  one,  adj.,  au- 

cun,  e;  nul,  nulle. 
noon,  midi^  m. 
not,  adv. ,  ne — pas,  ne — 

point. 
not  at  all,  pas  du  tout, 

point  du  tout. 
not  much,  adv.,  neguere. 
not  yet,  pas  encore. 
nothing,  n.,  rien,  m. 
nothing,  adv.,  ne  rien. 
nothing  at  all,  rien  du 

tout. 
nourish,  nourrir. 
November,   Novembre, 

m. 
now,  adv.,  maintenant. 
nowhere,  nuUepart. 
nut,  noix,/. 

0. 

obedient,  obiissant,  e. 

obey,  ob^ir. 

obliged,  to  'be,/alloir, 

imp.  V. 
observe,  observer. 
October,  Octobre,  m. 
offend,  /dcher,  offenser. 
offer,  to,  offrir,  irr.  v. 
officer,  officier,  m. 
often,  acft;.,  souvent, 


PAY. 

oh!  oh! 

old,  vieux,  vieil,  vitille 

old,  adj.,  ag6,  e. 

old  age,  vieillesse,/. 

old  man,  vieillard,  m. 

on,  prep. ,  stir,  dessut. 

on  account  of,  a  cau$t 

de. 
one,  pron.,  on. 
one,  adj.,  un,  une. 
only,  adv.,  seulement,  nt 

que. 
open,  to,  ouvrir,  irr.  v. 
opinion,  opinion,/. 
opponent,  adversaire,  m. 
opposite,  vis  a  vis  (de). 
or,  conj.,  ou. 
order,  ordre,  m. ;  ordon- 

nance,/. 
order,  to,  ordonner. 
other,  adj.,  autre. 
other,  pron. ,  autre. 
our,  pron.,  notre. 
outside,  adv.,  dehors. 
over,  prep. ,  sur. 
owe,  devoir. 
own,  adj. ,  proprs. 

P. 

page,  page,/. 
pain,  peine,/ 
paint,  to,  peindre,  irr.  v. 
palace,  palais,  m. 
paper,  papier,  m. 
parasol,  parasol,  m. 
parcel,  paquet,  w*. 
pardon,  pardon,  m. 
pardon,  to,  pardonner. 
parent,  m., parent,  m. 
parent,  /. ,  parente,/ 
Paris,  Paris,  m. 
psilt,pa7'tie,/.  — 
party,  partie,/ 
pass,  to,  passer. 
passion,  passion,/ 
past,  part.,  pas.ii,  e. 
pay  (a  soldier's),  sold^ 

pay,  to,  payer. 


'  Je  ne  le  connais  que  d«  nom,  lotUy  know  him  by  name. 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — BNGUSH    WORD& 


175 


peace,  paix,f. 
pear,  poire, /. 
peasant,  paysan,  m, 
pebble,  caillou,  m. 
pen,  plume,  f. 
pencil,  crayon,  m. 
penknife,  canif,  in. 
pensioner,  invalide,  n. 

m.f. 
people,  gens,  m.  pi. 
perceive,       apercevoir, 

sentir,  irr.  v. 
perhaps,  adv.,  peut-etre. 
permission,  permission, 

/■ 
person,  personne,  f. 
persuade,  persuader. 
Peter,  Pierre,  m. 
phrase,  phrase,/. 
picture,  tableau,  m. 
piece,  morceau,  m. 
pitcher,  cruche,/. 
pity,  to,  plaindre,  irr.  v. 
physician,  medecin,  m. 
place,  place,/. 
place,  to,  situer. 
plain,  nai/,  uive. 
plant,  planle,/. 
play,  to,  jouer. 
play,  jeu,  m. 
play  (the),  spectacle,  m, 
plaything,  joujou,  m. 
please,  to,  plaire,  irr.  v. 
pleasure,  plaisir,  m. 
pluck,   to,  cueillir,  irr. 

V. 

poor,  n.,  pauvre,  m./. 
poor,  adj.,  pauvre. 
populous,  peupl^,  e. 
possible,  possible. 
post,  ])oste,/. 
postman,  yrtcfewr,  m. 
potato,  pomme  de  terre, 

/• 
pound,  Here,/. 
poverty,  pauvreti,/. 
praise,  to,  louer. 
pray,  prier. 
precaution,  precaution, 
prefer,  pre/erer. 
prescription,      ordon- 

nance,/. 


QTHTE. 

present,  cadeau,  m. 
present,  at,  a  present. 
preserve,    to,    confire, 

irr.  V. 
pretension,  pretention, 

/• 
pretty,  joH,  e. 
prevail,  prevaloir,  irr.  v. 
price,  pinx,  m. 
prince,  prince,  m. 
prison,  prison,  /. 
prize,  prix,  m. 
probably,      probable- 

vient. 
produce,   to,  produire, 

irr.  V. 
fiofeesor,  pro/esseur,  m. 
profit,  to,  pro/ter. 
progress,  n.,proyr'es,  m. 
project,  projet,  m. 
project,  to,  saillir,  irr. 

V. 

promenade,  promenade, 

/■ 
promise,  to,  promettre, 

irr.  V. 
promised,  part. ,  promts, 

e. 
fioof,preuve,/. 
property,  bien,  m. 
provide,  pourvoir,  irr.  v. 
praientlj,  prudemjnent. 
Prussia,  I'russe,/. 
public,  public,  m. 
punish,  punir. 
pupil,  m.,  ecolier,  m. 
pupil,/.,  ecolihe,/ 
purse,  bourse,/. 
pursue,  poursuivre,  irr. 

V. 

push,  to,  pousser. 
put,  mettre,  irr.  v. 
put  back,  remettre,  irr. 


Q. 

queen,  reine,/. 

quickly,  vite. 

quietly,  tranquillement. 

quit,  quitter. 

quite,  adv. ,  tout-a-/ait. 


R. 

railway,  chemin-de-/er, 

m. 
railway  station,  ^are,/. 
rain,  pluie, /. 
rain,  to, pleuvoir,  imp.u 
rather,  adv.,  plutSt. 
reach,  to,  atteindre,  irr. 

V. 

read,  to,  lire,  irr.  v. 
reason,  raison,/. 
receive,  recevoir. 
red,  rouge. 
regret,  to,  regretter. 
relate,  raconter. 
relation,  ?«.,  parent,  m. 
relation,/,  parente,/. 
remain,  rester,  demeth 

rer. 
Bemus,  Remus,  m. 
repeat,  redire,  irr.  v. 
repent,  to,  se  repentir^ 

irr.  V. 
reproach,  to,  reprocher. 
require,  to,  exiger. 
reside,  demeurer. 
resolve,  resoudre. 
return,  rendre. 
revive,  revivre,  irr.  v. 
reward,  to,  r€compenser 
ribbon,  ruban,  m. 
rich,  adj.,  riche. 
rich,  n.,  riche,  m. 
Richard,  Richard,  m. 
richly,  richement. 
right,  adj. ,  droit,  e. 
ring,  bague,/ 
ripe,  mur,  e. 
rise,  get  up,  se  lever. 
rival,  n.,  rival,  e,  m./. 
road,  chemin,  m. 
rob,  voler. 
robber,  voleur. 
Bobert,  Robert,  m. 
Boman,  n.,  Romain,  m. 
Bomulus,  Romulua,  m. 
roof,  toit.  111. 
room,  chambre, / 
rose,  rose,/. 
round,  rond,  e. 


176 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULAEIES, — ENGLISH    WOKDS. 


-     BDUC 

rule,  regie,/. 

rnn,  to,  courir,  irr.  v. 

run  away,  s'en/mr,  irr. 

V. 

Bassia,  Russie,/. 

8. 

sad,  triste. 
salt,  sel,  m. 
same,  adj.,  mime. 
same  time,  at  the,  en 

meme  temps. 
satisfied,  content,  e. 
Saturday,  Samedi,  m. 
Saxony,  Saxe,f. 
say,  to,  dire,  irr.  v. 
say  again,  redire,  irr.  v. 
say  nothing  of,  taire^ 

irr.  V. 
scabbard,  yoMrrea«,  /«. 
scarcely,  adv.,  ap^ne. 
school,  ^cole,/. 
scissors,  ciseaux,  m.  pi. 
secret,  secret-,  m. 
see,  voir. 
seek,  chercher. 
seen,  part. ,  vu,  e. 
seize,  saisir. 
seldom,  rarement. 
sell,  to,  vendre. 
send,  envoyer,  irr.  v. 
sense,  raison,/. 
sentence,  phrase,/. 
September,   Septembre, 

m. 
servant,  domestique,  m. 

/. ;  servante,/. 
serve,  to,  servir,  irr.  v. 
set  out,  partir,  irr.  v. 
several,  adj.,  plusieurs. 
several,  n.,  plusieurs,  in. 

/pi. 
severely,  siverement. 
sew,  to,  coudre,  irr.  v. 
shed,  to,  r6pandre. 
sheep,  mouton,  m. 
shine,  lidre,  irr.  v. 
shoe,  Soulier,  m. 
shore,  hard,  m. 
short,  bre/  breve. 
show,  to,  inontrer. 


BPIKIT. 

shun,  ymV,  irr.  v. 
silent,  to  be,  se  taire, 

irr.  V. 
silk,  sole,/ 
silver,  argent,  m. 
simplicity,  simplicity,/. 
simply,  simplement. 
since, prep.,  depuis,  de- 

puis  que. 
since,  conj. ,  puisque. 
since,  adv.,  depuis. 
sing,  chanter. 
sir,  monsieur,  m. 
sister,  soeur,/ 
sister-in-law,  belle-smwr, 

./• 
sit,  sit  down,  s'asaeoir, 

irr.  V. 
sitting,  n.,  coucher,  m. 
situated,  adj.,  situ^,  e. 
slander,  to,  medire,  irr. 

V. 

sleep,  to,  dormir,  irr.  v. 
slightly,  l€gerement. 
slowly,  lentement. 
small,  petit,  e. 
smile,  to,  sourire,  irr.  v. 
snow,  neige,/ 
snow,  to,  neiger,  imp.  v. 
so,  adv.,  si,  ainsi. 
so,  conj.,  pourvu  que. 
SO  many,  adv.,  tant. 
so  much,  adv.,  tant,  si. 
so  that,  pour  que. 
society,  soci^te',/ 
soldier,  soldat,  m. 
some,  some  other,  adj., 

quelque,  quelques,  pi. 
sometimes,  quelque/ois. 
ton, /Is,  m. 

son-in-law,  beau-fils,  ni. 
soon,  adv.,  fnentot,  tot. 
sooner,  adv. ,  plus  tot. 
sorrow,  chagrin,  m. 
sort,  sorte,/ 
soul,  dme,/ 
speak,  purler,  dire,  irr. 

v. 
spectacles,  lunettes,  /. 

pi. 
spill,  repandre. 
:  spirit,  dme,/. 


spite    (in — of),   prep., 

malgr^. 
spring,  /ontaine,  /. 
stairs,  escalier,  m. 
staircase,  escalier,  m. 
start,  to,  tressaillir,  irr. 

V. ;  partir,  irr.  v. 
steal,  voler. 
steamboat,  bateau  a  va- 

peur. 
story,  ^tage,  m. 
still,  adv.,  encore. 
stocking,  bas,  m. 
stone,  pierre,/ 
street,  rue,/. 
strong,  fort,  e. 
study,  ktude. 
study,  to,  ^tudier. 
stuff,  ^loje. 
Stuttgart,  Stuttgard,  m. 
such,  adj.,  tel,  le. 
suddenly,  tout  a  coup. 
suffer,  souffrir,  irr.  v. 
suffice,  suffire,  irr.  v. 
sufficient,  to  be,  suffire, 

irr.  v. 
sufficient,  adv.,  assez. 
sugar,  Sucre,  m. 
sum,  somme,/ 
sun,  soleil,  m. 
Sunday,  IHmanche,  m. 
supper,  souper,  m. 
survive,    survivre,  irr. 

v. 
Sweden,  Suede,/. 
sweep,  rarnoneur,  m. 
sweet,  doux,  douce. 
sword,  €p^e,/. 

T. 

table,  table,/ 
tailor,  tailleur,  m. 
take,  prendre,  irr.  v. 
take  a  walk,  se  prome- 

ner. 
iakec&ie, prendre  garde. 
taken,  part. ,  pris,  e. 
tame,  domestique, 
tea,  th^,  m. 

teach,  instruire,  irr.  v. 
tear,  n.,  larme,/. 


INDEX   TO    VOCABULAEIES. ENGLISH   WOKD8. 


Ill 


toll,  communiquer,  dire, 

irr.  V. ;  raconter. 
than,  conj. ,  que. 
thank,  to,  remercier. 
thanks,  merci,  m. 
theatre,  theatre,  m. 
their,  poss.  adj. ,  leur. 
then,  conj.,  done. 
then,  adv. ,  alors,  puis. 
there  below,  la-bas. 
they  (people),  on. 
'thief,  voleur,  in. 
thing,  chose,  J". 
think,    penser,    croire, 

irr.  V. 
thirst,  soif,f. 
this  way,  adv. ,  par-id. 
thorn,  ^pine,f. 
though,  quoique,  cepen- 

dant,  bien  que. 
threat,  menace,/. 
throne,  trone,  m. 
throw,  Jeter. 
thunder,  to,  tonner. 
Thursday,  Jeiuii,  m. 
time,    temps,  m.   (from 

time  to  time,  de  temps 

en  temps). 
time  (repetition), /ois^/1 
to,  prep. ,  a,  en,  chez. 
to,  toward,  prep,,  envers. 
to-day,  adv.,  aujourd- 

hui. 
together,  ensemble. 
to-morrow,  adv.,demain. 
to-morrow  morning,  de- 
main  matin. 
too,  adv.,  trap,  aussi. 
too  much,  adv.,  trop. 
torrents  (in),  a  verse 

(used  oj"  raining),  adv. 
toward,   prep.,    envers, 

vers. 
town,  ville,f. 
tranquilly,    tranquilh- 

ment. 
translate,  traduire,  irr. 

V. 

translation,  version,/. 
travel,  to,  voyager. 
traveler,    voyageur,  se, 
n.,  IB./. 


treat,  to,  trailer. 
tree,  arbre,  m. 
tremble,  tressaillir,  irr. 

V. 

troop,  troupe,/. 
trouble,  peine,/. 
Troy,  Troie,/ 
true,  vrai,  e. 
truly,  vraiment. 
truth,  virite,/. 
Tuesday,  Mardi,  m. 

u. 

umbrella,  parop^wie,  m. 

uncle,  oncle,  m. 

under,  adv.,  dessous. 

under,  prep. ,  sous,  des- 
sous. 

undertake,  entrepreiidre, 
irr.  v. 

unhappy,  malheureux, 
se. 

unless,  a  moins  que. 

unwell,  indispose,  e. 

upon,  prep.,  sur,  dessus. 

upstairs,  en  haut. 

usually,  ordinairement. 


vain,  vain,  e. 

vainly,  in  vain,  adv., 

en  vain. 
vegetable,  legume,  m. 
very,  adv.,  tres,  bien. 
very  much,  adv., /art. 
vexed,  adj.,/dcii€,  e. 
vice,  vice,  m. 
Vienna,  Vienne,/. 
violet,  violette,/. 
violin,  violon,  m. 
virtue,  vertu,/. 
virtuous,  vertueux,  se. 
voyage,  voyage,  m. 

w. 

wait  for,  attendre. 
wake  up,  s'^veiller. 
walk,    to,    marcher,  se 
promener. 


WOBLD. 

walk,  n. ,  promenade,  /, 

wall,  mur,  m. 

want,  besoin,  m. 

war,  guerre,/. 

warm,  chaud,  e. 

warmly,  chaudement. 

wash,  to,  baigner. 

wash  one's  self,  se  lo- 
ver. 

watch,  montre,/. 

water,  eau,/. 

we&k, /aibie. 

weather,  temps,  m. 

Wednesday,  Mercredi, 
m. 

week,  semaine,/. 

weep,  pleurer. 

well,  adv.,  bien. 

well.behaved,  sage. 

what,  quel,  le. 

when,  adv. ,  quand,  lors- 
que. 

where,  adv.,  oii. 

whether,  conj.,  si. 

while,  pendant  que,  tan- 
dis  que. 

whilst,  tandis  que. 

white,  blanc,  he. 

who,  pron.,  qui. 

whoever,  pron. ,  qvi- 
conque. 

why,  adv. ,  pourquoi. 

wicked,  m€chant,  e. 

William,  Guillaume,  m. 

willing,  to  be,  vou/oir, 
irr.  V. 

willingly,  volontiers. 

window,  /enetre,  /. 

wine,  vin,  m. 

winter,  hiver,  m. 

wipe,  essuyer. 

wise,  adj. ,  sage. 

wise  man,  sage,  n.,  m. 

wish,  volont€,/. 

wish,  to,  vouloir,  irr.  v. 

wish  for,  d^sirer. 

with,  prep.,  avec. 

without,  prep. ,  sans. 

word,  mot,  m.;  parole,/ 

work,  n.,  travail,  m. 

work,  to,  travailler. 

world,  monde,  m. 


178 


INDBZ  TO   VOCABULAKIES. — ENGLISH  WOKDS. 


WOBTH. 

worth,  to  be,  valoir,  irr. 

V. 

wound,  to,  blesser. 
write,  €crire,  irr.  v. 
written,  part.,  ^crit,  e. 
wrong,  n.,  tort,  m. 
vrong,    to    be,    avoir 
tarL 


Y. 

year,  an,  m. ;  ann^e,f. 
yesterday,  adv.,  hier. 
yet,   conj.,   rejtendant, 

pourtant,  toutefois. 
yet,  adv.,  encore,  d4ja. 


ZKAt. 

yonder,  la-bas. 
young,  jeune. 
youth,  jeunesse,^ 

z. 

zeal,  zeUy  m. 


THK    END. 


French   Literature 

With  Notes  and  Vocabularies 


Augier  &  Sandeau.     Le  Gendre  de  M.  Poirier  (Roedder). .  .  .$0.40 

Bruno.     Le  Tour  de  la  France  (Syms) 60 

Cameron.     Tales  of  France 1.00 

Chateaubriand.       Les    Aventures    du    Dernier   Abencerage 

(Bruner) 30 

Crfimieux  &  Decovu'celle.     L'Abb6  Constantin  (Fran9ois) 35 

Daudet.     La  Belle  Nivernaise  and  Other  Stories  (Jenkins). .  .     .50 

Tartarin  de  Tarascon  (Fontaine) 45 

Dumas.     La  Tulipe  Noire  (Brandon) 40 

Les  Trois  Mousquetaires  (Fontaine) 60 

Erckmann  &  Chatrian.     Madame  Th6r6se  (Fontaine) 50 

Foa.     Le  Petit  Robinson  de  Paris  (De  Bonneville) 45 

Foncin.     Le  Pays  de  France  (Muzzarelli) 60 

Fontaine.     Douze  Contes  Nouveaux 45 

Goncourt,  Edmond  and  Jules  de.     Selections  (Cameron) 1.25 

Goodell.     L'Enfant  Espion  and  Other  Stories 45 

Guerber.     Contes  et  L6gendes.     Part  1 60 

Contes  et  L6gendes,       Part  II 60 

Hugo.     La  Chute  (Kapp) 35 

Labiche  &  Martin.     Le  Voyage  de  M.  Perrichon  (Castegnier)     .35 

La  Brfete.     Mon  Oncle  et  Mon  Cur6  (White) 50 

La  Fontaine.     Fifty  Fables  (McKenzie) 40 

Legouvg  &  Labiche.      La  Cigale  (Farrar) 25 

Mairet.     La  Tache  du  Petit  Pierre  (Healy) 85 

L'Enfant  de  la  Lune  (Healy) 35 

La  Clef  d'Or  (Healy) 85 

Merimee.     Colomba  (Williamson) 40 

Molifere.     Le  Bourgeois  Gentilhomme  (Roi  &  Guitteau) 35 

Racine.     Iphig6nie  (Woodward) 60 

Sand.     La  Mare  au  Diable  (Randall-Lawton) 85 

Sandeau.     Mademoiselle  de  la  Seiglifere  (White) 40 

Schultz.     La  Neuvaine  de  Colette  (Lye) 45 

Sevign6,  Mme.  de.     Selected  Letters  (Syms) 40 

Syms.     An  Easy  First  French  Reader 50 

Le  Chien  de  Brisquet  and  Other  Stories 35 

Voltaire.     Selected  Letters  (Syms) 75 


American  Book  Company 

NEW  YORK  CINCINNATI  CHICAGO 


New  Text-Books  in   German 

By  I.  KELLER 

Professor  of  the  German  Language  and  Literature  in  the  Normal  College, 

New  York. 


KELLER'S  FIRST  YEAR  IN  GERMAN 

Cloth,  12mo,  290  pages '     .       $1.00 

KELLER'S  SECOND  YEAR  IN  GERMAN 

Cloth,  12mo,  388  pages L20 

These  two  books  furnish  a  systematic  and  thorough  course  for 
beginners  in  German.  They  combine  the  best  features  of  both  the 
grammatical  and  natural  methods  of  teaching.  The  lessons  in  each 
book  afford  suitable  material  for  practice  in  reading,  for  oral  and 
written  exercises  and  translations,  for  conversational  exercises,  and  for 
grammatical  study.  The  student  is  encouraged  from  the  first  to  speak 
and  write  German  as  the  best  means  of  gaining  an  intelligent  knowledge 
and  use  of  the  language. 

KELLER'S  BILDER  AUS  DER  DEUTSCHEN  LITTERATUR 

REVISED  EDITION.  Cloth,  12mo.  359  pages  .  .  .  $1.00 
The  plan  of  this  work  will  commend  itself  to  teachers  who  believe 
that  the  teaching  of  German  literature  should  concern  itself  with  the 
contents  and  meaning  of  the  great  works  themselves  more  than  with  a 
critical  study  of  what  has  been  said  about  the  works.  With  this  aim  the 
author  gives  a  survey  of  the  language  and  literature  at  its  most  important 
epochs,  selecting  for  detailed  study  the  chief  works  of  each  period  and 
writer.  A  summary  of  the  contents  of  each  work  so  treated  is  given, 
generally  illustrated  by  a  quotation  from  the  work. 

The  simplicity  of  the  treatment  and  language  adapts  this  work  for 
younger  students  as  well  as  for  those  of  more  advanced  grades. 


Copies  of  any  of  the  above  books  will  be  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on 
receipt  of  the  price  by  the  Publishers  : 

American    Book   Company 

New  York  •  Cincinnati  •  Chicago 

(32l) 


STANDARD     GERMAN     TEXTS 

Arnold.     Ein  Regentag  auf  dem  Lande  (Kern)    ,         .         .     $0.25 
Baumbach.     Im  Zwielicht.     Vol.  I  (Bernhardt) .        .        .        .65 

Im  Zwielicht.     Vol.  II  (Bernhardt)  65 

Baumbach  &  Wildenbruch.     Es  War  Einmal  (Bernhardt)        .65 
Benediz.     Der  Prozess,  and  Wilhehni.     EinerMussHeira- 

ten  (Lambert) 30 

Bernhardt.     Deutsche  Litteraturgeschichte         .        .        .        .75 

Freudvoll  und  LeidvoU 65 

Dillard.     Aus  dem  Deutschen  Dichterwald  .         .        .         .60 

Ebner-Eschenbach.  Krambambuli,  and  EUaussmann.  Me- 

,      moiren  eines  Ofl5zierburschen  (Spanhoofd)    .        .        .        .25 

Fahsel.     Allerlei .        .        .25 

Fouqul.     Undine  (Senger) 50 

Freytag.     Die  Journalisten  (Johnson) 35 

Grimm.      Kinder-  und  Hausmarchen  (Vos)  .        .         .         .45 

Groller.     Inkognito,  and  Albersdorf.     Cand.  phil.  Lausch- 

mann  (Lentz) 30 

Heyse.     Das  Madchen  von  Treppi,  and  Marion  (Bernhardt)        .30 

Anfang  und  Ende  (Lent2) 30 

L'Arrabbiata  (Lentz) 30 

Hillern.     Hoher  als  die  Kirche  (Dauer) 25 

Keller.     Bilder  aus  der  Deutschen  Litteratur      .        .        .        .75 

Leander.     TrSumereien  (Hanstein) 35 

Lessing.     Minna  von  Barnhelm  (Lambert) 50 

Nathan  der  Weise  (Diekhoff) 80 

Moser.     Der  Bibliothekar  (Cooper) 45 

Prehn.     Journalistic  German 50 

Ranke.     Kaiserwahl  Karl's  V.  (Schoenfeld)         .        .        .        .35 

Richter.     Selections  (Collins)        . 60 

RiehL     Die  Vierzehn  Nothelfer  and  Trost  um  Trost(Sihler)        .30 

Der  Fluch  der  Schonheit  (Frost) 30 

Das  Spielmannskind  and  Der  Stumme  Ratsherr  (Priest)  .  .35 
Schanz.      Der  Assistent  and  Other  Stories  (Beinhorn)  .         .35 

Schefifel.      Der  Trompeter  von  Sakkingen  (Buehner)  .        .         .75 
Schiller.     Gustav  Adolf  in  Deutschland  (Bernhardt)  .        .        ,45 

Wilhelm  Tell  (Roedder) 

Seidel.     Die  Monate  (Arrowsmith) 35 

Der  Lindenbaum  and  Other  Stories  (Richard)  .         .         .         .25 

Herr  Omnia  (Matthewman) .25 

Leberecht  Hiihnchen  und  Andere  Sonderlinge  (Bernhardt)  .50 
Spyri.  Rosenresli  and  Der  Toni  von  Kandergrund  .  .  .23 
Stem.      Geschichten  vom  Rhein  ......         .85 

Geschichten  von  Deutschen  St^dten 1.2$ 

Stifter.     Das  Heidedorf  (Lentz) 35 

Stoltze.     Bunte  Geschichten 30 

Storm.      Immensee  (Dauer)   . 2$ 

Wagner.      Die  Meistersinger  (Bigelow) 70 

Wilbrandt.     Der  Meister  von  Palmyra  (Henckels)      .         .        .80 

Wildenbruch.     Das  Edle  Blut  (Eggert) 30 

Zschokke.      Der  Zerbrochene  Krug  (Berkefeld)   .         .      •  .         .25 

AMERICA  N        BOOK        COMPANY 


TWO   NE\r   GERMAN   READERS 
BY  MENCO  STERN 

(5efcl?td?tcn  von  Deutfd^en 
Sid^hn 

Cloth,    J2mOf  420  pages.         With    vocabulary,    map,    and 
illustrations.      Price,  $1.2^. 

(5efcl?tci?ten  vova  KI?etn 

Cloth,   l2mo,   J18  pages.      With    vocabulary,    maps,    and 
illustrations.      Price,  Sj  cents. 

IT  has  been  found  from  much  experience  that  one  of  the 
best  ways  of  interesting  the  student  of  German  in  his 
work  is  to  acquaint  him  from  the  very  outset  with  the 
people  whose  language  he  is  studying.  For  this  purpose 
those  stories  are  best  adapted  which  in  tone  and  contents 
describe  faithfully  the  various  sections  of  the  German 
Empire,  portraying  their  local  color  and  giving  their  local 
traditions. 

These  two  volumes,  each  containing  nearly  one  hundred 
stories,  furnish  reading  matter  of  this  nature,  and  include 
besides,  valuable  suggestive  material  for  exercises  in  con- 
versation and  composition.  They  are  well  suited  for 
intermediate  and  advanced  grades,  and  provide  excellent 
preparation  for  the  reading  of  the  German  classics,  being 
widely  varied  in  character  and  subject  matter. 

The  sketches  all  portray  the  romance  of  Germany — its 
scenery,  cities,  castles,  and  homes,  interweaving  with  the 
descriptions  the  legends  and  folk-lore  tales  of  the  people. 
They  do  not,  however,  consist  of  fiction  only,  but  furnish 
also  many  facts  of  historical,  geographical,  and  literary 
importance.  The  books  have  been  carefully  edited.  The 
vocabularies  are  complete  and  furnish  ample  aid.  The 
maps  enable  the  student  to  understand  the  full  geographical 
and  historical  significance  of  the  tales. 

AMERICAN      BOOK      COMPANY 

NEW   YORK        CINCINNATI        CHICAGO 


REVISED  EDITION 

A    PRACTICAL    COURSE 
IN  SPANISH 

By  H.  M.  MONSANTO,  A.M.,  and 
LOUIS  A.  LANGUELLIER,  LL.  D. 

Revised  by 

FREEMAN  M.  JOSSELYN,  Jr. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Romance  Languages  in  Boston  University 

Price,  $1.25 

THIS  well-known  and  popular  text-book  aims  to  make  the 
basic  principles  of  Spanish  grammar  familiar  to  the 
student  by  constant  practice  and  by  repetition  in  Spanish. 
It  is  therefore  both  a  grammar  and  a  complete  beginner's  course. 
In  the  revision  the  editor  has  preserved  the  original  form  of 
the  work,  recasting  only  such  grammatical  statements  as 
seemed  to  demand  it.  His  special  care  has  been  to  present 
the  Spanish  text  in  accordance  with  the  latest  rules  for  orthog- 
raphy and  accent. 

The  lessons  contain: 

1.  EXAMPLES,  accompanied  by  their  nearest  English 
equivalents,  and  made  to  illustrate  the  grammatical  and 
idiomatic  principles  which  are  involved  in  the  lessons. 

2.  VOCABULARIES  placed  before  the  exercises,  the  mas- 
culine and  feminine  names  being  grouped  separately,  and  other 
parts  of  speech  arranged  alphabetically  for  convenience  of 
reference. 

3.  SPANISH  EXERCISES.  The  sentences  in  Spanish 
require  only  the  application  of  the  instructions  contained  in 
the  lesson,  or  in  the  preceding  ones,  for  their  translation  into 
English. 

4.  ENGLISH  EXERCISES.  The  analogous  sentences  in 
English  are  presented  in  immediate  connection  with  the  pre- 
ceding ones  in  Spanish.  The  principles  applied  in  the  Spanish 
exercises  are  thus  made  an  effective  auxiliary  in  the  work  of 
translating  English  into  Spanish. 

5.  GRAMMATICAL  AND  IDIOMATIC  PRINCIPLES. 
This  division  may  be  employed  by  means  of  the  references, 
either  in  connection  with  the  preceding  instructions,  or  as  a 
review. 


AMERICAN     BOOK     COMPANY 

NEW  YORK  CINCINNATI  CHICAGO 

[234] 


Spanish  Literature 

EDITIONS    FOR    CLASS-ROOM    USE 
Supplied  with  Notes  and  Vocabularies 


Alarc6n.     El  Capitdn  Veneno.      (Brownell) $0.50 

Alarc6n.     El  Nino  de  la  Bola.      (Schwill) 90 

Bret6n.     I  Quien  es  Ella  ?    (Garner) 70 

Calder6n.     La  Vida  es  Sueno.     (Comfort) 70 

FoNCAiNE.     Flores  de  Espana 

Gald6s.     Dona  Perfecta.     (Lewis) 1.00 

Gald6s.     Electra.     (Bunnell) 70 

Gald6s.     Marianela.     (Gray) 90 

Larra,     Partir  a  Tiempo.      (Nichols) 40 

MoratIn.     El  Si  de  las  Ninas.       (Geddes  and 

Josselyn) 50 

Valera.     El  Comendador  Mendoza.      (Schwill)  . . .      .85 


Descriptive  Circulars  on  Application 


American  Book  Company 

NEW  YORK  CINCINNATI  CHICAGO 

(233) 


A     000  128  408     2 


^ 


\1 


